Important Messages, such as Service Disruption.

There are no important messages at this time.

Leasey Documentation!

Welcome to the World of Leasey!

Learn, Enable, Advance - So Easy!

Leasey - Copyright © Hartgen Consultancy 2016.

Hartgen Consultancy

support@leaseycentral.com.

Telephone from within the United Kingdom: 02920-850298.

Telephone in the United States: 415-871-0626.

Telephone From Any Other Country: (+44)2920-850298.

Introduction.

Thank you for using Leasey!

Leasey is ideal for the complete computer beginner as well as the user who is more advanced using Microsoft Windows with screen-reading software. Whether you are just starting out with your very first computer, you do not feel comfortable working with computers and need some additional support, or if you have been using a screen-reader for many years, Leasey can help in lots of different ways.

Using her structured easy-to-use menu system, human voice and context sensitive help, we hope that people who have never used a computer before will be able to take full advantage of word processing, Email management, the world wide web, radio and audio-related services, books, Skype, a fully featured Address Book, Diary, Clock, Twitter, Facebook, Spotify, iTunes and much much more! We call this part of the product "Leasey Basic".

However Leasey is much more than a product for new computer users. She also provides advanced users of screen-reading technology with a wide range of tools, utilities and services which will improve productivity when working with the computer together with lots of entertainment. Indeed it is more than possible that advanced users may wish to use some of the features originally designed for new computer users as they make some tasks extremely simple but powerful at the same time. This is referred to as "Leasey Advanced".

Leasey stands for Learn, Enable, Advance - So Easy! We hope that Leasey not only makes it possible for you to start out with the basics of using a computer, but will encourage you to grow. But she is always there if you need her, and to say again, a host of invaluable tools can also be found for advanced users. Improved accessibility for specific applications and websites is also far greater when using Leasey.

When using Leasey Advanced, if you want to return to the menu structure at any time, this can easily be achieved through pressing a single keystroke. Thus, if you are new to computing, Leasey can be used as a stepping stone while you begin to learn what we might call more traditional computing tasks.

For convenience, this document is provided in HTML format and is divided into headings for easy navigation. Press the letter "H" repeatedly to move from one heading to the next. Press Shift+H to move back through headings. Press figure 1 on the keyboard to move to each Chapter in turn.

We very much hope you enjoy using Leasey!

The Two Leasey Products.

There are two Leasey packages which can be purchased.

"Leasey Total Package" contains everything Leasey has to offer, including audio spoken menus, human narrated help and the "Getting Started" DAISY tutorial for complete computer beginners.

Leasey Advanced contains all the tools, utilities and services offered by Leasey Total Package. However, the differences are as follows:

  • There is no audio spoken menu system. While menus are in place as described in this User Guide, they are spoken by the JAWS screen-reading software.
  • No human narrated help is available. However, Leasey Advanced does contain a very powerful and easy-to-use help utility of its own.
  • You will not receive the "Getting Started" DAISY guide for complete computer beginners.

This User Guide applies to both products and as we progress through each section, we will outline anything which a Leasey Advanced user would not be able to access. If you are in any doubt which product you need, please discuss this with ourselves at Hartgen Consultancy or your Leasey distributor.

Technical Support.

We very much hope that working with Leasey is a trouble-free experience. However, should you require technical support in the day to day usage of Leasey, this can be obtained by sending an Email message to support@leaseycentral.com. Please give as much information about the problem as you can. The more information we have, the faster the response time will be. You can also contact us by telephone using any of the numbers at the start of this document.

In the event a Technical Consultant needs to connect to your computer to solve a problem for you, we use a facility called Remote Incident Manager. In order to begin using Remote Incident Manager, when the Technical Consultant is ready press Control+Shift+Backspace. If a Technical Consultant has given you a letter or word in order to connect to your computer, please type it into this screen in lower case text, then press Enter.

You will need to download the Remote Incident Manager software from our website, and we suggest you do this now, in the event you need technical support in the future. You can Download the Remote Incident Manager software here.

Please go ahead and install the software. The installer is extremely straightforward. Just press Enter three times so as to work through the various screens. When the install begins, it is likely to take a minute or two to complete but it will prompt you when the process has concluded.

When the software has been installed, press Control+Shift+Backspace. Hold down the Control and Shift Keys on the left side of the keyboard, and, while doing so, lightly tap the Backspace key.

If a prompt appears with an Edit Field, asking you for the key word relating to the incident, the software is working! You can celebrate! This prompt will be spoken using an American male voice. Please press the Escape key to return to your normal working environment.

In the event that such a prompt does not appear, or is not spoken, please try restarting the computer. When the machine has a connection to the internet, please try pressing the keystroke again.

You may also like to subscribe to our Leasey Email list. This is a good way to get support from the Leasey developers and other users of the product. You can also suggest ideas for future improvement.

To join the Leasey Email list, send a blank Email message to Leaseylist-subscribe@hartgen.org.

A Note to Trainers and Those Assisting with Installation.

If you are assisting a user who has limited computing skills, we strongly recommend that you ensure the person is aware of the "Getting Started" DAISY guide for Leasey. If you have purchased Leasey Total Package, this will have been provided for you. This makes it easy for someone to follow along with the tutor as he walks through many of the basic tasks of working with Leasey for the first time.

For users who are complete computer beginners, we highly recommend a level of one-to-one training. This can be provided either remotely over the internet at a low cost, or at an on site premises, such as a person's home or place of work. Please contact us (or your local Leasey distributor) for details of training programs. Learning how to use a computer for the first time can be very daunting and one-to-one training can be important when a person is in this situation. We also recommend that at least parts of the training session are recorded in audio form for later reference.

We also hope that, once a person has become used to working with the basic functions of Leasey, he or she will wish to improve their computing skills and do more things. Training is recommended too in this situation, especially since the range of applications Leasey is making accessible is increasing.

What Is LeaseyCentral?

LeaseyCentral is a one stop shop for everything you need concerning Leasey. It is an area of the Hartgen Consultancy website containing documentation, a support Email list, upcoming news of program developments, audio podcasts, and more. You can access LeaseyCentral by browsing to www.leaseycentral.com. It is also accessible through Leasey's Hotkey Help utility or from the Leasey Main Menu, "Get Help" option, described later.

Installing and Configuring Leasey.

Introduction.

In this Chapter we will walk you through the process of installing Leasey. We will also describe how to activate Leasey as well as some initial configurations which are required for your computer and Leasey to work together correctly. Working through the sections of this Chapter concerning the customisation of your computer's applications will ensure that your screen-reader will perform optimally with JAWS, irrespective of whether Leasey is installed or not.

We suggest that you follow this section of the User Guide carefully and systematically. Missing a step (or not carrying it out correctly) could mean that Leasey will be unable to function.

Before You Begin.

The Keyboard.

Very careful consideration should be given to the keyboard a computer beginner will use to access Leasey and screen-reading.

After reading this User Guide, you will understand that three keys are required to operate three of Leasey's core functions. These are by default assigned to the "Print Screen", "Scroll Lock" and "Pause/Break" keys.

Ideally, the desktop keyboard to be purchased for the new user should conform to an extremely conventional basic layout. It is helpful if the user has some input into choosing the keyboard. Tactile markers may also help in terms of keyboard orientation.

In particular, it is helpful if the three above mentioned keys for operating core Leasey functions are situated to the righthand side of the top row of keys, to the right of function key F12 so that they are easy to locate.

A desktop keyboard can be connected to a laptop computer, and at least in the initial stages of learning, this is recommended.

An optional computer module, "TypeAbility", can be installed to assist with keyboard learning and practice. It is a fun way to learn how to use a computer and is highly engaging and interactive. Please contact your Leasey distributor for details of purchasing TypeAbility.

JAWS for Windows and Computer Considerations.

In order for Leasey to function, the JAWS for Windows screen-reader from Freedom Scientific should be purchased, installed and successfully activated. If you do not own a copy of JAWS, and you live in the United Kingdom, please contact us directly. If you live outside the UK, please contact Freedom Scientific or a JAWS distributor.

Here are some important things to think about prior to (and during) the installation of JAWS.

  • Leasey will function on any computer capable of running the JAWS software successfully, although in terms of computer specification, faster is always better. Hartgen Consultancy can sell to you a desktop or laptop computer with JAWS and Leasey preinstalled.
  • Leasey will function using JAWS version 14 or later. The build of JAWS being used is not important.
  • Leasey will work well using Windows Vista, Windows7, Windows8.1 and Windows10.
  • We suggest you download JAWS from Freedom Scientific and install it onto the computer which will host Leasey. Then, try navigating through menus and Dialog Boxes etc and listen to whether JAWS is speaking the information as you would expect. Are you receiving responsive feedback as you move through Windows components? If you type text into a Microsoft Notepad or Microsoft Word document, is JAWS able to read it back using the Up or Down Arrow keys? (Using Microsoft Notepad is a very good test.) If the answer is "Yes", there is every possibility that Leasey should function optimally.
  • To repeat, when JAWS has been installed, it should be successfully activated in accordance with the documentation provided with your JAWS software. If you are in any doubt as to whether JAWS is activated, please contact your JAWS or Leasey distributor.
  • When JAWS is installed for the first time, (and the computer re-started following the installation), the JAWS "Startup Wizard" will appear. This contains commonly used options you can customise for your specific requirements. It is quite acceptable to make changes in the "Startup Wizard" at this stage if you wish.

It is important now to discuss some of the software packages Leasey is able to function with. Many such packages are downloadable from the LeaseyCentral website and this is a good starting point for evaluating appropriate software.

We also recommend that you subscribe to the Leasey Email list (discussed elsewhere in this document), and particularly follow Hartgen Consultancy on Twitter or Facebook. The username in either case is HartgenConsult.

In terms of access to preparing documents and Email management, Microsoft Office 2010, 2013 or 2016 are highly recommended. HJPad (which is installed with the JAWS software automatically) can be used for word processing and is a good alternative. Windows Live Mail or Mozilla Thunderbird are adequate for Email management.

For playback of audio content, we recommend Foobar2000, a link to which is provided on LeaseyCentral. Winamp, available from the same source, can also be used although it is no longer in development.

For Twitter interaction, Chicken Nugget is recommended, a link to which is provided through LeaseyCentral. A nominal charge is required for this program. Supported freely available alternatives include Tween and TWBlue, both of which are extremely usable, links to which are provided on LeaseyCentral.

Facebook, Twitter, Spotify and iTunes all require accounts creating for them. Where appropriate, within the relevant sections of this User Guide we will explain how to create such accounts in an accessible way. However, if you are someone who is working alongside a visually impaired person in order to set up a computer with Leasey, feel free to go ahead and create the accounts at this stage.

Leasey is compatible with iTunes version 12.4.3.1 and above and Spotify version 1.0.2 and above.

In respect of Skype, it is a good idea to take advice as to the most appropriate release to use. We regularly monitor the availability of Skype updates and try to ensure that Leasey keeps pace with them.

It is always a good idea to talk to your Leasey distributor about appropriate software packages and tools prior to installing Leasey so as to obtain the latest information and to ensure you have a good experience when working with your computer.

Installing Leasey.

Under most circumstances, it is not necessary to remove any JAWS script files you may have previously installed. However, before installing Leasey, we advise that you check with us to determine whether or not there are likely to be any conflicts. For example, it is not possible to run Leasey in conjunction with the third party scripts available for Skype as Leasey contains its own Skype support.

If you have installed JAWS and have not made any modifications, there should be no difficulty and you can proceed immediately.

Prior to installing Leasey, you should be logged onto the Windows account belonging to the person who will use the product. That account should have Administrator Rights during the installation process. If this is not possible, the location of the installation of the JAWS scripts can be changed as you proceed with installing Leasey. We will point out where this is done within this section of the User Guide.

If you have downloaded Leasey from the internet, please locate the file entitled LeaseyTotalPackage.exe (or LeaseyAdvanced.exe) and press Enter to begin the installation.

Installing Leasey is extremely straightforward. Simply run the installer program, the majority of prompts for which will be announced by your JAWS screen-reading software automatically.

In most cases, pressing Enter to activate the “Next” Button on each screen should be sufficient. Following the opening screen, you will be asked to accept the Licence Agreement. Press the Tab key to reach a group of Radio buttons, any one of which can be selected by pressing the Up or Down Arrow keys. You should select the Radio button so as to accept the Licence Agreement, then press Enter to proceed. If you wish, you can read the Licence Agreement by pressing the Tab key so as to reach its Edit Field, and then work through it in the usual manner for reading text.

On the next screen, the Leasey installer detects the versions of JAWS which are installed onto the machine and presents you with a series of Radio Buttons, inviting you to choose which release you would like to install Leasey into. Press the Down Arrow key to select the version of JAWS you wish to use,, then press Enter. Leasey can be installed into JAWS versions 14, 15, 16 and 17.

If you wish to install Leasey into another JAWS version at a later date, this can easily be achieved by running the installer a second time and choosing a different version of JAWS from the list. Please also refer to the notes below concerning migrating Leasey settings into alternative releases of JAWS.

You will next be asked for a language folder into which Leasey should be installed. This refers to the JAWS language settings to be used. You should press the Down Arrow key until "enu (English US)" is selected, then press Enter. Indeed, this is usually the first item in the list.

Prior to copying the necessary files to the computer, you will be asked to confirm the location of the installation of JAWS script files. If JAWS is being used by a person with an alternative Windows account to the one shown, you should correct this in the Edit Field before proceeding, changing the text so it points to the Leasey user's account instead. The majority of users will not have to be at all concerned with this screen and can just press Enter to continue with the Leasey installation.

When the installer has completed creating the additional folders required for Leasey, and copying files to them, you will be prompted to restart the computer and you should comply with this request. This is critical!

Activating Leasey.

When the computer is restarted, (and if you are using Leasey Total Package), you will hear a message spoken in Leasey’s own female voice, “Leasey Advanced is Active”. We will explain the concept of Leasey Basic and Advanced in a later section of this User Guide.

When the Windows operating system is fully loaded, please wait for approximately one minute. After this time, Leasey will check the LeaseyCentral server to determine whether or not an activation file for the product is available for you. This is based on your JAWS for Windows serial number.

If an activation file is not found, you will hear messages periodically given, stating that Leasey is running in "Demonstration Mode".

"Demonstration Mode" is designed for people who wish to try Leasey for a limited period. The product is fully functional, however you can only use Leasey for up to 15 Demonstration Sessions . What is a Demonstration Session? Good question. A Demonstration Session lasts a period of two hours. When the two hours have elapsed, the number of Demonstration Sessions is incremented by one. Moreover, if you restart JAWS, the number of Demonstration Sessions is also incremented by one. What this means in practice is that you can gain a maximum of 30 hours trial of Leasey which ought to be more than sufficient for anyone to decide whether the program is suitable or not.

When you reach the 14th Demonstration Session, you will be advised of this.

In addition, a message will be spoken every 10 minutes, stating that Leasey is running in "Demonstration Mode".

When you have exceeded the 15 Demonstration Session limit, a message is spoken every 10 seconds. We strongly advise at that point you either uninstall Leasey or purchase an activation file. Leasey can be uninstalled from the Windows Control Panel.

If an activation file is found, it will automatically be downloaded to your computer and placed in the correct location on the machine. You will be advised of this. A Dialog Box will appear, asking if you would like Leasey to restart the JAWS screen-reader and that the activation file will not become active until JAWS is restarted. Press the letter “Y” to activate the “Yes” Button, confirming that you would like JAWS to be restarted.

After a short pause, JAWS will be closed and then restarted. All being well, you should hear the words, “JAWS for Windows is ready, Leasey Advanced is Active”.

If you have purchased an activation file, and you find that Leasey is operating in "Demonstration Mode", please contact your Leasey distributor immediately!

If you have purchased a "Timed License" for Leasey, each time you start JAWS you will be advised how many days remain. Unless agreed otherwise, a "Timed License" lasts for a period of 90 days.

When three days remain on the "Timed License", you will be reminded that you need to make a payment for the continuation of Leasey functionality. If you have already made such a payment you can ignore this message.

When the 90 day period has elapsed, Leasey will check the internet to ensure that a continuation "Timed License" is available for your JAWS serial number. If such a license is found, it will be downloaded to your computer and you will be asked if you would like to restart JAWS for Windows. Press the letter "Y" in order to do this.

If a continuation "Timed License" is not available, Leasey will no longer function and you should uninstall the product immediately.

Please note: You can install Leasey onto multiple machines provided the same JAWS serial number is being used. In other words, JAWS must be activated with the same serial number on each of the computers to host Leasey.

Importing Leasey Settings into Alternative JAWS Versions.

If you wish to install Leasey into an alternative version of JAWS, as stated previously this can be achieved by running the installer a second time and, from the list of available JAWS versions detected on the machine, select an alternative one.

When Leasey is installed and activated, you will want to import any Leasey settings previously created into the currently running version of JAWS. Leasey contains its own powerful Merge facility. This will not only allow you to import previously created Leasey settings, but it will also import any JAWS dictionary preferences, configuration settings, Placemarkers and Flexible Web rules, document settings and scripts you may have created yourself.

With the new JAWS version running, (probably 17.0 or 18.0):

  1. Enter the LeaseyBackup and Restore Manager by pressing the Grave Accent Key, (referred to as the Leasey Key), release it, then press Control+Shift+B. You are presented with five options. We are interested in the first one, "Inherit Settings From an Alternative JAWS Version". Please press Enter on this option.
  2. Leasey now presents you with a list of JAWS versions from which to import the settings files. Use the Up and Down Arrow keys to locate the desired version and press Enter. This is likely to be JAWS version 16 or 17. To be absolutely clear on this point, you need to select the version of JAWS you were previously using.
  3. You will be advised that the Leasey migration is in process and not to press any keys on the keyboard during this time. Leasey will go ahead and import all necessary files into the new JAWS version. You will be advised when the process is complete. It should take approximately 20 seconds, perhaps a little less. When the process is complete, JAWS will be automatically restarted.

Should you ever need to do so, the Leasey Merge facility can also work in the reverse direction. For example, if you created settings in JAWS 18, and you ever wanted to use them in version 17, everything is backwards compatible. Just be sure to run the version of JAWS into which you wish to import the new settings, then go ahead and repeat the above process.

Updating Leasey.

Leasey is updated on a very regular basis. We strongly suggest that you check for updates regularly to ensure you have the latest release and that you are benefiting from the many enhancements and features to come!

If an update is available, when the computer is started Leasey will let you know this information by saying "A Leasey update is available".

There are two ways of checking for updates. If using Leasey Advanced, press the Grave Accent key, release it, then press the letter "H". This takes you into Leasey's Hotkey Help. Press Down Arrow until you reach "Check for Updates" and then press Enter.

If you are using Leasey Basic, the option "Check for Updates" can be found by activating "Get Help" from the Leasey Main Menu.

Either way, if an update is found, you will be advised of this and you will be asked if you would like to read what is new prior to installing it.

If the letter Y is pressed to select "Yes", Leasey will retrieve the details of what is new and present them to you in a screen which can be read with the Up and Down Arrow keys. A Link towards the end of this screen can be activated by pressing Enter. A small update program will then be downloaded to the computer and will be installed automatically. If on your computer the Windows "User Account Control" is enabled, you may be asked whether you would like the installation of the update to proceed. Simply press the Tab key to reach the "Yes" Button and press the Space Bar to confirm.

In the event that you selected "No" in the previous step so as not to read what is new, the update will be downloaded automatically.

Assuming you are requested to restart the computer following the installation of the update, you should comply with this request, since it may be necessary to update essential files.

To ensure you have the latest version, you can always download the full installer for your product from the LeaseyCentral website and run it. This will not harm your system even if Leasey has been installed before, and any settings you may previously have had in place will not be lost.

I've Installed Leasey, What Next?

If you are not an experienced JAWS user, there are some keystrokes you may like to get familiar with right away so we will list them here.

Pressing Control+Windows+Shift+Up or Down arrow keys will increase or decrease the computer's system volume. This is ideal especially if you have purchased a new laptop computer and have no idea how to change the volume settings. So, hold down Control, ALT, and the Shift Keys and, while doing so, press Up or Down Arrow. You will hear the volume changing and JAWS will announce the percentage reached.

Pressing the Insert Key with figure 2 on the main QWERTY keyboard will cycle through the JAWS "Typing Echo" modes. Unlike JAWS default behaviour, the setting is permanently stored. These options are:

  • "Characters", (meaning that every character is spoken as you type),
  • "Words, (characters are not echoed as you type, but when you press the Space Bar, the word which has just been typed will be spoken),
  • "Characters and Words", (each character is echoed as you type and, when you press the Space Bar, the word previously typed is also spoken), and
  • "None", (nothing is spoken when you type text, or when the Space Bar is pressed.

Pressing ALT+Control+Windows+Page Up will increase the JAWS speech rate. Pressing ALT+Control+Windows+Page Down will decrease the JAWS speech rate. Both settings are permanently stored.

Computing Application and Operating System Adjustments.

In order for Leasey to work correctly, there are a few adjustments which may be required to the Windows operating system and associated applications. Should you have any difficulty making the adjustments below, please contact Hartgen Consultancy or your Leasey distributor before proceeding. If necessary, we can perform what we call a "Leasey Health Check" on your computer. This means that we will connect to the machine and ensure it is configured to perform optimally with your assistive technologies.

Windows Explorer Adjustments - Critical!

Windows Explorer must be set so as to display the full path of a folder within the application Title Bar.

Within Windows7:

  1. Launch any folder within Windows Explorer.
  2. Select “Tools”.
  3. Select “Options”.
  4. Select the “View” Property Sheet.
  5. From the list of options available, (which you can reach by pressing Tab and displayed in a Tree View), Press the Down Arrow key repeatedly so as to select “Display the full path in the title bar”. Press the Space Bar to select this option if it is not already selected. When it is enabled, JAWS speaks the word “On”.
  6. Continue to press Down Arrow until the option “Hide Extensions for Known File Types” is selected. If JAWS reports this as being “On”, press the Space Bar to disable it. JAWS will say the word “Off”.
  7. Press Shift+Tab to reach the “Apply to Folders” Button and press the Space Bar to activate it.

Within Windows8.1 or Windows10:

  1. Prress ALT+V to activate the “View” section of the Ribbon.
  2. Press the Tab key repeatedly until you reach the entry entitled “Options – Change settings for opening items, file and folder views and search”. Press Enter to activate this option.
  3. The highlighted item is now “Change folder and search options”. Press Enter to move into this Dialog Box.
  4. Press Shift+Tab once to reach a series of Tabbed Pages.
  5. Press Right Arrow to reach the “View” Tab.
  6. Press the Tab key three times so as to focus upon a Tree View of options.
  7. Press the Down Arrow key repeatedly so as to select “Display the full path in the title bar”. Press the Space Bar to select this option if it is not already selected. When it is enabled, JAWS speaks the word “On”.
  8. Continue to press Down Arrow until the option “Hide Extensions for Known File Types” is selected. If JAWS reports this as being “On”, press the Space Bar to disable it. JAWS will say the word “Off”.
  9. Press ALT+L to activate the option to apply the view to all folders.
  10. If a Dialog Box appears asking if you would like the view to be applied to all folders, press the letter “Y” to activate the “Yes” Button.
  11. Press Shift+Tab repeatedly to reach the “OK” Button and press the Space Bar to activate it.

Foobar2000.

If you wish to use Foobar2000 for the playback of audio CD’s, audio files (such as those created in MP3 format) and playlists, you will need to make an adjustment within the Foobar2000 application. If you are using Windows10, there is a slightly different way of associating audio files with your chosen player. Please see below.

  1. From the Windows Desktop, select Foobar2000 and press Enter to launch it.
  2. Press ALT+L, then C” to launch the option “Library”, “Configure”.
  3. Focus will be within a Tree View of options. Press Down Arrow until you reach “Shell Integration”.
  4. Press Tab once to reach the hyperlink entitled “Manage file type associations”. Press Enter to select.
  5. A new window will appear comprising a list of audio file types supported. We recommend that you press Tab until you reach the option “Select All”. Press the Space Bar to check this box if it is not already checked.
  6. Press Tab twice to reach the “save” Button, then press Enter.

Winamp.

If you wish to use Winamp for the playback of audio CD’s, audio files (such as those created in MP3 format) and playlists, you will need to make an adjustment within the Winamp application.

  1. From the Windows Desktop, select Winamp and press Enter to launch it.
  2. Press Control+P for "Preferences", and from the Tree View of options displayed, press the letter "F" to reach "File Types".
  3. Press the Tab key repeatedly until the "Associated File Types All" Button is focused and press the Space Bar to activate it.
  4. Press Tab repeatedly until the "OK" Button is focused and press the space Bar to save the settings.

Associating Audio Files with a Player Using Windows10.

Rather than working through the above steps to configure your audio player of choice using Windows10, you can use this alternative procedure if you find it easier. There are various different ways of being able to achieve our objective, and what follows is just one way of doing it. If you are having difficulty, please contact us for assistance. What we are trying to do here is to associate a Playlist with an .m3u extension with your audio player of choice.

  1. Press Windows+I for "Settings".
  2. If you are not focused in an Edit Field, press Tab once to reach it and type the word, "Associations".
  3. Press Tab once to reach the List Box, and the highlighted option is, "Change the file type associated with a file extension".
  4. Press Enter.
  5. The list of file extensions may take about 30 seconds to compute. But thereafter, you should be able to press Tab to reach the list of file extensions and press Down Arrow to move through them.
  6. Locate the file extension, .m3u (which represents a playlist discussed later), MP3, or any other file extension related to audio content.
  7. When such an extension is highlighted, press Enter to change it.
  8. Focus is now on a Button labelled "OK", so you should press Tab.
  9. You are asked how you would like to open the file. Arrow down until your chosen player is announced and press Enter.

iTunes.

Aside from the creation of an account, (obtaining an Apple ID), the following should be configured within the iTunes program.

  1. Following the installation of iTunes, you should accept the License Agreement.
  2. Press Control+Comma for the iTunes Preferences.
  3. Press Tab repeatedly until you are focused upon the Button labelled "General".
  4. Press Right Arrow repeatedly until the option "Advanced" is selected.
  5. Press Tab until the Check Box "Enable Full Keyboard Navigation" is selected. It may already be checked. If it is, press Escape to exit the Dialog box. If not, press the Space Bar to Check the box and then press Enter to close the Dialog Box.
  6. If you intend to play "Podcasts", when first entering this section of iTunes by pressing Control+4, you may encounter some introductory text which you can move through by pressing the Tab key. You are likely to find a Check box which asks whether you would like Podcast episodes to be downloaded automatically. You can Check or Uncheck this option as appropriate. Press Tab to reach the "Continue" Button and then the Space Bar to activate it.

Skype.

In order to configure Skype, please work through the following procedure:

  1. Press ALT+T then O to move into Skype's "Options" Dialog Box.
  2. You are first presented with a Tree View of options. Press Tab once and check the box entitled "When I double-click on a contact start a call".
  3. Press Shift+Tab back to the Tree View.
  4. Optionally, press the Down Arrow key repeatedly to reach “Notifications”.
  5. Press Tab repeatedly and Check each item for which you wish to receive alerts by pressing the Space Bar. There is a good deal of configurability and you have control over which notifications you will hear when the LeaseySkype Notifications are enabled.
  6. When all the settings have been made, press Tab repeatedly until the Tree View is once again focused.
  7. Press the down Arrow repeatedly until you reach the option "IM Appearance: Set Up How IM Looks".
  8. Press Tab repeatedly until the Check Box "Show Emoticons" is focused. If JAWS reports this as being unchecked, press the Space Bar to check it.
  9. Press Shift+Tab a number of times so as to reach the Tree View again.
  10. Press the End key to reach the menu item entitled "Accessibility: Make Skype more accessible for you".
  11. Press the Tab Key and check the box entitled "Enable Accessible Mode".
  12. Press Shift+Tab once and press Up Arrow until you reach the option "Hotkeys: Set up keyboard shortcuts for frequently used functions".
  13. Press Tab once and you will reach the item "Enable keyboard shortcuts". Please check this box by pressing the Space Bar.
  14. Press Shift+Tab repeatedly until you reach the "Save" Button and press the Space Bar. Skype now returns to the main display window.
  15. Press ALT+V for "View".
  16. Press Up Arrow. If you see a menu item entitled "Single Window View", press Escape twice to exit the Dialog Box. If you find an item labelled "Split Window View", press Enter to accept.

Microsoft Word.

With Microsoft Word open:

  1. Press ALT+F, then T, to move into the application's options.
  2. You are focused on the "General" Tabbed Page. If this is not in view, press the Up or Down Arrow keys to reach it.
  3. Press the Tab key repeatedly until you reach the Check box "Open e-mail attachments and other uneditable files in reading view". If the Check Box is checked, which it is by default, press the Space Bar to uncheck it.
  4. Press Tab repeatedly until you reach the Check Box "Show the Start screen when this application starts". Press the Space Bar to uncheck this option. If you do not find this option within your release of Microsoft Word, please do not be concerned.
  5. Press Tab repeatedly until you reach the list of categories again, however this time, select "Prooffing".
  6. Press the Tab key repeatedly until you reach the option "Check Spelling As you Type". Press the Space Bar to check this option.
  7. Press ALT+A to activate the "Auto-Correct Options" Button.
  8. Press Control+Tab twice to reach the "AutoFormat As You Type" Tab.
  9. Press Tab repeatedly to reach the "Automatic bulleted lists" Check Box and uncheck it by pressing the Space Bar.
  10. Press Tab repeatedly to reach the "Automatic numbered lists" Check Box and uncheck it by pressing the Space Bar.
  11. Press Enter to save the options in this Dialog Box.
  12. Press Shift+Tab repeatedly until you reach the list of categories again, however this time, select "Save".
  13. Press Tab repeatedly until you reach the option "Don't Show the Backstage When Opening or Saving Files". Press the Space Bar to check this option. If you do not find this option within your release of Microsoft Word, please do not be concerned.
  14. Press Enter to save.

Microsoft Outlook.

With Microsoft Outlook open and focus within the Email Inbox:

  1. Press ALT+V, then P, then N to open the "Reading Pane".
  2. Press Down Arrow until the option entitled "Off" is selected. Press Enter to disable it.

Amazon Kindle.

In order to use Amazon Kindle, you will need to install the Kindle Accessibility Plugin, a link for which is provided on Leasey Central. You do not need to have the original Kindle for PC application installed on your computer before installing the Accessibility Plugin. It is a completely self-contained application.

Before proceeding, you should have an Amazon account and you should know your Email address and Amazon password. Now run the installer program once it has been downloaded to the computer.

There are no screens within the installation that you need to interact with. You will not receive a Dialog box confirming that the installation has been completed, and although this can be slightly disconcerting, the installation window will disappear when the process is complete and the Kindle application will run.

The opening screen requires that you enter your Email address and password. This is a completely inaccessible screen. As a method of overcoming this deficit, please perform the following steps:

  1. If the Kindle application has started, you should not press the Tab key at this stage as you are on the Email address field. If it has not launched, please activate the Shortcut which has now been created on the Windows Desktop.
  2. Type your Email address associated with your Amazon account.
  3. Press Tab. Focus is now in the password Edit Field.
  4. Be sure to type the password carefully. If you have made a mistake during the password entry, backspace many times to ensure that all the characters have been erased, then type the password again.
  5. Press Enter and the linking mechanism will begin. It should take just a few seconds. You will know that the software is linked to your Amazon Library by pressing Insert+T. If your name is announced as part of the window title, then your Kindle is ready and linked to your account.

Please remember that, if you have difficulty with linking your Amazon account to Kindle, do ask for a "Leasey Health Check" where we will undertake this for you.

The Leasey Games Module.

Leasey contains many games which can be played either alone, online with other people, or against the computer. In order to take advantage of these, you will need to download the Leasey Games Module.

There are several ways in which the Leasey Games Module can be downloaded and installed. By far the easiest is to press the Grave Accent key, (which we call the Leasey Key), followed by the letter G. If the Leasey Games Module is not installed, you will be advised of this and asked if you would like to install it. Press the letter Y to confirm that you would like to do this.

The JAWS script files for the games will then be retrieved from the internet. This will take a few seconds.

When the download is complete, you will then be prompted to download the games. Press Enter which is the default option to download the file.

The download process will then commence. It will take a few minutes so please be patient.

When complete, a Dialog box will appear, asking if you would like to run the installer. Activate the "Yes" button and the installer will begin.

No further interaction is required on your part. The installer should only take a few seconds and will give you an indication as to its progress by periodic reading of percentage values.

When the installation has been completed, focus will be placed in the Leasey Games menu. Press Escape to exit for the time being.

Configuring the Leasey Application.

Leasey contains its own configuration utility called the “LeaseyManager”. From here, you can select various options relating to the applications which Leasey supports, together with a number of other preferences. It is very important that the LeaseyManager is worked through in order to run specific applications depending upon the tasks you wish to undertake with your computer.

In order to launch the LeaseyManager, press the Grave Accent Key (situated to the immediate left of figure 1 on the desktop keyboard), release it, then press Control+Shift+M. The LeaseyManager screen will appear.

LeaseyManager consists of a number of Dialog Boxes. Each Dialog Box contains a specific question. When you have answered a question, please press Enter to move to the next step or click the "OK Button". Please do not worry if you make a mistake. You can always go back and edit the preferences later, or start again from the beginning. You will also be able to check the settings which have been applied at any time as it is dynamically updated when an option is set.

Should you wish to cancel the configuration at any stage, please press Escape or click the "Cancel" Button.

The following paragraphs describe all the options in the LeaseyManager.

Using LeaseyManager for the First Time.

If the LeaseyManager has not been run before, you will be presented with question 1, which relates to selecting your word processor. If it has been run previously, you will be able to view the stored settings. We are assuming for the moment that the LeaseyManager has not been run before.

Select Word Processor.

This is a List Box with two choices. Press the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through them and press enter to select.

Select Email Client .

This is a List Box with three choices. Press the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through them and press enter to select.

Select Twitter Client .

This is a List Box with three choices. Press the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through them and press enter to select.

Select Facebook Site.

This is a List Box with three choices. Press the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through them and press enter to select.
This option relates to whether you wish to use the Facebook Mobile site for access or the regular larger site.

Select Date Format .

This is a List Box with two choices. Press the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through them and press enter to select. It is particularly important to set the way in which dates are interpreted so as to use LeaseyDiary.

Select Audible Website.

This is a List Box with two choices. Press the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through them and press enter to select. If you wish to use LeaseySearch to view books on the Audible website, please select the appropriate option from the list. These are Audible.co.uk or Audible.com.

Path to Music Folder .

Leasey needs to know the location of your primary music folder. You will be asked if you know the path pointing to it. Press the letter "Y" if you do know it and "N" if you do not. If you do not wish to store this now, press the letter "Y", then press Enter so as to create a blank entry.

If "Yes" is chosen, an Edit Field will appear in which you should type the path pointing to the music folder, then press Enter to move to the next step. If you do not know the full path, press the letter "N" and a Message Box will appear inviting you to press Enter so as to browse to it using Windows Explorer.

When the music folder is located, press the Grave Accent key, followed by Control+Shift+M to continue the process. Leasey will confirm the location which has been stored. Press Enter to continue.

Path to Books Folder.

Leasey needs to know the location of your primary DAISY books folder if you have one. You will be asked if you know the path pointing to it. Press the letter "Y" if you do know it and "N" if you do not. If you do not wish to store this now, press the letter "Y", then press Enter so as to create a blank entry.

If "Yes" is chosen, an Edit Field will appear in which you should type the path pointing to the books folder, then press Enter to move to the next step. If you do not know the full path and you wish to browse to it, press the letter "N", and a Message Box will appear inviting you to press Enter so as to browse to it using Windows Explorer.

When the books folder is located, press the Grave Accent key, followed by Control+Shift+M to continue the process. Leasey will confirm the location which has been stored. Press Enter to continue.

Changing the Three Core Leasey Keys.

As described later in this document, Leasey needs three keys in order to operate some of its core functions. These are by default the Print Screen Key, the Scroll Lock and the Pause/Break Key. These reflect the Leasey Main Menu, the Leasey Application Menu and the Leasey Context Sensitive Help. If you do not have a standard desktop computer keyboard containing these keys, you now have the opportunity of changing them.

First, you will be asked if you wish to change the Leasey Main Menu key. If "Yes" is selected by pressing the letter "Y", you will be asked to press the key to represent this item in the future. Once pressed, the key will be spoken so you can confirm this is correct. For example, you will hear, "F11 captured" if you had pressed function key F11. If you have inadvertently pressed the wrong key, before pressing Enter please press another key. You can keep pressing as many keys as you like until the desired one is announced. Press Enter to move to the next step.

Proceed in the same manner to change the remaining two keys if you wish. You can always press letter "N" on each option if you do not wish to make changes.

Confirmation and Summary Screens.

The Leasey configuration is now complete. You are presented with a Dialog Box stating that all the options have now been set. Press Enter to move to the Summary Screen.

Press Down Arrow to move through the Summary Screen which is now in view. You will hear details of all the options you have configured so you can check they have been applied correctly. If you have not stored an option, (such as a path to the books folder), you will hear the words, "Not Stored". At the bottom of this screen, there is an option to delete your customisation and to start again. Press Enter on this item if you wish to do this or Press Escape to close the Summary Screen.

Editing the LeaseyManager Configuration.

As described previously, at any time you can always check your LeaseyManager settings by pressing the Grave Accent Key then Control+Shift+M.

Now that you have run the LeaseyManager, you will be presented with a list of all the items you have configured. Press Down Arrow to move through the list to verify your settings.

If you wish to change any option, (such as the date format), press Enter on the focused item. You will then have the opportunity of changing just that setting. When you have finished changing the setting, press Enter to save.

You will notice near the bottom of the "Summary" screen there is an option to "Edit Leasey Core Keystrokes Manually". This relates to changing the three core Leasey keys, by default assigned to "Print Screen", "Scroll Lock" and "Pause/Break".

In a small number of cases, if you attempt to change a keystroke in the usual way, JAWS is unable to capture the one you press. For example, JAWS is unable to capture "ALT+Scroll Lock". If you find this is the case, press Enter on this option. You will be asked which of the three keys you wish to change. Please work through the Wizard, answering "Yes" or "No" to changing the keystrokes by pressing letters "Y" or "N" when the questions are spoken.

When you press letter "Y" on an option so as to change it, you will be invited to type into an Edit Field the keystroke you would like. So, if you would like to use ALT+ScrollLock as the key for accessing the Leasey Context Sensitive Help, go ahead and type your choice like this:

alt+ScrollLock

then press Enter to save.

Again at the bottom of the "Summary" screen you will find an option to delete your current LeaseyManager configuration settings and to start again. Press Enter to do this.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Launch the LeaseyManager, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+M.
  • Move Through LeaseyManager Options, Up or Down Arrow.
  • Confirm a LeaseyManager Option, Enter.
  • Cancel a LeaseyManager Option, Escape.

Getting to Know Leasey.

Introduction.

In this Chapter, we will begin using Leasey for the first time and learn some important keystroke concepts.

Leasey’s Dual Modes.

Leasey has two modes of operation as indicated in the "Introduction" section of this User Guide. These are LeaseyBasic and LeaseyAdvanced. LeaseyBasic is for complete computer beginners and is only available if you have purchased Leasey Total Package.

To switch between LeaseyBasic and LeaseyAdvanced, hold down the Control key and, while doing so, press the Grave Accent key. As you repeatedly press this keystroke, you will hear Leasey say, using her own voice, either “Leasey is Active” or “LeaseyAdvanced is Active”. The setting remains permanent until you change it, even if you restart the computer. Please note that if you have not purchased Leasey Total Package this does not apply. Consequently, pressing the aforementioned keystroke will cause no speech output to occur.

There are a number of other important keystrokes. We will begin with the three keys, situated to the right of the F12 key on the desktop keyboard. Typically, these are labelled, from left to right, “Print Screen”, “Scroll Lock” and “Pause/Break”. From a Leasey perspective, these are, from left to right:

  1. “Leasey Main Menu”. This key will always take you back to the Leasey Main Menu irrespective of the program which is running. So if you are unsure what to do next, a good way to get back to a known point is to press the Leasey Main Menu key. Please note that the Leasey Main Menu key is also available in Leasey Advanced. So if you prefer launching programs through menus, this key can be used.
  2. The Leasey Application Menu Key. This provides a menu relative to the application in which you are working. For example, if you are in a word processing program, pressing the Leasey Application Menu key will bring into view a list of options relating to word processing. Pressing the Escape key will, in most cases, return focus to the Leasey Main Menu as well. If you prefer, you can also (if using Leasey Basic) press the Escape Key from within a supported program to bring into view the Leasey Application Menu. Please note that the Leasey Application Menu Key is also available in Leasey Advanced, so if you are not fond of remembering shortcut keys, you can use this menu if you prefer.
  3. Leasey Context Sensitive Help key. This provides human narrated help relative to the situation in which you are working. So, if you are in the Leasey Main Menu and you are unsure how to navigate it, press the Leasey Help Key. If you are using Leasey Advanced, this key brings into view the Leasey Hotkey Help system described later.

When Leasey is speaking help information, press ALT+Windows+Control+P to pause and restart the audio playback. So, hold all three keys down to the left of the Space Bar and, while they are pressed, tap the letter “P”.

ALT+Windows+Control+Up or Down Arrow will increase or decrease the volume of the playback. If Leasey is not speaking, a tune will play. You can then go ahead and use the volume adjustment keys until you reach the level you want. When the desired level is reached, press ALT+Control+Windows+S to stop the playing of the tune although it will stop after one minute automatically. The "Stop" key will in addition stop Leasey speaking help information at any time. If you reach 100 per cent of the volume level, you will be advised of this. If the lowest level at 0 per cent is reached, you will be advised of this, followed by the words, "Not Recommended".

The other important key to mention here is the Leasey Key. This is in most cases for advanced users as all of Leasey’s features can be accessed directly with the keyboard without having to work through the menu system. The Leasey Key is assigned to the Grave Accent key, situated to the immediate left of figure 1 on the main QWERTY keyboard. When you press this key, you will hear the word, “Leasey”. Release the key, and then press another key to carry out a special Leasey function. All the Leasey keystrokes are given throughout this document in their relevant sections.

Note that if while composing documents you wish to insert a grave accent character, press the Leasey Key twice quickly.

About the Leasey Menus.

Here are some important things you need to know about the Leasey menus and Leasey Basic in particular.

  1. LeaseyBasic can be enabled by pressing Control together with the Leasey Key. This setting is retained even if the computer is restarted. When LeaseyBasic is activated by pressing this keystroke, after a short pause the Leasey Main Menu will appear.
  2. If LeaseyBasic is enabled, and the computer is restarted, when the Windows operating system is fully loaded the Leasey Main Menu should appear after a short pause.
  3. To repeat, if you are unsure what to do at any time, please press the Leasey Main Menu key to return to a known position.
  4. The Up and Down Arrow keys can be used to navigate Leasey menus. When the last item has been reached, and the Down Arrow is pressed once again, focus will wrap back to the top item in the menu. The reverse is true if the Up Arrow key is pressed when the top item is in focus.
  5. First letter navigation can be used in any of Leasey’s menus. So as you become used to the items which appear on the menus, you can press the first letter of the one you want. For example, if you wish to shut down your computer, repeatedly press the letter "S" until Leasey says, "Shut Down Your Computer". Then, press Enter to do this.
  6. Press the Enter key to move into a menu and the Escape key to move back in the menu structure. For example, if you press the Enter key on the first item, “Write a Document or Letter”, focus will be within a sub-menu of choices relating to writing a document or letter. Press the Escape key to return to the Leasey Main Menu.
  7. As a menu is opened, an appropriate short "click" sound will be heard before the new menu is revealed or an application launched. When the Escape key is pressed, an alternative sound to indicate backing out of a menu is heard instead.
  8. If you are within a program such as that which manages your Email, in most circumstances you can also press the Escape key in order to move to the Leasey Application Menu. While it is true that you can press the Leasey Application Menu key, it is a natural reaction to press Escape as it is quite easy to find on the keyboard. Clearly, there are circumstances where this will not bring the Leasey Application Menu into view. For example, if you have opened an email message, you will press the Escape key to close it and return to your email Inbox. The Leasey Application Menu in that circumstance is not brought into view. However, if you press the Escape key when focused in the Inbox, the Leasey Application Menu is revealed. In short, if there is nowhere for focus to go, the Leasey Application Menu is revealed.
  9. We strongly recommend that, in most situations, when using LeaseyBasic you only use one program at a time. This is to avoid confusion as to which program is running, although an option is available on the Leasey Main Menu to bring into view a list of currently running programs.

Menu Options.

When selecting an option from the Leasey Main Menu, the programs she will run are very much dependent upon the choices you have made within the LeaseyManager. For example, if you select the option “Check Your Email”, the email program you have selected within LeaseyManager will run, which could be Microsoft Outlook, Windows Live Mail or Mozilla Thunderbird.

The option “Improve Your Keyboard Skills” will launch the TypeAbility program if it is installed.

The option, "Scan a Document", will launch the DocuScan program. DocuScan is ideal for scanning documents either through a scanner or perhaps a PDF file which may be inaccessible. For further details of DocuScan, please contact us!

Finally, at the bottom of the Leasey Main Menu, there are two options, either to shut down or restart the computer. Shutting down the computer completely can also be achieved by pressing the Leasey Key then ALT+Shift+S no matter the program in which you are working. Restarting the computer can be done by pressing the Leasey Key then ALT+Shift+R.

Leasey Hotkey Help.

Users of Leasey Basic may like to skip this section for the time being.

Leasey Advanced users will particularly welcome the Leasey Hotkey Help system. It not only allows you to learn the many keystrokes available for accessing Leasey's functions directly, but you can also carry them out from the Help application. Lastly, the Leasey Hotkey Help will always remember where you are and will try to anticipate what kind of assistance you need.

Using the Help System

In order to move into the Hotkey Help, press the Leasey Key then H. Leasey will try to anticipate the task you are working within. So, if you are in the Contacts list of the Skype program, she will bring into view a list of keystrokes relating to working with your contacts. If you are in a word processor, an appropriate list of keystrokes will be displayed for text editing.

If Leasey does not know which category of keystrokes is required, a list of available categories will be brought into view instead. Simply press Down Arrow (or use first letter navigation) in order to move to the category you want and press Enter. As an example, press Down Arrow to the second item relating to keystrokes for text editing, then press Enter. A list of keystrokes relating to it will be displayed.

If you change your mind and you do not wish to browse the text editing keystroke category, simply press Escape. Leasey will not only move back to the category list, but she will also place you on the second item in the list relating to text editing. So, Leasey always keeps track of where you were.

Performing Keystrokes with the Hotkey Help.

The beauty of the Hotkey Help is that you do not need to remember the keystrokes to work with Leasey functions if you do not wish to. Pressing Enter on any item in the Help system will cause the action to be carried out.

Lets go back to our example of the category for text editing. Locate that category in the help system and press enter.

In the new screen which is in focus, press Down Arrow until you reach the option to change capitalisation of the text in your document. Press enter to carry out this option. The capitalisation of the text will change.

Now, assume that you wish to repeat that keystroke to change capitalisation a second time. Press the Leasey Key then H. Leasey remembers you were using the text editing category and she also recalls the option you were previously working with, changing the capitalisation of the text. All that remains for you to do is press Enter, since the item in focus is that for changing capitalisation.

Additional Hotkey Help Utilities.

In addition to the categories of keystrokes available, the Hotkey Help contains several additional items.

Check for Updates allows you to manually check for the latest Leasey Updates to ensure your Leasey product is current.

Leasey Documentation brings into view the User Guide you are currently reading.

What's New in Leasey will display a document stating the Leasey build number and the latest changes and innovations.

Get Remote Support will launch our Remote Incident Manager client. If a Technical Consultant has given you a letter or word in order to connect to your computer, please type it into this screen in lower case text, then press Enter.

Download Leasey Games Module will download the many games you can play with Leasey to your computer. Please refer to the later Chapter of this document concerning playing Leasey Games. The "Setup" Chapter also contains further comment on this.

Finally, "Leasey Central" will browse to a special website dedicated to Leasey. It contains news, audio podcasts, access to a mailing list, blog, and links to software programs you may like to use alongside the product.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Leasey main Menu, Print Screen.
  • Leasey Application Menu, Scroll Lock.
  • Leasey Context Sensitive Help, Pause/Break.
  • Pause Playback of Leasey Help, ALT+Control+Windows+P.
  • Stop Playback of Leasey Help, ALT+Control+Windows+S.
  • Increase the Volume of Leasey Help, ALT+Control+Windows+Up Arrow.
  • Decrease the Volume of Leasey Help, ALT+Control+Windows+Down Arrow.
  • Switch Between Leasey Basic and Leasey Advanced, Control+Leasey Key.
  • Work with a Leasey Function, Leasey Key then a Further Key on the Keyboard. All Described in Hotkey Help.
  • Access Leasey Hotkey Help, Leasey Key then H.
  • Shut Down the Computer, Leasey Key then ALT+Shift+S.
  • Restart the Computer, Leasey Key then ALT+Shift+R.
  • Get Technical Assistance, Control+Shift+Backspace.

LeaseyWord.

Introduction.

LeaseyWord relates to all word processing functions. They are largely consistent no matter the word processor chosen, however there is one significant difference in relation to Spell Checking which is described in a later section.

Introducing LeaseyWord.

LeaseyWord can be activated through the Leasey Main Menu by selecting the option, "Write a Document or Letter". Alternatively, it can be reached by pressing the Leasey Key, then Control+Shift+W.

The LeaseyWord menu contains eight choices:

  1. Create a Document. If activated, you are first asked for the document name rather than giving it a title at a later time. There are several reasons for this. You may forget to save it, but more importantly, if you return to the Leasey Main Menu, the document is saved automatically and the word processing program is closed down. When the document name has been typed, and the Enter key pressed, a document using the word processor of choice is created with the appropriate document name. You are advised when you can begin typing text.
  2. Store Your Home Address. This option reveals a simple form which can be moved through by pressing the Tab key. Its purpose is to store your home address in readiness for preparing a letter based upon it. The form also contains options as to emboldening, underlining or italicising the address, together with whether you wish today’s date to be inserted or if you would like to insert an address from LeaseyConnect, (Leasey’s Address Book), of which more later. Finally, a group of four Radio Buttons is present concerning where the address should be placed on the page: the left margin, centred, the right margin or fully justified.
  3. Create a Letter Based on Your Home Address. If your home address has been stored using the previous option, you will be asked for the name of the letter. Please type it in, press Enter, and a new document will be created in line with the settings configured within “Store Your Home Address”.
  4. Store Your Temporary Address. This option reveals a simple form which can be moved through by pressing the Tab key. Its purpose is to store your temporary address in readiness for preparing a letter based upon it. The form also contains options as to emboldening, underlining or italicising the address, together with whether you wish today’s date to be inserted or if you would like to insert an address from LeaseyConnect, (Leasey’s Address Book), of which more later. Finally, a group of four Radio Buttons is present concerning where the address should be placed on the page: the left margin, centred, the right margin or fully justified.
  5. Create a Letter Based on Your Temporary Address. If your temporary address has been stored using the previous option, you will be asked for the name of the letter. Please type it in, press Enter, and a new document will be created in line with the settings configured within “Store Your Temporary Address”.
  6. Open a Document. Documents are saved in a separate folder, (not in the default Windows “Documents” folder). This is to ensure that you only have access to the documents you have saved rather than anything you are not expecting, such as folders or files placed there by the word processing software. When this option is activated, a list of all the documents and letters previously stored are available. Press Enter on a document in order to open it. To close it, press the Escape key to bring into view the Leasey Application Menu, and then press Escape once more to return to the Leasey Main Menu, whereupon the document will close.
  7. Delete a Document. This option will bring into view a list of previously stored documents and letters. Select a document you wish to delete with the Arrow keys and press Enter to delete.
  8. Go Back to the Main Menu. If LeaseyBasic is active, at the bottom of each Leasey Application Menu is an option to return to the Leasey Main Menu. While returning to this menu can be achieved by pressing the Escape key, it has been placed at the end of each menu both for convenience and for those people viewing the menu on a computer monitor.

The LeaseyWord Application Menu.

Let us now turn our attention to some of the options on the LeaseyWord Application Menu. Remember, this can be brought into view either by pressing the Leasey Application Menu key, (second in the row of three to the right of the F12 key), or by pressing Escape when working in a document.

Many of the options are self-explanatory, but some have special significance as described below.

  1. Insert Today’s Date. This will simply type today’s date into your document at the cursor position.
  2. Find Text. This option, (together with Find Again and Find and Replace), are Leasey’s own specialist utilities rather than using the conventional tools within the word processor of choice. With the Find utility, type the text you wish to search for, press Enter, and it should be located. This can also be accessed by pressing the Leasey Key then Control+F. Find Again will search for the next occurrence of the word. It can be accessed by pressing the Leasey Key then Control+N. Finally, Find and Replace presents you with a simple form through which you can move by pressing the Tab key. This can be activated by pressing the Leasey Key then Control+H. Type in the original word, press Tab, and type the replacement. Press Enter, and the word is replaced. Note that if text was selected prior to the Find and Replace facility being used, the replacement only affects the selected text.
  3. Formatting and Printing. This takes you into a sub-menu of choices concerning adjusting the size and font of the text, capitalisation, sending the document to the default printer, and more.
  4. Hear Information About This Document. This reports the number of characters, words and lines in the document. It can be accessed directly by pressing the Leasey Key then I.

Spell Checking.

Spell Checking can be accessed through the Leasey Application Menu or directly by pressing the Leasey Key then K.

Unfortunately, the method for spell checking is the only aspect of word processing which is inconsistent between the two supported word processing packages.

If you are using HJPad, this will simply launch the standard HJ Pad Spell Checking dialog. If you are a new computer user, please refer to the DAISY "Getting Started" guide for a description of using the HJPad Spell Checker.

However, Leasey provides an adapted Spell Checking facility within Microsoft Word. Please work through the following procedure to use the Spell Checker in Microsoft word, although you should know that the standard Spell Checking Dialog Box is available by pressing F7.

  1. Move to the top of the document by pressing Control+Home.
  2. Access the Leasey Application Menu and select "Spell Check This Document", or press the Leasey Key followed by K.
  3. JAWS will announce the first incorrectly spelled word, it will also be spelled. It will go onto announce the first suggestion from Microsoft Word, and this will also be spelled.
  4. A vertical list of choices is now available. Prior to moving through the list with the Up or Down Arrow keys, you can press Insert+C. This will read the word in context. In point of fact, the sentence containing the misspelled word is spoken.
  5. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the list of possible choices. The focused word will be spoken and spelled. From this list, you can also ignore the word or add it to Microsoft word’s dictionary so it is not flagged as an error in the future.
  6. When the desired option in the list is reached, please press Enter, whereupon Word will move to the next incorrectly spelled word if one exists. If there are no further errors, JAWS will advise you of this.

Remembering the Current Position in a Document.

Particularly helpful for advanced users, Leasey can retain your place within a Microsoft Word document, Wordpad or Notepad file. The next time you open the document, Leasey will automatically set focus to the last place you were reading. This is especially helpful if you are reading a long document.

To enable this feature, press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+R. This is a toggle action and will enable and disable the feature. You will hear an announcement as to whether it is enabled or disabled.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • LeaseyWord Menu, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+W.
  • Find Text, Leasey Key then Control+F.
  • Find Again, Leasey Key then Control+N.
  • Find and Replace, Leasey Key then Control+H.
  • Enable or Disable Remembering the Previous Position in the Document, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+R.
  • Spell Check, Leasey Key then K.
  • Move to the Next Error in the Spell Checker, Down Arrow.
  • Move to the Previous Error in the Spell Checker, Up Arrow.
  • Select a Spell Checker Suggestion, Enter.
  • Read the Misspelled Word in Context, Insert+C.
  • Change Capitalisation of Selected Text or focused character, Shift+F3.
  • Speak Information about the Document, Such as the Number of Words, Leasey Key then I.

Working with Email.

Working with Email in the most part is self-explanatory. When you launch the item on the Leasey Main Menu, “Check Your Email”, the Email client you have chosen through LeaseyManager will launch.

A Leasey Application Menu is available for most common email tasks. However, this menu is different depending upon the task you are working through. For example, the menu of choices activated when you are in the list of messages received is different to the one for when a message is being composed.

If you are inside an Email message, and you wish to copy the sender's Email address to the Windows Clipboard, press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+E. The Email address will be spoken back to you for confirmation and it is now copied to the Clipboard ready for pasting elsewhere. This applies to Microsoft Outlook only.

In respect of Email, we strongly recommend that you read and fully understand the next Chapter of this User Guide concerning LeaseyConnect.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Copy Outlook Email Address to Clipboard, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+E.
  • Skip an Email Signature in Microsoft Outlook, Leasey Key then N.

LeaseyConnect.

What is LeaseyConnect?

LeaseyConnect is a fully featured Address Book. It allows you to store details of contacts including the person (or company) name, address, telephone numbers, Email addresses, Skype username, Twitter username and some brief notes.

Once the LeaseyConnection is stored, you can not only view the details but use that information in a number of ways. LeaseyConnect is tightly interwoven with other Leasey utilities, and we have already seen how it can be used in conjunction with word processing. But it can also be used to help call a person or company via Skype or the telephone, send Email or send a message via Twitter.

In this Chapter, we will learn how to use LeaseyConnect to store information, retrieve it, delete it and to some extent, work with it. There are some areas, for example how LeaseyConnect integrates with Twitter, that we will cover as and when we discuss the social media network.

Storing a LeaseyConnection.

There are a number of different ways of storing a LeaseyConnection. One way of doing so is to complete all the information concerning the person or company manually. To do this, from the Leasey Main Menu select “Open LeaseyConnect”, and from its sub-menu, select “Create a New LeaseyConnection”. Alternatively, press the Leasey Key then ALT+S to reach this option directly.

The LeaseyConnection screen will then appear. It consists of a form you can move through by pressing Tab. All fields are self-explanatory, although you can press the Leasey Context Sensitive Help key to hear information about the focused field at any time.

At the end of the Dialog Box is an “OK” Button, and this can be activated by pressing the Space Bar so as to store the LeaseyConnection. However, you can press Enter at any stage to save the entry which is useful if you do not wish to complete all the details.

If you are working with Email, a LeaseyConnection can be created based upon the message you are viewing. Simply open the message in your Email program, and press the LeaseyKey then Control+Shift+G. This will bring into view the LeaseyConnection screen, however the form should be populated with the name of the message sender, and the Email address. The form is available for you to read since it is possible errors will be made. For example, Leasey may place the Email address into the “Email Personal” field whereas in fact you would prefer it to be in the “Email Work” field. This can easily be changed by cutting and pasting the address into the correct field. When the LeaseyConnection is as you would like, please press Enter to save.

If focus is on a tweet in a supported Twitter client, or when focused on a Skype contact, the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+G can be used to import the details into a LeaseyConnection. However this time, the Twitter or Skype username will be part of the form instead. Please note that, unlike with Email, you must not be inside a Skype conversation with the user or within the text of a tweet. You must be focused on the name which is part of a list of tweets or Skype contacts.

Viewing LeaseyConnections.

In order to view the stored LeaseyConnections, from the Leasey Main Menu select “Open LeaseyConnect”, and from its sub-menu, choose “View or Modify LeaseyConnections”. Alternatively, press the Leasey Key then ALT+L to view them directly.

The list of LeaseyConnections previously stored is arranged in alphabetical order by first name or company name. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through them or first letter navigation if you prefer. When you find a LeaseyConnection you wish to interact with, please press Enter.

When inside a LeaseyConnection, you will see a list of the details relating to it. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through. You will hear the field name, followed by the details. If an item has not been stored, you will hear the words, “Not Stored” after the field name.

At the bottom of the list you will find two further items after the field information. These relate to editing or deleting a LeaseyConnection.

If you press Enter on the “Edit” item, the LeaseyConnection form is brought into view, populated with the original details you entered. You can edit as necessary, then press Enter to save or the Space Bar on the “OK” Button.

If you press Enter on the “Delete” item, the LeaseyConnection is removed. This cannot be undone.

Pressing Enter on any of the entry types can cause a number of things to occur:

  1. If you press Enter on an address field, the full address will be typed, so please be sure you are in a document first.
  2. Pressing Enter on an Email field will cause the Email address to be typed, so please be sure you are in an Email composition field first, such as the “To” or “CC” field.
  3. Pressing Enter on a telephone number field will display the number in the JAWS Virtual Viewer. This means you can review it character by character if necessary while you are making the call on a phone. Alternatively, a hyperlink exists at the bottom of the window which will call the phone number using Skype. Please note that you must have credit on your Skype account in order to make a call.
  4. Pressing Enter on the Skype username field will cause the contact to be called using Skype at no cost to you.
  5. Pressing Enter on the Twitter username field will cause it to be copied to the Windows clipboard in readiness for pasting into the message you are composing.

Should you wish to cancel out of the LeaseyConnection screen, please press the Escape key, whereupon you will return to the list of stored LeaseyConnections. Pressing Escape a second time will close the list of LeaseyConnections.

Using the LeaseyConnection Lookup.

There is a further facility you may wish to use with LeaseyConnect when composing Email messages. This saves searching for the name of a person, moving into his or her LeaseyConnection entry, finding the Email address and pressing Enter.

Leasey can perform a lookup when you type a name in an Email composition field to speed up the process. Please use the following procedure in order to do this. We assume that the name of the person you wish to write to has been stored in LeaseyConnect and that an Email address is associated with it.

  1. Focus on an Email composition field, such as the “To” or “CC” field.
  2. Type the name of the person as stored in Leasey Connect. Please enbter it as first name, then a space character, then the last name, such as, John Smith.
  3. When the name is typed, press the Leasey Key then semicolon.
  4. If a match is found, and a single Email address is present in the LeaseyConnection, this will be typed into the Email composition field.
  5. If more than one Email address exists for the contact, a list of the Email addresses will be displayed. Use the Up or down Arrow keys to select the Email address you wish to use, then press Enter. The appropriate address will then be typed into the Email composition field.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • LeaseyConnect Menu, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+L.
  • Store LeaseyConnect Entry, Leasey Key then ALT+S.
  • View LeaseyConnect Entries, Leasey Key then ALT+L.
  • Store LeaseyConnect Entry Based Upon Email, Tweet or Skype Contact, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+G..
  • LeaseyConnect Lookup, Leasey Key then Semicolon. Type First Name Space Last Name Before Using the Keystroke.

Working with the Internet.

When using Leasey Basic, and you launch the third item on the menu which is "Surf the Internet", a web page will be loaded with a prompt inviting you to press the Leasey Application Menu key or Escape for options. Having done this, there are a number of choices you can make, including browsing to a new website if you know the address, moving to the search results on a website, start reading from the top of the page, and more.

We strongly recommend that users of Leasey Basic take full advantage of the DAISY training material provided, as this gives very clear background information as to the purpose of the internet, together with good strategies for navigating pages.

If you are a Leasey Advanced user only, JAWS will interpret web pages in the usual way and all the navigation keys are available. However, there are some additional tools you may like to take advantage of, described elsewhere in this document, including:

  • LeaseySelect;
  • LeaseyPoints;
  • LeaseyCuts;
  • LeaseySticky Notes;
  • LeaseyAlerts.

LeaseySearch.

What is LeaseySearch?

LeaseySearch is a powerful tool which allows you to find information from a variety of online sources including search engines and online library catalogues.

While LeaseySearch can be used by computer beginners, if you are a Leasey Advanced user you will find it particularly powerful, since searches can be made irrespective of the application in which you are working.

Currently, LeaseySearch can look for books using Amazon, eBay, Google, Wikipedia, Youtube, Goodreads, RNIB’s Overdrive talking book catalogue in the UK, Bookshare (internationally), Audible in both the UK and US, the CNIB library in Canada, the Vision Australia IAccess library and the National Library Service for the Blind and Physically Handicapped (NLS) in the United States of America. Please note that while you can search any of the book catalogues as a guest, you must have a subscription to a specific library in order to borrow or purchase a book. Whether you can obtain such a subscription will depend on your rights in the country in which you live.

The Audible book site which is chosen for the search is dependent upon the choice made within the LeaseyManager.

Using LeaseySearch.

LeaseySearch can be activated from the Leasey Main Menu by selecting “Open LeaseySearch”, or by pressing the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+S to access it directly. In either case, a sub-menu is brought into view, containing the names of the sources which can be searched. Press Enter on any one of these items.

While it is possible to use the individual websites for accessing all of the below information, this often requires browsing to the page, locating an Edit Field, activating the JAWS special "Forms Mode" facility, typing what you want, press Enter and finally, locating where the results begin. Why would you want to do all of that when you have the convenience of LeaseySearch?

The procedure for working with various sources does differ depending upon the item selected, so please consult the relevant sections below for instructions on how to use LeaseySearch.

Google.

Google is by far the easiest search you can conduct, so let us begin with that. It allows you to search for any term using the popular Google search engine which has become an international household word.

When "Google" is selected by pressing Enter from the LeaseySearch menu, a Dialog Box will appear with an Edit Field in focus, requesting your search term. Simply type it in and press Enter. Tip: when searching for a specific phrase, you may like to place it in quotation marks, (shift+2 on the keyboard).

Leasey will search the Google website for the term you have entered and bring back the appropriate results. Focus will be placed on the first one, so go ahead and explore the details with the Arrow keys as usual. You can also press:

  • Letter H to move through headings;
  • Shift+H to move back through headings;
  • Enter to activate a Link so as to move to the web page matching your search, and
  • ALT+Left Arrow or Backspace to move back to the Google Search Results page.

Wikipedia.

Wikipedia provides an ideal way for you to retrieve information concerning almost any subject matter you wish to search for. Examples could include music artists, famous actors, authors of books, politicians, celebrities and many many more. In summary, it is an online encyclopaedia.

When "Wikipedia" is selected by pressing Enter from the LeaseySearch menu, a Dialog Box will appear with an Edit Field in focus, requesting your search term. Simply type it in and press Enter. You will be prompted to begin each word with a capital letter.

Leasey will search the Wikipedia website for the term you have entered and bring back the appropriate Wikipedia entry. Focus is set to the starting point of it. This is not a summary of the article. While Wikipedia entries can be very extensive, this means that the pages are quite large, so feel free to use the following navigation or reading techniques:

  • Insert+Down Arrow to read the Wikipedia entry from the cursor position until the end is reached or you press the Control key to halt speech.
  • Down Arrow to read the page line by line.
  • Letter H to move through Headings. The pages are always well structured, and each Heading will take you to a specific section of the entry, which is very useful if you wish to locate a part of it, such as "Early Career" or "Bibliography".
  • Enter will activate a Link. Many Wikipedia articles include links to external sources and websites which you may like to follow up if you are researching something in depth.
  • ALT+Left Arrow or Backspace to move back to the Wikipedia entry if you have followed a Link to a source.

Youtube.

Youtube is a portal for uploading and sharing audio and visual content, although its primary purpose is for people to watch videos. It is the "go to place" for watching amateur videos (such as your neighbour's child singing the latest hit), through to professionally recorded and produced videos from companies and everything in between. If you want to find something to watch or listen to, we're fairly confident you will find it on Youtube.

As with the previous two tools, activating the "Youtube" item from the LeaseySearch menu will prompt you for a search term. Again, type it in and press Enter.

The Youtube results will appear if a match is found and focus will be set to the first of these. JAWS has been customised so as to present the Youtube page in a slightly less graphical form while not sensoring any content. Here are some keystrokes you may wish to use:

  • Letter H to move through each result.
  • Shift+H to move back through results.
  • Enter will activate a video.
  • ALT+Left Arrow or Backspace will move back to the video results.

When a video has been activated:

  • Press F5 if you wish to skip an advertisement or commercial. These often appear prior to the playback of the video.
  • Press ALT+Control+Windows+P to play and pause the video.
  • Press ALT+Control+Windows+Right or Left Arrow to move forward and back through the video.
  • Press ALT+Control+Windows+F12 to set focus to the volume slider of the video. When prompted, use the Left and Right Arrow keys so as to change the volume level, and press the Escape Key to save.

Amazon.

Amazon has become well-known for its global online marketplace. Almost anything can be purchased from amazon including books, CD's, digital music, books, motorbikes, baby clothing, household items and more.

The amazon part of LeaseySearch not only allows you to carry out a keyword search across all categories but it can also be used to locate an item in a specific department, of which there are many. This allows you to quickly find the items you are looking for. As an example, if you were to search for "Taylor Swift" across all categories, you are likely to read results in books, digital music, CD's, DVD's, etc. If on the other hand you searched in the DVD's section only, this will significantly narrow the search results retrieved.

LeaseySearch is able to automatically detect the country in which you live and will, as a consequence, ensure the search is carried out using the appropriate Amazon store. Countries supported are the UK, US, Canada, Ireland, Australia and New Zealand.

To search for an Amazon product, please follow these steps:

  1. Locate the "Amazon" item on the LeaseySearch menu. Indeed this is the first item.
  2. Press Enter.
  3. As prompted, type into the Edit Field the item you wish to search for.
  4. Press Enter.
  5. A list of departments is then presented to you. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the list or first letter navigation to locate the department you wish to search within. If you wish to search by all categories, just press Enter again, since this is the first item in the list.
  6. Assuming results are located, focus is automatically set to the first of these, whereupon you can browse the products retrieved.

How you navigate the store, and purchase items, will vary from one country to another. However, some useful navigational techniques include:

  • Letter H will move through individual results found.
  • Shift+H will move back through results.
  • Down Arrow will allow you to view brief details pertaining to the focused result.
  • Enter will activate a Link pertaining to the focused result. Leasey will then attempt to set focus to where the primary content begins.
  • ALT+Left Arrow or Backspace will move back to the search results.
  • Amazon contains many Buttons on the pages so as to add an item to your account, go to the checkout, and more. Be sure to make good use of the letter B so as to move through the Buttons.
  • When inside an item for which you are reading details, press the letter H to move through primary sections. Of particular interest are the items "Product Description" and "Reviews". It is always helpful to read reviews of the product you are planning to purchase so you can see what other people think.

eBay.

eBay is the world's online marketplace; a place for buyers and sellers to come together and buy or sell almost anything! A seller lists an item on eBay, from antiques to cars, books to sporting goods. The seller chooses to accept only bids for the item (an auction-type listing)
or to offer the Buy It Now option, which allows buyers to purchase the item straight away at a fixed price.

The eBay part of LeaseySearch not only allows you to carry out a keyword search across all categories but it can also be used to locate an item in a specific category, of which there are many. This allows you to quickly find the items you are looking for. As an example, if you were to search for "Wedding Ring" across all categories, you are likely to read results in Jewellery and also Antiques. If on the other hand you searched in the Jewellery section, this will significantly narrow your results.

LeaseySearch is able to automatically detect the country in which you live and will, as a consequence, ensure the search is carried out using the appropriate eBay store. Countries supported are the UK, US, Canada, Ireland and Australia.

To search for an eBay product, please follow these steps:

  1. Locate the "eBay " item on the LeaseySearch menu.
  2. Press Enter.
  3. As prompted, type into the Edit Field the item you wish to search for.
  4. Press Enter.
  5. A list of search categories is then presented to you. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the list or first letter navigation to locate the category you wish to search within. If you wish to search by all categories, just press Enter again, since this is the first item in the list.
  6. Assuming results are located, focus is automatically set to the first of these, whereupon you can browse the products retrieved.

How you navigate eBay, and purchase items, will vary from one country to another. However, some useful navigational techniques include:

  • Letter H will move through individual results found.
  • Shift+H will move back through results.
  • Down Arrow will allow you to view brief details pertaining to the focused result.
  • Enter will activate a Link pertaining to the focused result. Leasey will then attempt to set focus to where the primary content begins.
  • ALT+Left Arrow or Backspace will move back to the search results.
  • When inside an item for which you are reading details, press the letter H to move through primary sections. Of particular interest are the items "Product Detail" and "Seller Information". It is always helpful to read the seller information because this gives a "Feedback Score" indicating their reliability, customer service, and so on.

Goodreads.

Goodreads is an Amazon company and " social cataloguing" website. The site allows individuals to freely search Goodreads' extensive user-populated database of books, annotations, and reviews. Users can sign up and register books to generate library catalogs and reading lists. They can also create their own groups of book suggestions, surveys/polls, blogs, and discussions. The site has in excess of 20 million members, and details of reading preferences, book recommendations and reviews can be shared using social media, such as Twitter or Facebook.

The Goodreads component of LeaseySearch allows you to search by book author, title, genre (such as crime or romance), and by Goodreads username. Clearly, you will need to know the username of the person whose Goodreads profile and page you wish to view prior to using this final item.

To search for an item on Goodreads, please follow these steps:

  1. Locate the "Goodreads" item on the LeaseySearch menu.
  2. Press Enter.
  3. From the list now presented, select which of the four categories mentioned above you would like to search by, and press Enter.
  4. As prompted by the software, type the required search term and press Enter.
  5. Assuming results are located, focus is automatically set to the first of these, whereupon you can browse the results retrieved.

How you navigate Goodreads from this point will vary depending upon the page you are viewing. However, some useful navigational techniques include:

  • Pressing Enter on the Link pertaining to a book title or author will open its page.
  • ALT+Control+Down Arrow and ALT+Control+Up Arrow will move through the search results of book titles as these are located inside a table.
  • When a book page is open, ensure you start at the top of the page by pressing Control+Home, and work your way down. There are not too many Links at the top to work through. Eventually you will see the book title, a Button labelled "Want to Read" which you can activate by pressing Enter which will add it to your Goodreads bookshelf, an unlabeled Button (referred to below), and Links to rate the book. The page also contains detailed information such as a synopsis, the average star rating, community reviews, and more.
  • The unlabeled Button referred to above brings into view what could be described as a "Context Menu". It allows you to work with the selected book. For example, pressing Enter on such a Button on a book's page will cause JAWS to say the word, "Updated". This is because new content has been added to the existing page but a new page has not been loaded. Pressing Down Arrow repeatedly from this point will allow you to read the newly available content. In this example, the new content presented consists of a Button labelled "Read", (which you can activate when you have read the chosen title), "Currently Reading", and "I Want to Read".
  • On each book title page is a Link entitled "Recommend This Book". When activated by pressing Enter, again JAWS will say the word "Updated", to indicate newly available content. You are now able to recommend a book to a group of friends or just one individual if you wish. This should be done as follows:
    1. Press the letter E twice to move to the second Edit Field on the page. JAWS announces the fact that you wish to recommend a book title to your friends, such as, "Recommend The Dwelling Place To Your Friends".
    2. If "Forms Mode" is not activated, go ahead and press Enter.
    3. Type the first name of a person you wish to recommend the book to.
    4. Exit "Forms Mode" by pressing the Numpad Plus key, and press Down Arrow to read the list of your friends which has now been filtered so as to display any matches in your friends list.
    5. Below each name can be found the statement, "Recommend". This is not hyperlinked, but you can press Enter on it so as to recommend the title.
    6. If the book has been recommended, the next line on the page should now contain the statement, "Recommended".
    7. Another line below the "Recommend" statement invites you to add a message, prior to recommending the book. Press Enter, and an Edit Field is revealed into which you can type a suitable message as to why you are recommending this book. Press Enter to save, then go ahead and recommend the book as described above.
    8. You can repeat this process as many times as necessary to recommend the book to your friends.
  • If you have searched for a Goodreads username, a page is revealed containing details of the books the person has read. Again, begin reading at the top of the page and you will be able to read how many books the person has rated, the number of reviews written, favourite genres, bookshelf information, how many books have been read or the subscriber would like to read, and a chronological indication as to Goodreads activity.

Using Bookshare and Audible.

If you have selected Bookshare or Audible from the LeaseySearch menu, you will now be asked a number of questions depending upon the source selected. After answering each question, please press Enter. You may be asked for a book title, author or keyword.

When all the questions have been answered, Leasey will very quickly check the appropriate website to see if results are available which match your search criteria. If so, you will be advised of this and after a short pause the appropriate web page will be loaded into Microsoft Internet Explorer containing the search results. Focus will be set to the first one. You can then explore the page in the usual manner.

Searches on the Audible Website.

If you search for books on the audible website, additional functionality is available to you. When focused on the link containing the book title, press the Leasey key then ALT+Control+S to hear a summary of the book without you having to activate the page and search for it yourself. If having heard the summary you do not wish to purchase it, you can skip to the next result by pressing the letter G, whereupon the Leasey key followed by ALT+Control+S can be pressed again to hear the next summary.

Leasey does provide an Application Menu so as to interact with Audible Manager. The application itself can be launched from the Leasey Main Menu through the item “Hear Audible Books”.

Searching with RNIB Overdrive.

While the RNIB Overdrive site is accessible in the most part, JAWS will by default speak a good deal of extraneous text as you move through the pages. At the time of writing, it is also not easy to skip through results or quickly locate the full summary description of a title. Using Leasey, working with RNIB Overdrive is a much more pleasant experience.

When you select RNIB Overdrive from the LeaseySearch menu, after a short pause the Home Page will be made available. This is a highly customised version of the page although visually, it appears the same.

You are first placed in the Edit Field into which you can type the author, book title or keyword you wish to search for. Simply type it in and press Enter to carry out the search. Please note that you can return to this field at any time by pressing the letter "E" by itself.

When the search results are returned, focus is placed at the first book title found. Press the Down Arrow key repeatedly to move through the titles. If you wish to skip to the next one, bypassing details of the current title you are reading, press the letter "G".

If you reach a book title you would like to hear more about, press Enter on the appropriate link for it. After a short pause, you will hear the word, "Ready", whereupon the cursor will be placed at the start of the book description.

Please go ahead and read this with the Arrow keys. If you wish to borrow the book, press the Leasey Key then "B". If you would like to return to your search results, press ALT+Left Arrow and the cursor will be placed at the point on the page where you left it.

When you have finished working with RNIB Overdrive, please press ALT+F4 to close Microsoft Internet Explorer, whereupon JAWS can restore your internet reading preferences.

Searching with the CNIB Library.

When you select the CNIB Catalogue from the LeaseySearch menu, after a short pause the Home Page will be made available.

You are first placed in the Edit Field into which you can type the author, book title or keyword you wish to search for. Simply type it in and press Enter to carry out the search.

The search will now be carried out. This may take a few seconds. When the search results are returned, focus is placed at the first book title found. Press the Down Arrow key repeatedly to move through the titles. If you wish to skip to the next one, bypassing details of the current title you are reading, press the letter "H".

If you reach a book title you would like to hear more about, press Enter on the appropriate link for it. After a short pause, you will hear details of the book found and the cursor will be placed at the start of relevant information pertaining to it.

Please go ahead and read this with the Arrow keys. If you wish to borrow the book, press the Leasey Key then "B". If you would like to return to your search results, press ALT+Left Arrow and the cursor should be placed at the point on the page where you left it.

Note that if you are working through the search results, and you find a title you wish to loan, it is possible to borrow it without activating the book details page. Simply place the cursor on the book title you wish to borrow and press the Leasey Key then “B”.

If you wish to carry out a further search, you should return to the LeaseySearch menu and select the CNIB Catalogue again.

Searching with the Vision australia Library.

If you have selected Vision Australia, you will now be asked for the book author or title you wish to search for. Simply type it into the Edit Field which is now in view and press Enter.

Leasey will very quickly check the Vision australia website to see if results are available which match your search criteria. If so, you will be advised of this and after a short pause the appropriate web page will be loaded into Microsoft Internet Explorer containing the search results.

When the search results are returned, focus is placed at the first book title found. Press the Down Arrow key repeatedly to move through the titles. If you wish to skip to the next one, bypassing details of the current title you are reading, press the letter "H".

If you reach a book title you would like to hear more about, press Enter on the appropriate link for it. You will be advised to "please wait", and after a short pause, the cursor will be placed at the start of the book information.

Please go ahead and read the details with the Arrow keys. If you wish to borrow the book, press the Leasey Key then "B". If you would like to return to your search results, press ALT+Left Arrow and the cursor will be placed at the point on the page where you left it.

Searching With NLS (BARD).

There are two options on the LeaseySearch menu relating to the National Library Service, depending upon whether you would like to search for audio or Braille titles only.

Having activated the appropriate item from the LeaseySearch menu to access the NLS catalogue, a further sub-menu is presented to you containing six items, reflecting the searches you can perform. These are:

  • Search By Author, allows you to search for all books in the library by a specific author. As prompted by Leasey, please use the format of "last name comma first name".
  • Search By Exact Match of Title, enables you to search for a book if the precise title is entered into the Edit Field provided.
  • Search by Start of Title, makes it possible for you to search for all books beginning with an individual letter or series of characters.
  • Search by Keyword, provides a method for searching by keyword, such as "Blue" for all books containing the word "blue". Multiple words can be entered which may be helpful when searching for books under a specific category. If you wish to use a precise sequence of words, we suggest you add quotation marks, such as "The Beatles".
  • Most Popular, will automatically return the most popular books in the library.
  • Most Recent, will return the most recently added books.

Having activated any one of these options by pressing Enter, you may be confronted with an Edit Field into which the appropriate text as described above should be typed. When this has been done, please press Enter.

You will be advised to "please wait". After a pause of a few seconds, a screen will be brought into view within the JAWS Results Viewer, containing the results of your search.

The Search Results screen will contain:

  • The total number of results found.
  • The number of results displayed. Leasey will initially present 50 results to you based on the search criteria entered. If more than 50 results are available, text will be displayed inviting you to press ALT+N for the next results. Pressing this keystroke will display results 51 to 100. You can progress through all the results by repeatedly pressing ALT+N. In such a situation, pressing ALT+P will move back through the previous results until eventually you will find yourself back at results 1 to 50.
  • Next comes the book title. This is denoted by a Heading and a Link. The Heading is in place to allow you to move between results quickly by pressing the letter "H", bypassing all the narrative text describing the book. The Link is present to allow you to download the book if you wish. Please refer to the next section concerning downloading books.
  • Below the Hyperlinked title you will find the book author, book description, book category, book duration (running time), the narrator, the date the book was added to the library, the book catalogue number and finally, a blank line so as to separate it from the next title.

As described previously, it is possible to press the letter "H" to move from one book to the next, however here are some other good navigation techniques.

  • Simply press the Down Arrow key to move through the page systematically.
  • Press Insert+F7 to bring into view a list of Links. Each Link contains the book title. Press Enter on any one of the Links to download or ALT+M to move focus to the book summary pertaining to it.
  • Press the Tab key repeatedly to move through the Links.
  • Press Escape to exit the Search Results screen.

Downloading Books.

Books can be downloaded by pressing Enter on any one of the Links. When this is done, you are taken to a web page inviting you to sign in with your library cridentials, consisting of an Email address and password. You can move through the fields by repeatedly pressing the Tab key. Please complete the fields as necessary and activate the "Login" button by pressing the Space Bar.

You are now on the NLS website with the page for the book in focus. From here, you can download the book in the usual way and transfer it to your portable device for playback.

Usefully, if you close the book download page by pressing ALT+F4, the list of books returned from your search is still available to you. This is helpful if you wish to download a series of books as you do not need to carry out the search again. The cursor remains at the point in the list in which you were previously located prior to downloading the book.

Server Maintenance.

From time to time, the National Library Service do carry out maintenance on the server from which Leasey gathers its information and from where books are downloaded. In such a situation, search results cannot be retrieved. Should this occur, you will be advised that "no search results are available". We suggest that you be patient and try carrying out the search again at a later time.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • LeaseySearch Menu, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+S.
  • Read the Book Summary From the Audible Website When a Link to a Book Title is Focused, Leasey Key then ALT+Control+S.
  • Move to the Search Edit Field with RNIB Overdrive or CNIB, Letter "E" by Itself.
  • Borrow a Book from RNIB Overdrive or CNIB, Leasey Key then "B".
  • When in the NLS Library, press ALT+N for the next results if they exist and ALT+P for the previous results.
  • When in a Youtube video, press F5 to skip an advertisement or commercial.
  • When in a Youtube video, press ALT+control+Windows+P to pause or restart the video.
  • When in a Youtube video, press ALT+control+Windows+Right or Left Arrow to skip forward and back through the video. Press ALT+Control+Windows+F12 to adjust the volume of the video.

The LeaseyDiary.

Introduction.

The LeaseyDiary provides a number of simple calendar functions to help you keep track of appointments and work with specific dates.

LeaseyDiary can be accessed from the Leasey Main Menu by selecting the option “Open the LeaseyDiary”, or more directly by pressing the Leasey Key followed by Control+Shift+Y.

The LeaseyDiary allows you to store appointments over the course of two years only so is kept very simple.

Before we begin working with the LeaseyDiary, it is important to remember that the date format must have been selected in LeaseyManager. You can select whether you would like to enter the day firstthen the month, (UK format), or month first then day, (US format).

Creating an Appointment.

The first item on the LeaseyDiary menu is “Create an Appointment”. When activated by pressing Enter, you are asked a number of questions. Please press Enter after each question has been answered so as to move to the next one. JAWS will give you very precise instructions as to how to answer a question, and you can always press the Leasey Context Sensitive Help key in order to get more information.

  1. First you are required to enter a date using four figures. Again, this will depend upon the date format selected. For example, if you wanted to set an appointment for 22 July, in the UK you would type 2207 and in the US 0722. If the appointment is for the following year, you should follow the date with the characters, -n, that is the hyphen or dash sign, followed by the letter N for next year. The date therefore may look like this. 2207-n. Press Enter to move to the next screen.
  2. Next, please enter a time. You can use the 24 hour clock format. The hours should be separated from the minutes by a colon character. For example, 6 PM will be 18:00. Alternatively, you can type the words Morning, Afternoon or Evening. If the event occupies the entire day, please press Enter so as to leave this field empty of text. Press Enter to move to the next screen.
  3. Now, please enter the subject of the appointment, a one line summary relating to the appointment, such as "Hospital Visit". Press Enter to move to the next screen.
  4. Finally, please type the notes of the appointment if necessary. There is no limit as to the number of characters which can be entered as part of the notes. Please press Control+Enter to save the notes and return to the main LeaseyDiary screen.

Viewing Appointments.

The second item on the LeaseyDiary menu is “Check for Appointments”. When activated, this presents you with a list of the months of the year. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the months or use first letter navigation. As you move through the months, (and if LeaseyBasic is active), a “Ding” sound will indicate if appointments exist for it. In addition, an asterisk character visually denotes that appointments exist for a given month. If using LeaseyAdvanced, JAWS will say the word, "Star", when appointments are located.

When you reach a month for which appointments exist, press Enter to view them.

You are now presented with a list of appointments for the month. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the appointments. You will be advised if the appointment relates to the following year. Press Enter on any one of them to read the details and Escape to cancel. The details of the appointment are displayed using the JAWS Virtual Viewer, so the Up and Down Arrow Keys can be used to move through the details. You will note that Leasey gives to you the day on which the appointment falls, together with the other information previously entered.

If notes were not found for the given appointment, you will be advised of this. The next line of the text contains a Link. Pressing Enter on this will allow you to create notes for the appointment if you wish. Please press Control+Enter to save when the notes have been created.

If notes were found for the given appointment, you will be able to read these with the Up or Down Arrow keys or any other method of reading text. The line of text following the notes contains a Link. Pressing Enter on this will allow you to edit notes for the appointment if you wish. Please press Control+Enter to save when the notes have been edited.

If you have not activated the Link to create or edit notes for the appointment, please press Escape to cancel.

Using the Same Appointment Multiple Times.

It is quite possible that you want to create an appointment for the same event over a number of days. There are two methods for doing this as described below.

Method 1:

  1. Create a new appointment as previously described.
  2. Create a second new appointment, completing the date and start time fields.
  3. When you reach the "Subject" field, simply press Enter without typing anything. The previous subject will be used and, if notes were created for it, you can read and edit them. This is useful. If you were taking regular trips to the hospital, and you had stored vital information in the original appointment notes, they will be available to you.
  4. When you are satisfied with the new entry, please press Control+Enter to save.

Method 2:

  1. View an existing appointment as previously described. When you find the appointment in the list for the month, press Enter to open it, followed by Escape to cancel.
  2. Create a second new appointment, completing the date and start time fields.
  3. When you reach the "Subject" field, simply press Enter without typing anything. The previous subject will be used and, if notes were created for it, you can read and edit them. This is useful. If you were taking regular trips to the hospital, and you had stored vital information in the original appointment notes, they will be available to you.
  4. When you are satissfied with the new entry, please press Control+Enter to save.

Deleting Appointments.

To delete an appointment, simply locate it from the list of available appointments for a specific month. Then, press the Leasey Key followed by Delete.

Hear Today’s Date.

Pressing Enter on this option in the LeaseyDiary menu will cause the current date to be announced.

Insert Today’s Date into a Document or Letter.

As the option suggests, activating this menu item will cause today’s date to be typed into the current document. Please be sure that the cursor is in an editing window before you activate this menu item!

What Day Is This?

Activating this item will bring into view an Edit Field and, when a date is entered into it and the Enter key pressed, it will speak the day on which it falls. Please type a date as eight figures. Again, this is dependent upon the date format you have selected within the LeaseyManager. For example, in the UK if you wanted to hear the day on which 22 July 2015 falls, please type 220715, and in the US, you would type 072215.

This function can also be used for days in the past. So if you wanted to find out on which day your sister was born, type in her date of birth. Pressing Enter will cause the day to be announced.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • LeaseyDiary Menu, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+Y.
  • Delete an Appointment, Leasey Key then Delete.
  • Save and Close the Appointment Notes, Control+Enter.

LeaseySelect.

Introduction.

It is essential when working with text to be able to select (or highlight) it. This invariably involves placing the cursor at the start of where you would like the text to be selected and then holding down a number of Keys including the Shift Key. For example, pressing Shift+Down Arrow repeatedly will select successive lines of text. However, if large blocks of text need to be selected, this can cause problems both when holding down the Keys, or in terms of the provision of accurate oral feedback of text which has been selected. Selecting text is necessary for format manipulation, cutting or copying it to the Windows Clipboard or manipulating it in some other way.

Leasey provides a very easy method for selecting text and reviewing the start point of a potential selection. The concept is that you will navigate to the start of the text which is to be selected and mark it with a Keystroke. Next, using any means of text navigation at your disposal (such as the Arrow Keys), move to where you would like the end of the selection to be. This could be many pages if necessary or maybe just a few words. When the potential end point of the selection is reached this is similarly marked with a Keystroke and the text between the two marked points is selected. Text selection using this method is available within Microsoft Word, Microsoft Outlook (incoming and outgoing messages), the JAWS virtual Viewer, documents within Adobe Reader, QRead, many text edit environments such as Notepad and Microsoft Internet Explorer.

Using LeaseySelect.

In order to use Leasey to select text, please work through the following two examples:

Example 1.

  1. Launch the Microsoft Word application and ensure you are located within a blank document.
  2. Type the phrase:
    This is a test
  3. Press the Home Key to move to the start of the line you have just typed.
  4. Press the Leasey Key then the Comma Key. JAWS will say “Begin Selection”.
  5. Press the End Key to move to the end of the line you have typed. Note that no text has been selected at this juncture and if you have vision you will also notice that there is no visual indication that the text has been selected.
  6. Press the Leasey Key then the Full-Stop or Period Key. JAWS announces “End Selection”.
  7. If you can see the screen, you will have noticed that the text between the two marked points is selected. Pressing the JAWS Key together with Shift+Down Arrow instructs JAWS to speak the text which has been selected and if all has gone well you should hear the words “selection is this is a test” or something similar.

Please note that the Leasey selection facility can be used within Microsoft Word even if the JAWS “Quick Navigation Keys” have been enabled by pressing Insert+Z. There is no need to exit this mode prior to using a selection command.

Example 2.

  1. Launch Microsoft Internet Explorer and browse to the following web site:
    www.google.co.uk or www.google.com if you prefer.
  2. Once the page has loaded, press Control+Home to reach the top of it.
  3. Press the letter B to reach the first Button on the page. JAWS announces “Google Search Button”.
  4. Press the Home Key to move to the start of the line.
  5. Press the Leasey Key then Comma and, as before, the start point of the selection is marked.
  6. Now press Control+End to move to the end of the web page. JAWS announces the text which is displayed.
  7. Now we will introduce to you a new Key combination which is the Leasey Key then Forward Slash. This is the Leasey function entitled “Speak Beginning and End”. This causes JAWS to read the text where the starting point of the selection was marked and the line containing the current cursor position. This is a good indicator of the potential start and end points of selected text particularly if the passage is quite lengthy. Note that if the cursor was placed some way along the line prior to the marking of the start point of the selection, JAWS will read from the selected text to the end of the line. Go ahead and press the Leasey Key then Forward Slash. In this example, JAWS says “first line of selection, Google Search, end line of selection will be”, then JAWS will read the final line of text on the web page since this is the current location. At this point the text is not selected.
  8. Press the Leasey Key then Full-stop or Period. JAWS confirms that the end point of the selection has been made.
  9. Finally, press the JAWS Key with Shift+Down arrow and all of the selected text will be announced.

Moving Back to the Selection Start Point.

Lets add a further dimension to the selection procedure.

Let us assume that you have marked the start point of a selection, and have then moved the cursor elsewhere. If you wish to return to the start point of the potential selection, you can press the Leasey Key then Control+Comma.

You can also use this keystroke when you have completed the selection. For example, if you select from page 2 of a document through to page 7, and copied the text to the Clipboard, you then may wish to move back to the start point of the selection on page 2. This can be done by pressing the Leasey Key then Control+Comma.

Please note that this does not function within Email messages.

Speaking the Contents of the Windows Clipboard.

One of the primary reasons why you would want to select text is to cut or copy it to the Windows Clipboard. The Windows Clipboard is of course a temporary storage area which can be used for holding text which is cut or copied to it for pasting into an alternative location, such as another document or Email message.

When the text has been copied to the Clipboard, you can press the Leasey Key followed by the letter X from within any application. The contents of the Clipboard will be announced. If there is no text on the Clipboard, you will be advised of this.

To clear the contents of the Clipboard at any time press the Leasey Key then Z.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Begin Selection, Leasey Key then Comma.
  • End Selection, Leasey Key then Full-Stop or Period.
  • Speak Beginning and End of Potential Selection, Leasey Key then Forwardh Slash.
  • Move Back to the Start of Selection, Leasey Key then Control+Comma.
  • Speak Contents of Clipboard, Leasey Key then X.
  • Clear Contents of Clipboard, Leasey Key then Z.

LeaseyTexts.

Introduction.

A LeaseyText allows you to reproduce a block of text with the minimum of Keystrokes. You will find yourself typing far less text than you used to do before!

A LeaseyText could consist of a short sentence; however it could be a novel or at least a number of paragraphs. If paragraphs are created including blank lines to divide them, they are preserved as part of the LeaseyText.

For example, one of the most common uses for a LeaseyText would be to reproduce text which would terminate a letter or email message, such as a signature. Your LeaseyText may consist of the words “Yours sincerely”, followed by five blank lines, then your name. Recalling a LeaseyText can be achieved by bringing it into a list for easy selection and pasting into a text editable area.

But people use LeaseyTexts in a variety of different ways, to reproduce telephone numbers, addresses, product serial numbers, shopping lists and so much more.

Creating LeaseyTexts.

To create a LeaseyText, you first must ensure that the text you wish to be reproduced in the future is located on the windows Clipboard. This gives extraordinary power and flexibility to the concept of LeaseyTexts. For example, you may receive an email message or a document from a friend or work colleague containing a useful web site and you would like to store this as a LeaseyText so as to pass onto other people during the course of composing an email message.

You have already learned how to select text with the Leasey selection feature in readiness for copying it to the Windows Clipboard. However, the following would be a basic example you may care to use:

  1. Open the Microsoft Word application, ensure that a blank document is in focus and type the words “Yours sincerely”.
  2. Press the Enter Key 5 times on the Keyboard so as to create a large blank space between the words “Yours sincerely” and your name which you will type in the next step.
  3. Type your name and, if appropriate, press the Enter Key again and type your Job Title.
  4. When you are satisfied with the composition of the text, press Control+A on the Keyboard to select all of the text including the blank lines.
  5. Press Control+C to copy the selected text to the Windows Clipboard. JAWS says “copied selection to Clipboard” or similar.
  6. Press the Leasey Key then the letter X. This speaks all text copied to the Windows Clipboard. You should hear the text you previously typed spoken back to you.
  7. Press the Leasey Key then the letter T to store a new LeaseyText. An Edit Field appears and JAWS will invite you to type a name for the LeaseyText. Think about the LeaseyText title carefully. When you retrieve a LeaseyText, one option is to choose it from a vertical list of previously stored items. So you will want a title which can be easily reached using first letter navigation from the list of available LeaseyTexts.
  8. Go ahead and type the name you wish to assign to the LeaseyText and press the Enter Key. JAWS will confirm that the LeaseyText has been saved. It will also advise you that you can press the Windows Key together with Semicolon to create an abbreviation. Please refer to the later section of this documentation concerning the creation of abbreviations.

Recalling a LeaseyText from a List.

Reproducing the content of any LeaseyText is very easy to do. Simply move into an editable environment, such as a Microsoft Word document, Internet Form Field or Email message. When you are ready to insert the LeaseyText into the editable area, press the Leasey Key followed by the letter L. Leasey will bring into view a list of all the LeaseyTexts previously stored. Use the Down Arrow Key to locate the LeaseyText you wish to reproduce within your text, (or first letter navigation if you prefer), then press Enter. It is as easy as that! After a short pause, JAWS will confirm that the LeaseyText contents have been reproduced. The cursor is placed at the end of the text.

Editing a LeaseyText.

A LeaseyText which is suitable for you today may not be useful tomorrow. However, there may be just one part of the LeaseyText you wish to change. This is very easy as you can bring into view a list of LeaseyTexts to edit.

Press the Leasey Key followed by the letter E. Again, this Keystroke causes Leasey to bring into view a list of LeaseyTexts stored on the computer. However, this time, when you press the Enter Key on any one of them, you will be taken into a text file containing the words which appear in the LeaseyText. You can edit the text as you wish and then press Control+S to save the file and then ALT+F4 to close down the Notepad program displaying the LeaseyText. The newly edited text is now immediately available when you insert the LeaseyText into an editable area.

There can be situations where you may wish to review a LeaseyText rather than edit it. This can be done using the JAWS Virtual Viewer.

Press the Leasey Key then V. Again, a list of all your LeaseyTexts will appear. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to find the LeaseyText you wish to view, then press Enter. The text will then be displayed within the Virtual Viewer. Press Escape to close the LeaseyText and return to the application in which you were previously working.

If you wish to return to the reading of the LeaseyText in the virtual Viewer, press the Leasey Key then ALT+V. You will find that the LeaseyText is displayed again for you to read, and Leasey has usefully remembered your place. This method of recalling a LeaseyText is ideal for reading a set of instructions. You can always close it by pressing Escape, carry out a task on your computer, and then return to it and continue reading.

Deleting a LeaseyText.

A LeaseyText can be deleted as follows:

  1. Press the Leasey Key then the letter L to bring into view a list of all LeaseyTexts previously stored on the computer.
  2. Press the Down Arrow Key or use first letter navigation until you reach the LeaseyText you would like to delete.
  3. Press the Leasey Key followed by the Delete Key. The LeaseyText will be deleted and this will be confirmed.

Creating an Abbreviation.

If you find that you are reproducing a LeaseyText on a regular basis, you may like to consider assigning it to an abbreviation. This means that you do not need to select the LeaseyText from the list, but rather, you will type a series of characters instead, followed by a Leasey keystroke. This will make the process of recreating the text passage extremely quick and easy. If you forget the text characters which make up the abbreviation, we have that covered as well. Please work through the following steps which will give you all the information you need.

  1. Press the Windows Key together with Semicolon. Please do not preceed this keystroke with the Leasey Key.
  2. A list of all the LeaseyTexts previously stored will be presented to you. Use the Up and Down Arrow keys in order to move through the list.
  3. When you reach the name of a LeaseyText to which you wish to assign an abbreviation, press Enter.
  4. If you have previously attached an abbreviation to the LeaseyText, it will be displayed in the Edit Field now available, so you can review it character by character with the Left and Right Arrow keys. If this is sufficient for your needs, simply press the Escape key. If however you wish to change the abbreviation, (or the Edit Field is empty of text), type in the new Abbreviation. For example, if you are attaching an Abbreviation to a signature, you might like to type the characters, sig.
  5. When the Abbreviation has been typed, press Enter. JAWS confirms that the Abbreviation has been stored.

To reproduce an Abbreviation:

  1. Focus within a text edit area, such as a Microsoft Word document or Email message.
  2. Type the abbreviation, but do not press the Space Bar.
  3. Press the Windows Key together with the Apostrophe (or single quote) key. Please do not preceed this keystroke with the Leasey Key.
  4. If an Abbreviation is found which matches the series of characters you typed, the full text will be reproduced.

To review a list of all the Abbreviations created, press Control+Windows+Apostrophe. Please do not preceed this keystroke with the Leasey Key. Use the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through the list. You will hear the name of the LeaseyText followed by the Abbreviation, such as "Signature equals sig". Note that prior to reading the list of Abbreviations, you will be advised that pressing Enter on any of them will delete it, so please be careful!

As previously indicated, pressing Enter on any item in this list will delete the Abbreviation, but not the LeaseyText itself. Therefore, if you inadvertently delete one of your Abbreviations, you can simply work through the steps above to restore it at a later time.

Two final notes. If you delete a LeaseyText (as described above), any Abbreviation you may have assigned to it previously will also be removed.

Secondly, notice how the keystrokes pertaining to all aspects of managing Abbreviations are available when your fingers are close to the Home Row of keys on the keyboard. This is especially important for the keystroke which reproduces an Abbreviation, Windows Key+Apostrophe. The whole point about the reproduction of an Abbreviation is that it should be fast!

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Store LeaseyText, Leasey Key then T.
  • List of LeaseyTexts, Leasey Key then L. Press Enter to Paste.
  • List of LeaseyTexts to be Read in the Virtual Viewer, Leasey Key then V. Press Escape to Close Virtual viewer.
  • Return to the LeaseyText Being Read in the Virtual Viewer, Leasey Key then ALT+V.
  • List of LeaseyTexts to be Edited, Leasey Key then E. Press Control+S to Save.
  • Delete LeaseyText, Leasey Key then Delete.
  • Store an Abbreviation, Windows+Semicolon.
  • Reproduce an Abbreviation, Windows+Apostrophe.
  • Delete or review Abbreviations, Control+Windows+Semicolon.

LeaseyClips.

What is a LeaseyClip.

LeaseyClips are very much like LeaseyTexts except that they are more convenient to use for a quick text transfer as they do not require you to name them. LeaseyClips are for grabbing segments of text you just want to use on a temporary basis for pasting perhaps into an email message or another document.

For example, if you regularly write reports and you wish to always reproduce the same text time after time, use a LeaseyText to store it, give it a name so you can easily recall it in the future, and save it. It will always be there for you.

If, on the other hand, you are reading a web page on which you can see comparisons of five hotels you and a friend may wish to visit, use LeaseyClips to copy the five segments of text and paste them into an email to them in any order you like. LeaseyClips would be used because you are unlikely to want that information in the future.

Up to twelve LeaseyClips are available to you and the keystrokes for creating, pasting, reviewing or deleting them are accessed using the function keys on the computer keyboard. The Function Keys are of course located on the top row of the keyboard. These keys are either pressed by themselves or in conjunction with other keyboard modifier keys: The Control, Shift or ALT Keys.

F1 is associated with LeaseyClip 1 and F12 is associated with LeaseyClip 12. That would make sense wouldn’t it?

In a moment, we will work through an example of how to use LeaseyClips. However in summary, pressing the Leasey Key followed by F1 through to F12 by themselves will copy text to a LeaseyClip. Pressing the Leasey Key then Control+F1 through to Control+F12 will speak the LeaseyClip. Pressing Shift+F1 through to Shift+F12 will paste the LeaseyClip. Finally pressing the Leasey Key then ALT+F1 through to ALT+F12 will delete a LeaseyClip.

All text to be copied to a LeaseyClip should ideally be selected first.
If no text is selected, an Edit Field will be displayed into which you can type or paste any text you like.

In our example, we will focus upon using LeaseyClip 1.

  1. Launch the Microsoft Word program.
  2. Type this line of text:
    I am very much enjoying using Leasey.
  3. Press the Home Key to move to the beginning of the line of text you have just typed. Because it is only a single line of text, we can simply press Shift+End to select it.
  4. Press the Leasey Key followed by F1. An Edit Field will appear containing the text of the line you selected. If you wish to edit it, please go ahead and do so now, then press enter.
  5. This text is now stored as LeaseyClip 1 and you will hear the words “LeaseyClip 1 copied”.
  6. Unselect the text by pressing Right arrow.
  7. Press Enter twice to create a blank line between the text you have typed and that which you are about to paste into the document from LeaseyClip 1.
  8. To verify the text which is associated with LeaseyClip 1, press the Leasey Key followed by Control+F1. You will hear “LeaseyClip 1”, then a short pause, then the text copied to it, which is in this example “I am very much enjoying using Leasey”.
  9. Press the Leasey Key followed by Shift+F1 to paste the contents of LeaseyClip 1 into your document. You will hear the words “LeaseyClip 1 pasted”.
  10. If you review the text in your document, you will observe that there are now two instances of the sentence. Leasey is capable of pasting LeaseyClips with extremely long strings of text associated with them into documents very quickly.
  11. Press the Leasey Key followed by ALT+F1. A Dialog Box will appear asking if you would like to delete LeaseyClip 1. Select the “Yes” Button by pressing the letter “Y”, or by pressing Tab until it is reached, followed by the Space Bar. You will be advised that LeaseyClip 1 has been cleared. It is not necessary to delete LeaseyClips before you use them again. What makes them convenient and easy to use is that they can just be overwritten at any point, but the functionality for deleting the contents from a LeaseyClip is available should you wish to use it.

Note: If you do not select text first, and press one of the keystrokes for storing a LeaseyClip, if text has been previously assigned to it then it will be displayed in the Edit Field. This may be useful if you wish to slightly change an existing LeaseyClip. It saves recreating the entire item. Press Enter to save.

You now know everything there is to know about LeaseyClips. Easy wasn’t it? Have fun with them! It is surprising how useful they can be.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Copy Text to LeaseyClip 1 through to 12, Leasey Key then F1 Through to F12.
  • Speak LeaseyClip 1 Through to 12, Leasey Key then Control+F1 Through to Control+F12.
  • Paste LeaseyClip 1 Through to 12, Leasey Key then Shift+F1 Through to Shift+F12.
  • Delete LeaseyClip 1 Through to 12, Leasey Key then ALT+F1 Through to ALT+F12.

LeaseyCuts.

Introduction.

Have you ever created a Microsoft Word document at your place of work and needed to save it in a specific folder which is located on a network drive several sub-folders deep? Is there a folder which you need to access regularly and you do not have the skills to create a Windows Shortcut on your desktop pointing to that folder? Have you created a thesis, essay, novel or document template which you need to access on a regular basis? Are there web sites you would like to access quickly but you don’t necessarily want to launch your preferred web browser to get there?

These are all very typical examples of situations for which LeaseyCuts can be used. We are sure you can think of many others. LeaseyCuts allow you to:

  • Create convenient keyboard access to folders stored on your computer (or perhaps an external source such as a USB flash or network drive).
  • Instantly open any file (again stored on your computer or externally).
  • Launch web pages within Internet Explorer.
  • Save documents (or files) in the folders to which LeaseyCuts have been assigned.
  • Get instant access to folders when wishing to attach a document to an Email message.

Storing a LeaseyCut.

LeaseyCuts Pointing to Files and Folders.

Before you can assign a LeaseyCut to a file or folder, you need to learn about one of the most essential tools on your computer, Windows Explorer.

What is Windows Explorer?

Each computer contains a number of “drives”. These are the main storage areas which house your computer's files and folders. Each drive has a letter associated with it. You can store material in, and retrieve items from, a computer drive or any folders you create on the chosen drive.

Typically, the drive which has a letter of “C” associated with it contains important data necessary for your computer to run. However, it is possible to store folders located on this lettered drive into which you may decide to place documents or other files.

Another way of looking at this would be to envisage that each lettered drive is like a filing cabinet. You may use at least one of the filing cabinets into which to place folders. In a folder, you could place some documents, audio files or any other content.

The vehicle for the creation and examination of your folders is called “Windows Explorer”.

If you are already familiar with the concept of creating (and browsing through) folders on your computer you do not need to work through this exercise and you can skip to the next section.

To create a folder on drive “C” of your computer entitled “Letters” please follow these steps.

  1. Press the Windows Key+E to enter Windows Explorer.
  2. You should now be focused upon a vertical list of drives, with each one being denoted by a specific letter. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to locate a drive. We are looking for drive "C".
  3. When the chosen drive has been located, press Enter to move into it.
  4. Now use the Up or Down Arrow keys to explore all the folders currently present on drive "C". There will be quite a number of them. You can also use first letter navigation to locate something more quickly. For example, on drive "C", if you press the letter "L" repeatedly, you will locate a folder called "LeaseyData". This is where a good deal of Leasey functionality lives. You do not need to be concerned with the content of this folder, but it will help you to understand the concept.
  5. When a folder is located that you wish to examine, press Enter to move into it. You may then see a number of further folders or files. You will know the difference because, when you find a file, the name will be announced followed by what is known as a file extension. A good example would be "My First Document.txt", indicating that the title is "My First Document" and the extension for it is ".txt", meaning a text file. There are many such extensions which go way beyond the scope of this document.
  6. To return to the previous folder, press the Backspace key. Focus will return to the folder list and the one you just entered will be selected.
  7. To create a folder, press ALT+2. Into the Edit Field provided, type a name for the folder, such as "Letters" and press Enter.

Creating a LeaseyCut Pointing to a File or Folder.

Now we know a little about Windows Explorer, we can describe the process of creating a LeaseyCut pointing to a file or folder. Any file can be accessed through a LeaseyCut, such as a Microsoft Word document, Microsoft Excel spreadsheet or a simple text file created in Microsoft Notepad, which is a very basic word processor. So if you always have a shopping list you need to refer to, or maybe a form you need to complete at work, storing a LeaseyCut pointing to it is quick and easy.

Similarly, if you wish to attach a LeaseyCut pointing to a folder, such as that containing frequently used documents, this too is easily achieved. Once created, LeaseyCuts provide a highly efficient way of locating these items.

To store a LeaseyCut pointing to a file or folder:

  1. Using Windows Explorer, locate the item to which you wish to attach the LeaseyCut. Leasey version 1 required that you pressed Enter on the item so as to open it prior to creating the LeaseyCut. This is no longer necessary. Selecting it within Windows Explorer is quite sufficient. In summary, please find the file or folder, but do not open it.
  2. Press the Leasey Key then Control+S. A Dialog Box will appear requesting that you type the name of the Leaseycut. In time, this title will be reflected in a convenient List Box from which you will access your LeaseyCuts and so the object of this exercise is to ensure that a short name is given. You can either type a name into the Edit Field or accept the default text which is displayed, since Leasey has usefully captured the title of the file or folder. But in summary, this text is highlighted so you can type a new name immediately over the top of the old one. Tip: When you have typed the new name, press Insert+Up Arrow to have it spoken back to you. If it is not what you intended, you can always edit the text at this stage.
  3. When the new LeaseyCut title has been entered, press the Enter key and the LeaseyCut will be created. You will be advised of this.

Creating a LeaseyCut Pointing to a Webpage.

Now we will create a LeaseyCut pointing to a webpage. Please follow these steps:

  1. Using your preferred web browser, (Microsoft Internet Explorer is recommended), browse to the webpage to which you wish to attach the LeaseyCut.
  2. Press the Leasey Key then Control+S. A Dialog Box will appear requesting that you type the name of the Leaseycut. In time, this title will be reflected in a convenient List Box from which you will access your LeaseyCuts and so the object of this exercise is to ensure that a short name is given. You can either type a name into the Edit Field or accept the default text which is displayed, since Leasey has usefully captured the title of the webpage. But in summary, this text is highlighted so you can type a new name immediately over the top of the old one. Tip: When you have typed the new name, press Insert+Up Arrow to have it spoken back to you. If it is not what you intended, you can always edit the text at this stage.
  3. When the new LeaseyCut title has been entered, press the Enter key and the LeaseyCut will be created. You will be advised of this.

Using LeaseyCuts.

There are two distinct ways in which LeaseyCuts can be used. They can either be used to launch an item or to type the path of a folder.

Launching a Leaseycut.

In order to launch the folder, document or web page from any application using the LeaseyCut please follow these steps:

  1. Press the Leasey key followed by Control+L (for “List of LeaseyCuts”).
  2. A List Box appears containing all the LeaseyCuts you have previously assigned. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the List Box or, if you know the name of the item you wish to view, press its first letter. You will note that alongside each item in the List Box is a description of what the LeaseyCut points to. This can be a document, web page or folder.
  3. When the desired item has been located, press Enter to launch it. You will hear the announcement “please wait” and after a short pause the required item will be launched.

Entering a LeaseyCut Folder Path.

There will be situations where you wish Leasey to type the path of a folder to which a LeaseyCut is pointing. We will provide two examples of where you may use such an approach:

Example 1: Microsoft Word “Save As” Dialog Box

  1. Create a document in Microsoft Word.
  2. Press Control+S to enter the Microsoft Word “Save As” Dialog Box.
  3. Press the Leasey key then Control+P (for “Path”).
  4. A List Box of your LeaseyCuts will appear. Locate the correct LeaseyCut which will have the word “Folder” next to it. This is where the document will be saved.
  5. Press Enter. The required path is inserted into the Microsoft Word “Save As” Dialog Box followed by a further “Backslash” character.
  6. Type the file name and press Enter. The file is now saved in the correct folder.

Example 2: Browsing to a Folder within Microsoft Outlook

  1. Create a new message in Microsoft Outlook.
  2. Move to the “Attach File” Dialog Box. For example within Microsoft Outlook 2010 or 2013, this would be achieved by pressing ALT+N, then A, then F.
  3. When focused within the “File Name” Edit Field, press the Leasey key then Control+P (for “Path”).
  4. A List Box of your LeaseyCuts will appear. Locate the correct LeaseyCut which will have the word “Folder” next to it. This is the title of the folder you will be browsing for a file to attach to your message.
  5. Press Enter. The required path is inserted into the Edit Field.
  6. Press Enter again and then Shift+Tab twice in order to start browsing the list of files within the folder you have selected.
  7. When you locate the file you wish to attach to the message, press Enter to do so.

Deleting and Renaming a LeaseyCut.

To rename a LeaseyCut:

  1. Press the Leasey key then Control+L to bring into view a list of LeaseyCuts.
  2. Navigate to the LeaseyCut you wish to rename.
  3. Press the Leasey Key then Control+R for Rename.
  4. Press Enter.
  5. You will be asked for the new name of the LeaseyCut. Please type it in and press Enter.
  6. Press the Leasey Key then Control+L to bring into view a list of the LeaseyCuts.
  7. Try locating the LeaseyCut with the name you just entered. You should not only be able to find it, but also Leasey should be telling you the kind of item it points to, such as a file, web page or folder.

To delete a LeaseyCut:

  1. Press the Leasey key then Control+L to bring into view a list of LeaseyCuts.
  2. Navigate to the LeaseyCut you wish to delete.
  3. Press the Leasey key followed by the Delete key. The LeaseyCut will be removed from the list and you will be advised of this.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Store LeaseyCut, Leasey Key then Control+S.
  • List of LeaseyCuts, Leasey Key then Control+L. Press Enter to Launch the Document, Webpage or Folder.
  • Paste the Path of Any LeaseyCut Folder into an Editable Area, Leasey Key then Control+P.
  • Rename LeaseyCut when focused upon it in the list, Leasey Key then Control+R.
  • Delete LeaseyCut when focused upon it in the list, Leasey Key then Delete.

LeaseyAlerts.

Introduction.

Have you ever been confronted with a situation where you've been to a website, and you always want to come back to the same place if it exists each time you visit it? Google would be a very good example, When you've searched for something, and the new page loads, you do not want to have to find where the search results start, nor do you want to hear how many Headings or Links are on the page.

A LeaseyAlert will not only advise you that the text exists, but it will also set focus to the relevant area of the page. All you need do is set up the LeaseyAlert and then forget about it, unless you want to delete it.

Setting a LeaseyAlert.

Please note: while examples of LeaseyAlert creation and usage are given in relation to individual web sites, it is more than possible that the content of the web sites concerned will have changed following publication of this User Guide. The examples given therefore are just that: mere examples of hypothetical situations which will need to be adapted according to the individual web sites being used.

We will first create a LeaseyAlert to set focus to the Search results on Google.

  1. Visit www.google.co.uk or www.google.com.
  2. In the Search Edit Field, type the words "dog food" and press Enter to carry out the search.
  3. When the new page loads, press the letter H until you hear the words, "Search Results".
  4. Press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+A to set the LeaseyAlert. An Edit Field will be available to you containing the text of the current line on the page, in this case, "Search Results".
  5. If this is correct, press Enter to save the LeaseyAlert.
  6. Now, into the Google Search Edit Field, type "Cat Food" and press Enter to carry out the search.
  7. Notice how, this time, you hear the LeaseyAlert sound and the JAWS virtual Cursor is placed on the words, "Search Results". You can now press Down Arrow to read them.

We will vary that example slightly now by setting a LeaseyAlert on the Amazon website.

  1. Browse to www.amazon.co.uk or www.amazon.com.
  2. In the Search Edit Field, type a search term, such as "The Beatles", and press Enter.
  3. Look for the first Heading on the page which will read something like "1-16 of 69,238 results for the beatles."
  4. Press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+A to set the LeaseyAlert. An Edit Field will be available to you containing the text of the current line on the page, in this case, "1-16 of 69,238 results for the beatles."
  5. Please edit this text carefully and give it some thought. When you visit this page again, you are not going to be searching for the Beatles, nor are the number of results returned going to be the same. On this page, you are in the future going to search for the word "results". So please either edit the text until only that word is available, or just type the word "results" over the top of the text displayed. We will type the word, "results", without a capital letter "R".
  6. Press Enter to save.
  7. Now carry out a further search on amazon. This time, we will search for the movie, "Gone with the Wind". Please type it into the Search Edit Field and press Enter.
  8. Notice how, this time, you hear the LeaseyAlert sound and the JAWS virtual Cursor is placed on the phrase containing the word , "results". You can now press Down Arrow to read them.

If you do not wish Leasey to speak the line when a LeaseyAlert is found, press the Leasey Key followed by dash (to the immediate right of zero on the desktop keyboard). Pressing this key combination repeatedly rotates between character, word, line, sentence, paragraph and SayAll. So, if you select line, the line of text will be announced. If you selected SayAll, JAWS will begin reading from the cursor position of the LeaseyAlert, either until the end of the document is reached or until you press the Control key. This setting is retained even if the computer is restarted.

Deleting a LeaseyAlert.

To delete a LeaseyAlert, simply focus upon the webpage to which it is attached, and press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+D.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Set LeaseyAlert, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+A.
  • Delete LeaseyAlert, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+D. Please focus on the webpage on which the Alert is set.
  • Change Speaking Behaviour when an Alert is focused, Leasey Key then Dash. Press repeatedly to move through the options.

LeaseyPoints.

Introduction.

The LeaseyPoints facility is an extremely powerful tool which will dramatically assist you while working with your documents and when navigating web pages on the Internet. LeaseyPoints allow you to locate passages of text upon demand.

LeaseyPoints can be created within Microsoft Word, Microsoft Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox or Google Chrome. Up to 10 LeaseyPoints can be set for each file or website. There is also the facility to set a global set of LeaseyPoints which can be used within any document or web page.

Using LeaseyPoints in Microsoft Word.

LeaseyPoints can be used while reading Microsoft Word documents (such as books, journals or reports) where the text is unlikely to be changed, and also when you are constantly interacting with a document you are working on. After all, Microsoft Word is a word processor isn’t it? Of course you are going to change the text in a document! LeaseyPoints have great value in either circumstance. LeaseyPoints can be used within Microsoft Word even if the JAWS “Quick Navigation Keys” have been enabled by pressing the JAWS Key and Z. There is no need to exit this mode prior to setting or retrieving a LeaseyPoint.

You can set LeaseyPoints by first pressing the Leasey Key followed by Control+1 through to Control+0 to represent the 10 LeaseyPoints which can potentially be set. So pressing the LeaseyKey followed by Control+1 will set LeaseyPoint 1 and pressing the Leasey Key followed by Control+0 will set LeaseyPoint 10.

  1. Please open a blank Microsoft Word document and type two short paragraphs. For example, you might start the first paragraph with the words "I am very much enjoying using Leasey!"
  2. Press Control+Home To make sure you are at the top of your document.
  3. Press Control+Right Arrow until the word, "Much", is spoken.
  4. Set a LeaseyPoint by pressing the Leasey Key and then Control+1. You will hear a low musical tone to indicate the LeaseyPoint has been set. The greater the LeaseyPoint number, the higher the tone. LeaseyPoints are designed to be quick and easy to use. There is no need to delete an existing LeaseyPoint before setting a new one of the same number in an alternative location. So, if you’ve already set LeaseyPoint 1 elsewhere in this document, it will be overwritten automatically.
  5. Insure that you are still located on the first word of your first paragraph and type the following: “I’ll add a new paragraph to my document. As a result, the line of text that I set to a LeaseyPoint will be in a different location.”
  6. Now press the ENTER Key twice to place a blank line between this new paragraph and the existing ones.
  7. Press the Leasey Key and then press the number 1 by itself. Again, you will hear the sound indicating LeaseyPoint 1 and although the line of text you originally set the LeaseyPoint to is not in the same location as before, focus will move to the LeaseyPoint and speak the line. Not only that, but observe that the cursor is placed at the start of the word, "Much", which was the original location of the cursor prior to setting the LeaseyPoint.

If you do not wish Leasey to speak the line when a LeaseyPoint is found, press the Leasey Key followed by dash (to the immediate right of zero on the desktop keyboard). Pressing this key combination repeatedly rotates between character, word, line, sentence, paragraph and SayAll. So, if you select line, the line of text will be announced. If you selected SayAll, JAWS will begin reading from the cursor position of the LeaseyPoint, either until the end of the document is reached or until you press the Control key. This setting is retained even if the computer is restarted.

When you return to this document in the future, JAWS will announce that LeaseyPoints are available.

LeaseyPoints in Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox and Google Chrome.

Now we will look at using LeaseyPoints on the Internet.

Please note: while examples of LeaseyPoint creation and usage are given in relation to individual web sites, it is more than possible that the content of the web sites concerned will have changed following publication of this User Guide. The examples given therefore are just that: mere examples of hypothetical situations which will need to be adapted according to the individual web sites being used.

  1. Please launch your web browser and browse to www.google.com or www.google.co.uk if you prefer.
  2. Carry out a search for “Strawberry Picking”. Press Enter to begin the search.
  3. On the new page which is loaded, please press the letter “H” repeatedly until JAWS says, “Search Results”. Our intention is to set a LeaseyPoint on this page so we can always locate the term “Search Results”, since in the future, this will take us quite near to where the results begin.
  4. Press ALT+Windows+Control+Dash repeatedly until JAWS says "Domain Mode". There are two types of LeaseyPoints you can create on web pages, those specific to a domain (which relates to the entire web site), or for an individual page). In this example, we do need the LeaseyPoint set to a specific page. If we do not put this in place, Leasey will not be able to locate the chosen phrase when you carry out a subsequent search on Google, as the address of the page is different each time. This setting remains in place even when you restart the computer and is in most cases the one you require.
  5. Press the Leasey Key then Control+1. A sound will play and JAWS will announce that LeaseyPoint 1 has been set.
  6. Now carry out another Google search, but this time, please search for “Delicious fruits”. Press Enter to begin the search.
  7. When the new page has been loaded containing the search results, you will notice that, in addition to announcing the number of Headings and Links on the page, JAWS also speaks the term “Leasey Points”, indicating that at least one LeaseyPoint is available. press the Leasey Key followed by figure 1. Focus is moved to the position of the LeaseyPoint and the sound plays to indicate that LeaseyPoint 1 has been located.

Using Default LeaseyPoints.

This feature works in exactly the same way in which you have previously learned to set and locate LeaseyPoints, with one important difference. The default LeaseyPoints will always look for specific text in a document or web page.

Let us assume that you always want to look for the phrase, "Chapter 3", whichever document you happen to be within. This is a good case for using default LeaseyPoints. So lets learn how to use them with that term, "Chapter 3", in mind.

  1. First, we need to switch to default LeaseyPoint mode. We do this by pressing the Leasey Key then Control+Dash.
  2. Now open the first document containing the term, "Chapter 3", and set a LeaseyPoint by pressing the Leasey Key followed by Control+1.
  3. Now open the second document containing the phrase, "Chapter 3".
  4. Press the Leasey Key followed by 1. You should find the cursor is placed on the line containing the term, "Chapter 3".

You should bare in mind that this is one of the few settings Leasey does not remember when you restart the computer. We see very few cases where this feature will be used, and the recommended approach is to set LeaseyPoints relative to each document or web site as described in the previous sections of this User Guide. However, should you wish to use them, you should enable them first by pressing the Leasey Key then Control+Dash. This is a toggle keystroke, so you can always revert back to the usual behaviour by pressing this keystroke a second time.

Deleting a LeaseyPoint.

By far the easiest method for removing a LeaseyPoint is to simply overwrite it. For example, if you had set a LeaseyPoint on Google to look for the word, "Results", and you now decide that you want it to locate the word, "Search", instead, just overwrite the LeaseyPoint with the new term by recreating it. There is no need to delete it first, and indeed for Default LeaseyPoints, this is exactly what you should do.

Because you can set up to 10 LeaseyPoints per document or web page, we must take care to ensure that you are deleting the correct one.

  1. Focus upon the document or web page on which the LeaseyPoint you wish to remove has been stored.
  2. Press the Leasey Key then ALT+Control+D.
  3. A list of all the LeaseyPoints you have set for the document or web page appears. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move to the LeaseyPoint you wish to delete, then press Enter to remove it.
  4. You will also notice that at the top of the list is an option to delete all the LeaseyPoints for the focused document or web page. Press Enter to do this.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Set LeaseyPoint 1 Through to 10, Leasey Key then Control+1 Through to Control+0.
  • Move to LeaseyPoint 1 Through to 10, Leasey Key Then 1 Through to 0.
  • Delete LeaseyPoints, Leasey Key then ALT+Control+D. Please focus on the appropriate webpage or document first.
  • Change between Default LeaseyPoints and those for specific documents or web sites, Leasey Key then Control+Dash.
  • Change between Domain Mode and Page Mode, ALT+Windows+Control+Dash.

LeaseyStickyNotes.

Introduction.

As you read a book, document, web page or even an Email, you may like to be reminded of the importance of specific text contained within it in the future. Maybe you are browsing through your Email inbox, and you want to set a little note to remind yourself why you kept a particular message. If you are reading all the files in your music library, you may wish to attach a note to some of them to remind yourself that you would like to copy them elsewhere at a later date.

These are just a few examples of the power of a LeaseySticky Note. Many people annotate passages of text in books for example so they can be reminded of something which is important. As with all Leasey features, a LeaseyStickyNote is easy to set and delete if you wish to do so. Once set, and you reach the item in question in the future, you will hear the text you have typed into the LeaseyStickyNote.

Working with LeaseyStickyNotes.

To set a LeaseyStickyNote, please do the following:

  1. Locate the line of text to which you wish to attach the LeaseyStickyNote.
  2. Press the Leasey Key then S.
  3. A Dialog Box will appear with an Edit Field in focus. Type the text you would like spoken when the line is focused in the future, such as, "This is the most important part of the document. I must quote it in my essay".
  4. Now press Enter. You will hear the LeaseyStickyNote text you have entered being spoken back to you.
  5. Press the Down Arrow key so as to move away from the line of text.
  6. Press Up Arrow once more to focus upon the line of text you originally captured. JAWS will play a sound and will then speak the line, followed by the text you entered into the LeaseySticky Note. The LeaseyStickyNote text is spoken using the JAWS Message voice which, (if using the Eloquence speech synthesiser), is at a lower pitch by default. This is important so you can differentiate between text in the document and that which you have typed into the LeaseyStickyNote.

Now go ahead and find an Email in your Inbox, and again, attach a LeaseyStickyNote to it in the manner described above. Then, focus away from it, (perhaps by pressing Down Arrow), and move back to it with the Up Arrow key. You should hear the sound, the details of the message, followed by the text in the LeaseyStickyNote.

Deleting LeaseySticky Notes.

In order to delete LeaseyStickyNotes, press the Leasey Key then D.

A list of all the LeaseyStickyNotes will appear. The list contains the various text items to which LeaseyStickyNotes have been attached. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the available items. You will notice that, as you move, you will hear the line followed by the text you have composed for the LeaseyStickyNote. In this way, you can be completely sure that you are focused on the correct item to be deleted.

When you reach a LeaseyStickyNote you wish to delete, press Enter. You will be advised that it has been deleted.

At the top of the list of LeaseyStickyNotes to delete, there is an option to delete all of them. Press Enter on this item to carry out this action.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Store a LeaseyStickyNote, Leasey Key then S.
  • Delete a LeaseyStickyNote, Leasey Key then D.

LeaseyTweets.

Introduction.

Twitter is a social networking or micro-blogging tool which allows you to compose short status updates of your activities in 140 characters or less. Twitter is a way for friends, family and co-workers to communicate and stay connected through the exchange of quick, frequent messages. You can restrict delivery of updates to those in your circle of friends or, by default, allow anyone to access them.

You can monitor the status of updates from your friends, family or co-workers (known as following), and they in turn can read any updates you create, (known as followers). The updates are referred to as Tweets. The Tweets are posted to your Twitter profile or Blog and are searchable using Twitter Search.

As stated previously, three Twitter clients are supported: Tween, TWBlue and Chicken Nugget. If using TWBlue or Chicken Nugget, we suggest that you do not have the main window hidden.

Working with Twitter.

From Leasey’s Main Menu, you can select the option, “Send or Receive Tweets”. When you press Enter on this option, the Twitter client you have selected in LeaseyManager will launch and a list of tweets will be made available. This is your Home Timeline containing the most recent activity from the people you are following.

Typically, you would use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the available tweets. JAWS will read each in turn. However, there is also a Leasey Application Menu for the Twitter client you have selected. This contains items such as the ability to compose a new tweet, reply to the focused item, and so on. Options also exist to move between the different areas of Twitter, so you can see who has mentioned you and your Direct Messages.

If you wish to add a Twitter username to LeaseyConnect:

  1. Focus upon a tweet from someone in your Twitter timeline.
  2. Press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+G.
  3. The Store LeaseyConnection form will appear and, if you press Tab to move through the fields, you should discover the first name, last name and Twitter username fields are populated. Press Enter to save the LeaseyConnection.

Using the Twitter Username Utilities.

Many Twitter usernames are either long or complicated to type. Some of them are not logical. For example, they do not consist of the person’s first and last names concatenated together as a single word. Leasey makes it easy for you to recall Twitter usernames using a person’s name derived from LeaseyConnect.

Let us assume that you would like to send a Tweet to one of your Twitter followers. Ordinarily the username would be typed into the Twitter composition Edit Field preceded by a letter “D for a Direct Message, then a space, or the “At” sign for a public mention.

If you have previously created an entry in LeaseyConnect for your contact, please work through the following procedure to send a mention on Twitter.

  1. Press Control+T to create a new tweet in your Twitter program.
  2. Before typing any text, press ALT+Control+Windows+M for “Mention”. A list of names will appear of all the LeaseyConnections which have Twitter names assigned.
  3. Use the Up or Down Arrow Keys to find a name or type the first few letters of the one you want. Press Enter when the name is located.
  4. Now if you examine the text within your Twitter client, you should see an At sign (@), followed by the Twitter username, then a space character.
    You can now go ahead and type the tweet.
  5. Press enter to send the tweet.

In order to send a Direct Message to your Twitter follower assuming he or she is following you:

  1. Press Control+T to create a new tweet in your Twitter program.
  2. Before typing any text, press ALT+Control+Windows+D for “Direct Message”. A list of names will appear of all the LeaseyConnections which have Twitter names assigned.
  3. Use the Up or Down Arrow Keys to find a name or type the first few letters of the one you want.
  4. Press Enter when the name is located. Now if you examine the text within your Twitter client, you should see the letter “D”, then a space character, followed by the Twitter username. You can now go ahead and type the Direct Message.
  5. Press enter to send the tweet.

Further Notes.

If you are a Leasey Advanced user, you may like to use the Hotkey Help facility, by pressing the Leasey Key followed by "H". Particularly when using Tween, this gives you some useful keyboard shortcuts when working with the application.

It is also worth mentioning that Tween has a useful autocomplete feature. If when composing a tweet (and you type the "at" or "hash" sign followed by a letter), an autocomplete list appears. As you continue to type characters, Leasey has been instructed to speak the autocomplete field as it is populated.

For example, if you had a hash tag containing the words "Food I eat", when composing a tweet type "#F". You should hear the first hash tag Tween knows about being announced. If that is not what you intended, press Down Arrow repeatedly to reveal more options. As you do this, the next item will be announced.

When the correct hash tag is spoken, press Enter to insert it into your tweet. This procedure makes it very easy and quick to insert usernames or hash tags.

In addition with Tween, as you read tweets on your timeline, you may see a retweet, containing a comment from the person followed by a reference to the original post. You can set focus to a window which contains details of the original post by pressing Control+Shift+V. The post can then be read with the Arrow keys. When complete, press Control+Shift+V again so as to return to the list of tweets.

What Is Emoji?

Emoji characters are graphical images which are used in electronic messages and on webpages. They exist in various genres, including facial expressions, animals, common objects, the weather, and so on. They have become increasingly popular as a result of their use on portable phones and similar devices.

If someone posts an Emoji character on social media for example, JAWS version 17 is able to announce them. This makes it very easy for you to understand the true meaning of the person's intentions. Leasey provides you with a list of Emoji you can use anywhere you like, particularly on social media. You can bring into view a list of Emoji signs, divided into 10 categories. Pressing Enter on any item will insert it into the text edit area. It's very easy!

If you are using JAWS versions earlier than 17, you can still insert the Emoji. However, those releases of JAWS are not capable of announcing them, so you will need to trust JAWS and Leasey that the correct item has been inserted.

In order to use Emoji:

  1. Place the cursor in the area where you would like to insert Emoji.
  2. Press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+E.
  3. You are now in a list of Emoji. You can either navigate the list with the Up or Down Arrow keys, type the first letter or two of the item you want (such as "SM" for "Smiley Face"), or press numbers 1 through to 0. Pressing any of these numbers will take you to each of the 10 categories.
  4. When the desired item is located, press Enter to insert the sign.

The 10 categories are:

  1. Animals.
  2. Facial Expressions.
  3. Entertainment and Technology.
  4. Food and Drink.
  5. Gestures and Signs.
  6. People.
  7. Sports.
  8. Weather.
  9. Fantasy.
  10. Romance and Objects.

Open Tween.

Open Tween is much like the Tween program itself. However, this is a more modern Twitter client and is in development.

While it is not possible to launch Open Tween from the Leasey Main Menu, Leasey Advanced users may like to take advantage of it. Leasey contains some JAWS scripts so as to provide an enhanced level of support for Open Tween when you have launched the program.

  • Pressing Enter on a tweet will allow you to review it using the JAWS Virtual Viewer.
  • Pressing Insert+Tab when composing a tweet will cause JAWS to announce the characters remaining. If you continue to type past the character limit, you are advised to stop. Pressing the Backspace key will eventually cause the text to be inside the character limit and the announcement will stop.
  • When within a conversation, pressing Left and Right Arrow keys will allow you to move through it. You will be advised when you are at the beginning or end of the conversation.
  • Use the Table Navigation keys, (ALT+Control Up, Down, Left and Right Arrow), to move through individual columns in the list if desired. For example, if you are searching for a tweet from a specific user, use these keys to focus on the name column, and then move down with ALT+Control+Down Arrow until you reach the name you want. Alternatively, you can use Table Layer mode within JAWS which has the same effect, Insert+Space followed by letter T.
  • To view a tweet within an Internet Explorer window, which often gives you additional contextual information, press Control+Shift+V. Press Escape to return to the list of tweets.
  • You can also browse through individual columns by pressing Control+Insert+1 through to 5. JAWS will only speak the relevant columns. For example, visually, column 1 does not contain important information so it is ignored. Press any of these keys twice quickly to output the column information to the Virtual Viewer for closer inspection.
  • The term, "Post Body Input", has been changed to a phrase which is meaningful to most users.
  • Pressing Control+F5 will allow you to toggle between jaws reading the full tweet information in a list, or just the name of the author and tweet.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Hear how many characters remain in the Tweet you are composing, JAWS Key+T.
  • Activate or Deactivate the announcement of date and timestamps in Chicken Nugget and TWBlue, F5.
  • Bring into view a list of Twitter usernames to mention, ALT+Control+Windows+M.
  • Bring into view a list of Twitter usernames to whom a direct message will be sent, ALT+Control+Windows+d.
  • Store a Twitter Contact in LeaseyConnect, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+G.
  • Move to your Timeline, Control+1.
  • Move to your Mentions, Control+2.
  • Move to your Direct Messages, Control+3.
  • Browse to URL of Tweet, Control+B.
  • Change Whether Tweets are Automatically Announced in Tween, F11.
  • Place a tweet from Tween into the Virtual Viewer, Enter.
  • Move between the webpage view and tweet list in Tween, Control+Shift+V.
  • Compose new Tweet, Control+T.
  • Reply to a tweet, Control+R.
  • Reply to All, Control+Shift+R.
  • Send a Direct Message, Control+D.
  • Insert Emoji, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+E.

LeaseyFacebook.

Introduction.

Facebook has become one of the most popular social networking sites of all time. The site can be accessed from many devices containing a web browser and is connected to the Internet. The huge popularity of Facebook is just as strong among JAWS users as it is among anyone else. However, many people who use assistive technology on the Web feel less confident about using Facebook because of the considerable number of accessibility challenges the site presents.

For this reason, Leasey contains a specially designed interface for using Facebook, which relies upon the social media website to be found at www.facebook.com.

In addition to providing you with a non-graphical environment, Leasey makes a number of the field labels within Facebook accessible, provides convenient shortcut keys to move to specific areas, contains keystrokes to move to the next and previous News Story, eliminates unnecessary speech and ensures you can post status updates and comments far easier than would otherwise be the case.

In this section of the User Guide, we will take you through using all areas of Facebook supported by Leasey. Please remember that Facebook contains a vast range of features, some of which rely upon visual imagery. We will therefore not walk you through everything that can be achieved, but please see the “Conclusion” section of this Chapter containing further comment on browsing the website. Moreover, Leasey development will continue in this area so as to provide further access to Facebook in the future.

Please note that from time to time Facebook updates the layout of its website. Leasey will endeavour to keep pace with such changes as and when they occur.

Facebook can use either the mobile site or the much larger regular site. Sections of this document will provide detail on how to use the mobile site. Please press figure 2 on your keyboard until you reach the option "Using Facebook Mobile."

Creating a Facebook Account.

The first thing to do before diving into Facebook with JAWS is to create a Facebook account. If you already have an account, feel free to skip this section.

Creating a Facebook account is a very simple process and involves filling out some basic information about yourself so as to create what is known as a “Facebook profile”.

  1. Using Microsoft Internet Explorer, browse to www.facebook.com. and press the letter "E" until you fine the edit box labeled “First Name”.
  2. If necessary, press Enter to activate Forms Mode and type in your first name.
  3. Using the Tab key to move through the form, complete the remaining fields and move to the Sign Up button. All the fields are self-explanatory and ask straightforward questions, such as your Email address, name and date of birth.
  4. Press the Space Bar on the “Sign Up” Button.

Your account will now be created and you will be taken to a page where you can begin finding friends and entering your profile information. In addition, an email message will be sent to you containing a Link. You need to activate this Link by pressing Enter on it so as to verify your newly created Facebook account.

Using the Regular Facebook Site.

A Simple Way to Find Friends.

When the account is created, Facebook will suggest ways in which you can find friends. However, here is a quick way to be able to do so.

  1. From your Facebook Home Page (described later), press the letter "E" to move to the first Edit Field entitled “Search for People, Places and Things”.
  2. If necessary, activate “Forms Mode” by pressing Enter.
  3. Type the name of someone who you think will be on Facebook, such as a celebrity.
  4. Press Enter to carry out the search.
  5. Press the letter "H" repeatedly and, in time, you will find search results pertaining to the criteria previously entered.
  6. When the name is located, press Down Arrow to learn whether this is the person you intended to find. If not, continue to press the letter H.
  7. If the desired person is found, press Down Arrow until you find the “Follow” Button and press the Space Bar.

Using LeaseyFacebook and the Leasey Help System.

As usual with Leasey, there are several common factors to using the LeaseyFacebook interface.

  • LeaseyFacebook can be launched from Leasey’s Main Menu, whereupon the Facebook site will be loaded.
  • Pressing the Leasey Application Menu key while focused on the Facebook site will cause the LeaseyFacebook menu to appear from which all the options we will discuss can be selected.
  • The Leasey Help system also contains a list of all the LeaseyFacebook functions together with their corresponding shortcut keys should you choose not to use the LeaseyFacebook menu. Moreover, as usual pressing Enter on any one of the keystrokes listed will cause the function to be carried out without you having to remember it.

Your Facebook Home Page.

When you first login to Facebook (or if you activate the “Home” link), you will be taken to your home page. On this page you will find information such as your news feed, upcoming events, requests, and ways to find new friends. The home page can be customized and contains quite a lot of information. Fortunately,
the titles of the various sections of your home page are marked with headings. Press the letter H to move to the different sections. More usefully, Leasey contains some useful shortcut keys to move focus to, (and activate), the most important sections of Facebook which will be described later.

The first thing to check is whether or not the Facebook Leasey settings are loaded. To do this, press Insert+Q. If you hear that the Facebook settings are loaded, all is well. If however you hear that the Internet Explorer settings are loaded, press F4 to switch to the Facebook settings. You will be advised that the change has been made. You should only have to do this on a very occasional basis.

You will notice that if you use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the page, (or press the letter "H" or Shift+H to move through Headings), the presence of such Headings (or level numbers) are not announced. Many other references to page elements have also been removed. Using Facebook is all about quickly reading (and interacting with) posts (or messages) from your friends, and so the less speech output you hear, the better. Many unnecessary graphical elements have also been removed.

Exploring the News Feed.

One of the most popular features of the home page is the News Feed which displays the latest activities from all your friends.

By default, Facebook displays what are considered to be the most popular or “Top Stories” relative to your friends. However, many people like to see messages (or Status Updates) in time order with the most recent first. To this end, you will want to ensure your News Feed is displayed in this way. This can be achieved (with JAWS versions 15 and 16 only) using the following steps:

  1. Ensure you are focused on the Facebook Home Page at www.facebook.com.
  2. If you are asked to sign in, please do so using the two Edit Fields provided. You may need to activate “Forms Mode” by pressing Enter on the first Edit Field. Thereafter, you can press Tab repeatedly to move through the form.
  3. Note that after you have entered your Email address and password, a Check Box can also be reached by pressing the Tab key which allows you to automatically be signed in when you visit the Facebook site. We suggest you check this box by pressing the Space Bar, and then Tab to the “Sign In” Button and again, press the Space Bar. Now, whenever you visit Facebook, you will go immediately to your Home Page.
  4. When the Home Page has loaded, press Control+Shift+F to sort the News Feed in the order you wish. JAWS says ”Sort Options Button Menu Expanded”.
  5. Press Down Arrow repeatedly and you will hear options such as “Top Stories Menu” and “Most Recent Menu”. In our example, we will press Enter on “Most Recent”. The page refreshes so as to display the News Feed in the order you wish.

Navigating the News Feed and What You Can Do With It.

You are now ready to see what your friends have been posting.

To move to the top of the News Feed, press Control+Shift+N or select the "Move to Your News Feed" option from the Leasey Application Menu.

To move through each News Story, (or Status Update), press F12 or F1 repeatedly. You will hear the name of the person who has submitted the update, together with the time the update was posted and the update itself. The cursor is then placed on, or close to, the "Like" button pertaining to the story. If you do not wish to read a post from the sender, press F12 again to move to the next item. Press Shift+F12 or F2 to go back. These options can also be accessed from the Leasey Application Menu, "Next News Story" and "Previous News Story".

You will notice that you can press F12 or F1 as many times as necessary in order to read older messages. The Facebook page will automatically scroll down to reveal older posts. Note that depending upon your internet connection, JAWS may become slightly unresponsive as Facebook retrieves older messages, so do be patient.

If you do wish to read details of a News Story line by line, press Shift+H to move to the starting point of the item you have just heard. Now, press Down Arrow repeatedly to move through. You will notice that names are hyperlinked. This means you can press Enter on them so as to view the Facebook profile pertaining to the senders. This will include information such as schools or colleges attended, employment history, hobbies, quotations, favourite music and more. Indeed, you can always move to your own profile page and complete (or amend it) at a later date.

If you choose to press Down Arrow so as to read a Status Update, you will notice the following:

  • The first line contains the time the item was posted, such as “9 minutes ago”.
  • The next line may give the Facebook client which was used to post the message by the author. This includes “Twitter”, since many people have their Twitter accounts linked to Facebook. This means when one of your friends posts a tweet to Twitter, it gets forwarded automatically to his or her Facebook page.
  • The actual status message then follows.
  • Next comes one of the most integral features of Facebook which is the “Like” Button. Facebook users feel it is good to have their posts “Liked”. So if you do like (or agree with) what is being conveyed in the message, press the Space Bar on the “Like” Button. JAWS will then say the words “Unlike Button”. This means that the “Like” Button has now been changed to an “Unlike” Button. If you change your mind, you can again press Space Bar to reverse the process. It is a toggle action, a little like turning a light switch on and off.
  • Next comes the “Comment” Button. We will devote a section of this Chapter to commenting on what a friend has said.
  • Next is the “Share” Link. Prressing Space Bar here allows the Status Update to be shared on your own Facebook timeline. If activated, an Edit Field appears where you can add further explanation or comment on the Status prior to posting it using the “Post” Button below it.
  • Next you will find the “Comment” Edit Field together with controls for uploading a picture to the comment. We will return to this later.
  • Finally, we have the “Post a Sticker” Link. This feature is inaccessible at present.

Posting Your First Status Update.

You are now ready to tell your Facebook friends what is on your mind or to post other useful information!

  • Because JAWS has some difficulty in allowing you to review any text you have typed into the Facebook form controls, (particularly word by word), Leasey contains the “Post Message” form, which can be activated using the keystroke Control+Shift+P or from the LeaseyFacebook menu by using the option "Prepare Facebook Update".
  • When you activate this option, after a short pause the form will appear. Type text into the Edit Field which is in focus. Pressing Enter will not close the form but will instead insert a new line into the update. This form is used for both composing Status Updates and comments.
  • When the message has been typed, be sure to review and correct it using any of the standard text editing techniques you will have learned previously.
  • When complete, press Tab once to reach the “OK” Button and press the Space Bar. You will be advised that the text has been copied to the Windows clipboard. If you would like to review this at any time, press the Leasey Key followed by the letter X.
  • Press Control+Shift+S to set focus to the Status area of the Facebook site or choose "New Status" from the Leasey Application menu. You will hear the words “What’s On Your Mind? Edit.”
  • If necessary, activate “Forms Mode” by pressing Enter.
  • Press Control+V to paste the text previously copied to the Clipboard into the Edit Field.
  • Finally, press Control+Shift+Space to post the message. You can also choose "Post Facebook Update, Comment or Chat Message" from the Leasey Application menu. After a short pause, JAWS will hopefully advise you that the update has been posted.

Commenting on a Post.

Commenting on a Status Update from a friend is just as important as writing your own messages. Facebook is about interaction with other people, which is also why the “Like” button should be used frequently.

To respond to a Status Update:

  1. Press Control+Shift+P to enter the “Post Message” form Edit Field or choose "Prepare Facebook Update" from the Leasey Application menu.
  2. Type the comment.
  3. Review it with the Arrow keys.
  4. Press Tab once to reach “OK” and press the Space Bar.
  5. Optionally, press the Leasey Key then X to hear the update which is now on the Clipboard.
  6. Having located the message to comment upon, press the letter E and JAWS has been programmed to say “Comment, Edit”.
  7. Possibly, activate “Forms Mode” by pressing Enter.
  8. With “Forms Mode” activated, press Control+V to paste.
  9. Press Control+Shift+Space Bar to post the comment or choose "Post Facebook Update, Comment or Chat Message" from the Leasey Application menu. After a short pause, JAWS will hopefully advise you that the comment has been posted.

Sharing a Link in a Facebook Message.

To share a link to a website in a Facebook message:

  1. Browse to the individual webpage you would like to share.
  2. When focus is on the page, press ALT+Control+Windows+C. The URL (or address) of the page is now on the Windows Clipboard.
  3. Move back to the Facebook site.
  4. Press Control+Shift+P to bring into view the “Post Message” Edit Field or choose "Prepare Facebook Update" from the Leasey Application menu.
  5. Type something about the Link you are about to share.
  6. Press Control+V to paste the Link into the Edit Field.
  7. Press Enter. This is an important step.
  8. Press Tab to reach the “OK” Button and press Space Bar.
  9. Press Control+Shift+S to reach the “Status” area or choose "New Status" from the Leasey Application menu.
  10. Activate “Forms Mode” if necessary by pressing Enter.
  11. Paste the text into the Edit Field with Control+V.
  12. Press Control+Shift+Space Bar to post or choose "Post Facebook Update, Comment or Chat Message" from the Leasey Application menu.

Accepting Friend Requests.

In order to accept friend requests made by others, you must first activate the friend requests link by pressing Control+Shift+R or choose "Friend Requests" from the Leasey Application menu.

Once you are on the Friends page, press H until you reach the Requests heading. Arrow down and you will find the people who are requesting to be your friend. Before each name is a Confirm button and a Not Now button. You can activate the link on the person's name to view their profile page before you accept or ignore their request.

Activating the “Confirm” button by pressing the Space Bar will add the person to your friends list while “Not Now” will remove the name from your list of friend requests.

You may also find it easier to set Facebook so that friend requests are Emailed to you automatically. When you receive such an email, it will contain details of the person together with a “Confirm” Link. Simply press Enter on the Link, Facebook will load and the friend request is then confirmed.

Notifications.

When a person comments on one of your posts, or “Likes” it, you receive a Facebook notification. If while on the Facebook site you press Control+Home to reach the top of the page, you will see the word “Facebook” followed by a number in brackets. The figure represents the number of notifications which have not been read.

To move to the notifications section, select "Notifications" from the Leasey Application menu or press Control+Shift+O.

You can now read all of the notifications by pressing the Down Arrow key repeatedly. You will first encounter a Button which is labelled “Mark as Read”. This in fact will mark all the notifications as being read. If you only wish to mark certain notifications in this way, press Down Arrow through the list and activate the “Mark as Read” Button after each notification.

Adding Pictures to Posts.

As you become more confident when using Facebook, you may care to share photographs of yourself or the places you visit.

  1. Go ahead and create a new status update in the usual way.
  2. However, prior to pressing Control+Shift+Space to post the update, press the letter B so as to reach the “Browse” Button and press the Space Bar to activate it.
  3. The Dialog Box in focus allows you to browse for a photograph on your computer. This is a standard “Open” Dialog Box and you should use traditional Windows techniques for navigating to files. Tip: you may like to set up a LeaseyCut for quickly locating the folder into which photographs are typically placed.
  4. Press Enter on the file name when it has been located.
  5. Press Shift+E to move to the Edit Field labelled “Say Something About This Photo”.
  6. If necessary, activate “Forms Mode” and type a description.
  7. Press Control+Shift+Space to post the update in the usual way.

Finding Your Friends.

Rather than working through your News Feed in order to locate one of your friends, (who may not have submitted a post recently), you can find them by looking at your “Friends List”.

  1. Bring into view the list of Links by pressing Insert+F7.
  2. Select the “Friends” Link and press Enter.
  3. The new page allows you to narrow down the search for the person you wish to find, such as “close friends”, those relating to people you have previously worked with, and so on. However if you would like to view all your friends, press the letter B until you hear the words “See All Friends”.
  4. Press the Space Bar.
  5. A further page is revealed. Again, you can select a category such as “All Friends”, or those relating to your town of residence, those recently added, people with birthdays to come, etc.
  6. Having activated one of the categories, the page refreshes to display a List underneath the cursor location. Press Down Arrow repeatedly to examine it. You will find a Link to the friend’s profile and the number of friends he or she has.
  7. To view further information, press Enter on the Link containing the name, whereupon you can read recent updates, view his or her profile and post to the individual Facebook Wall.

Perhaps an easier way of locating the friend is to type his or her name directly into the first Edit Field on the page, reached by pressing the letter E from the top of it. When the new page loads, press H to move to the next Heading and, if all goes well, you should see the relevant information together with details of whether you are already a friend of the person and, more importantly, a Link to activate the page pertaining to the individual.

Posting to a Friend’s Wall.

You may wish to post a message to the Facebook Wall of one of your friends rather than a conventional Status Update. To do this:

  1. Having located the friend (see above), press Enter on the Link for the page.
  2. Press the letter "E" repeatedly until you hear the phrase “Write Something dot dot dot”.
  3. Press Control+Shift+P to activate the “Post Message” Edit Field.
  4. Type the post to be included on the Facebook wall.
  5. Press Tab to reach “OK” and press the Space Bar.
  6. Paste the text into the Edit Field with Control+V.
  7. Press Control+Shift+Space to post.

Facebook Chat.

You may have used various computing applications which allow you to send instant messages to other people by typing text. Indeed, LeaseySkype provides such a service using the Skype application. However, Facebook also has its own text chat facility.

While it is true that you can send instant messages to people, Facebook Chat can also be used to continue the conversation, if the other party has signed out. When he or she returns, the conversation can be continued.

Don't forget in addition that Facebook Chat is readily available on mobile devices, such as phones with compatible Facebook apps.

To chat with someone on Facebook:

  1. Move to the "Messages" area by pressing Control+Shift+m or choose "Messages" from the Leasey Application menu.
  2. Either press Down Arrow to reach the "Send a New Message" Button and activate it by pressing the Space Bar, or maybe continue down to reach "Inbox" and press the Space Bar. The term "Inbox" may well have a number following it, which represents the number of conversations contained therein. We will create a new message.
  3. Having activated the "New Message" Button, you are placed in an Edit Field where you should type the person's name who you know is one of your friends on Facebook. Ensure that "forms Mode" is activated, and then go ahead and do this.
  4. press Tab to select the name, this is critical. exit "Forms Mode" by pressing Escape , then Insert+Escape to refresh the JAWS virtual environment.
  5. Press Down Arrow so as to reach the name of the person you are about to converse with. You should hear the words "To", followed by the name, then "Link remove", followed by the name.
  6. Press Control+Shift+P and type your message. Alternatively, choose "Prepare Facebook Update" from the Leasey Application menu. Type the text, then press Tab to reach "OK" and press the Space Bar.
  7. There is a keystroke which you will now use regularly, Control+Shift+C for Chat, or you can choose "Find the Chat Edit Field" from the Leasey Application menu. This sets focus to the text chat composition field. Ensure "Forms Mode" is active and paste the previously composed text with Control+V.
  8. When you are ready to post the message, as usual press Control+Shift+Space or select Post Facebook Update, Comment or Chat Message" from the Leasey Application menu.
  9. When your friend has replied, you should hear a notification sound. Press Control+Shift+C to focus on the chat Edit Field, and then press Up Arrow so as to read the message just sent.
  10. Perhaps a simpler way of finding someone to text chat with would be to activate the Link pertaining to his or her Facebook profile. As you move through Facebook pages, you will have noticed that each user's name is Hyperlinked. Press Enter on the Link, then use the letter "B" repeatedly to find the "Message" Button. Press the Space Bar on it.

    You are automatically then placed in the text chat Edit Field, however you can always return to it by pressing Control+Shift+C for chat or select "Move to the Chat Edit Field" from the Leasey Application menu.

    Conclusion.

    There are many other aspects of Facebook which should now be much more accessible, thanks to the way in which Leasey renders the website. Go ahead and explore the pages using the usual methods for reading text and interacting with websites. You should find it a much more pleasant experience than would otherwise be the case.

    In particular, you may like to press Enter on the Link close to the top of the page containing your name. This will take you to your Facebook Profile. There are individual categories you can customise depending upon how thorough you would like to be in preparing a good Profile.

    Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Move to News Feed, Control+Shift+N.
  • Sort News Feed, Control+Shift+F.
  • Next News Story, F12.
  • Previous News Story, Shift+F12.
  • Notifications, Control+Shift+O.
  • Requests, Control+Shift+R.
  • Messages, Control+Shift+M.
  • New Status, Control+Shift+S.
  • Compose Facebook Message, Control+Shift+P.
  • Post Facebook Update or Comment, Control+Shift+Space Bar.
  • Move to the Chat Edit Field, Control+Shift+C.

Facebook Mobile.

A Simple Way to Find Friends.

When the account is created, Facebook will suggest ways in which you can find friends. However, here is a quick way to be able to do so.

  1. From your Facebook Home Page (described later), press the letter "E" to move to the first Edit Field entitled “Search Facebook”.
  2. If necessary, activate “Forms Mode” by pressing Enter.
  3. Type the name of someone who you think will be on Facebook, such as a celebrity.
  4. Press Enter to carry out the search.
  5. Press the letter "G" repeatedly and, in time, you will find search results pertaining to the criteria previously entered. Each person's name will be denoted by a graphic.
  6. When the name is located, press Down Arrow to learn whether this is the person you intended to find. If not, continue to press the letter "G".
  7. If the desired person is found, press Down Arrow until you find the link entitled "Like" or "Add Friend". The "Add Friend" Link will be present if you are searching for an individual, whereas "Like" will be displayed if the user has a Facebook page. This latter case usually applies if a celebrity is involved. Press Enter on the appropriate Link

Using LeaseyFacebook and the Leasey Help System.

As usual with Leasey, there are several common factors to using the LeaseyFacebook interface.

  • LeaseyFacebook can be launched from Leasey’s Main Menu, whereupon the Facebook site will be loaded.
  • Pressing the Leasey Application Menu key while focused on the Facebook site will cause the LeaseyFacebook menu to appear from which all the options we will discuss can be selected.
  • The Leasey Help system also contains a list of all the LeaseyFacebook functions together with their corresponding shortcut keys should you choose not to use the LeaseyFacebook menu. Moreover, as usual pressing Enter on any one of the keystrokes listed will cause the function to be carried out without you having to remember it.

Your Facebook Home Page.

When you first login to Facebook (or if you activate the “Home” link), you will be taken to your home page. On this page you will find information such as your news feed, upcoming events, requests, and ways to find new friends. You can always go back to your Home Page by moving to the top of the page with Control+Home, and then press Tab. The "Facebook Logo" Link will, in fact, take you to your Home Page if you press Enter on the Link.

The first thing to check is whether or not the Facebook Leasey settings are loaded. To do this, press Insert+Q. If you hear that the Facebook settings are loaded, all is well. If however you hear that the Internet Explorer settings are loaded, press F4 to switch to the Facebook settings. You will be advised that the change has been made. You should only have to do this on a very occasional basis.

You will notice that if you use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the page, (or press the letter "H" or Shift+H to move through Headings), the presence of such Headings (or level numbers) are not announced. Many other references to page elements have also been removed. Using Facebook is all about quickly reading (and interacting with) posts (or messages) from your friends, and so the less speech output you hear, the better. Many unnecessary graphical elements have also been removed.

Exploring the News Feed.

One of the most popular features of the home page is the News Feed which displays the latest activities from all your friends.

By default, Facebook displays what are considered to be the most popular or “Top Stories” relative to your friends. However, many people like to see messages (or Status Updates) in time order with the most recent first. Unfortunately, this cannot be changed on the mobile Facebook site.

Navigating the News Feed and What You Can Do With It.

You are now ready to see what your friends have been posting.

To move to the top of the News Feed, press Control+Shift+N or select the "Move to Your News Feed" option from the Leasey Application Menu.

To move through each News Story, (or Status Update), press F12 or F1 repeatedly. You will hear the name of the person who has submitted the update, together with the time the update was posted and the update itself. The cursor is then placed on, or close to, the "Like" button pertaining to the story. If you do not wish to read a post from the sender, press F12 again to move to the next item. Press Shift+F12 or F2 to go back. These options can also be accessed from the Leasey Application Menu, "Next News Story" and "Previous News Story".

You will notice that eventually you will have worked through all your news stories. To reveal more stories, press Control+Shift+M.

If you do wish to read details of a News Story line by line, press Shift+H or Shift+F12 to move to the starting point of the item you have just heard. Now, press Down Arrow repeatedly to move through. You will notice that names are hyperlinked. This means you can press Enter on them so as to view the Facebook profile pertaining to the senders. This will include information such as schools or colleges attended, employment history, hobbies, quotations, favourite music and more. Indeed, you can always move to your own profile page and complete (or amend it) at a later date.

If you choose to press Down Arrow so as to read a Status Update, you will usually notice the following:

  • The first line contains the name of the originator, which is hyperlinked, as described above.
  • The actual status message then follows.
  • The next line should give the time the status update was posted, together with the Facebook client which was used to post the message by the author. This includes “Twitter”, since many people have their Twitter accounts linked to Facebook. This means when one of your friends posts a tweet to Twitter, it gets forwarded automatically to his or her Facebook page.
  • Next comes a Link which may say something like, "5 reactions, including Like". You can press Enter if necessary and read the details of the people who "Liked" or submitted an alternative reaction. We will describe reactions later.
  • Next is one of the most integral features of Facebook which is the “Like” Link. Facebook users feel it is good to have their posts “Liked”. So if you do like (or agree with) what is being conveyed in the message, press Enter on the "Like" Link.
  • Next comes a link pertaining to how many comments there are on the post. Press Enter to read them or to make a comment yourself. If noone has previously commented, you will find a "Comment" Link
  • Next is the “Share” Link. Prressing Enter here allows the Status Update to be shared on your own Facebook timeline. If activated, an Edit Field appears where you can add further explanation or comment on the Status prior to posting it using the “Post” Button below it.

Posting Your First Status Update.

You are now ready to tell your Facebook friends what is on your mind or to post other useful information!

  • Press Control+Shift+S to set focus to the Status area of the Facebook site or choose "New Status" from the Leasey Application menu. You will hear the words “Write a Post, Forms Mode On, Edit.”
  • If necessary, activate “Forms Mode” by pressing Enter although this should have already been done.
  • Type your status update.
  • Finally, press Control+Shift+Space to post the message. You can also choose "Post Facebook Update, Comment or Chat Message" from the Leasey Application menu.
  • Commenting on a Post.

    Commenting on a Status Update from a friend is just as important as writing your own messages. Facebook is about interaction with other people, which is also why the “Like” or "React" Links should be used frequently.

    To respond to a Status Update:

  1. Press Enter on the Link relating to comments, just below the desired post.
  2. Having located the message to comment upon, press the letter E and JAWS has been programmed to say “Write a Comment, Edit”.
  3. Possibly, activate “Forms Mode” by pressing Enter.
  4. With “Forms Mode” activated, type your comment.
  5. Press Control+Shift+Space Bar to post the comment or choose "Post Facebook Update, Comment or Chat Message" from the Leasey Application menu.

Working with Reactions.

If you choose the "React" Link pertaining to a Facebook post, you are taken into a very unclutted accessible page entitled "Choose a Reaction". A list of potential reactions is displayed, such as "Wow" and "Love". Each item is Hyperlinked, so go ahead and press Enter on any one of them so as to submit the reaction of your choosing.

Sharing a Link in a Facebook Message.

To share a link to a website in a Facebook message:

  1. Browse to the individual webpage you would like to share.
  2. When focus is on the page, press ALT+Control+Windows+C. The URL (or address) of the page is now on the Windows Clipboard.
  3. Move back to the Facebook site.
  4. Press Control+Shift+S to reach the “Status” area or choose "New Status" from the Leasey Application menu.
  5. Activate “Forms Mode” if necessary by pressing Enter.
  6. Type something about the Link you are going to post and paste the text into the Edit Field with Control+V.
  7. Press Control+Shift+Space Bar to post or choose "Post Facebook Update, Comment or Chat Message" from the Leasey Application menu.

Accepting Friend Requests.

In order to accept friend requests made by others, you must first activate the friend requests link by pressing Control+Shift+R or choose "Friend Requests" from the Leasey Application menu.

Once you are on the Friends page, press H until you reach the Requests heading. Arrow down and you will find the people who are requesting to be your friend. Before each name is a Confirm Link and a Not Now Link . You can activate the link on the person's name to view their profile page before you accept or ignore their request.

Activating the “Confirm” Link by pressing Enter will add the person to your friends list while “Not Now” will remove the name from your list of friend requests.

You may also find it easier to set Facebook so that friend requests are Emailed to you automatically. When you receive such an email, it will contain details of the person together with a “Confirm” Link. Simply press Enter on the Link, Facebook will load and the friend request is then confirmed.

Notifications.

When a person comments on one of your posts, or “Likes” it, you receive a Facebook notification. If while on the Facebook site you press Control+Home to reach the top of the page, you will see the word “Facebook” followed by a number in brackets. The figure represents the number of notifications which have not been read.

To move to the notifications section, select "Notifications" from the Leasey Application menu or press Control+Shift+O.

You can now read all of the notifications by pressing the Down Arrow key repeatedly. You will first encounter a Button which is labelled “Mark as Read”. This in fact will mark all the notifications as being read. If you only wish to mark certain notifications in this way, press Down Arrow through the list and activate the “Mark as Read” Button after each notification.

Adding Pictures to Posts.

As you become more confident when using Facebook, you may care to share photographs of yourself or the places you visit.

  1. Go ahead and create a new status update in the usual way.
  2. However, prior to pressing Control+Shift+Space to post the update, press the letter B so as to reach the “Browse” Button and press the Space Bar to activate it.
  3. The Dialog Box in focus allows you to browse for a photograph on your computer. This is a standard “Open” Dialog Box and you should use traditional Windows techniques for navigating to files. Tip: you may like to set up a LeaseyCut for quickly locating the folder into which photographs are typically placed.
  4. Press Enter on the file name when it has been located.
  5. Press Shift+E to move to the Edit Field labelled “Say Something About This Photo”.
  6. If necessary, activate “Forms Mode” and type a description.
  7. Press Control+Shift+Space to post the update in the usual way.

Finding Your Friends.

Rather than working through your News Feed in order to locate one of your friends, (who may not have submitted a post recently), you can find them by looking at your “Friends List”.

  1. Press Control+Shift+R.
  2. The new page allows you to narrow down the search for the person you wish to find, such as “close friends”, those relating to people you have previously worked with, and so on. However if you would like to view all your friends, press the letter B until you hear the words “See All Friends”.
  3. Press the Space Bar.
  4. A further page is revealed. Again, you can select a category such as “All Friends”, or those relating to your town of residence, those recently added, people with birthdays to come, etc.
  5. Having activated one of the categories, the page refreshes to display a List underneath the cursor location. Press Down Arrow repeatedly to examine it. You will find a Link to the friend’s profile and the number of friends he or she has.
  6. To view further information, press Enter on the Link containing the name, whereupon you can read recent updates, view his or her profile and post to the individual Facebook Wall.

Perhaps an easier way of locating the friend is to type his or her name directly into the first Edit Field on the page, reached by pressing the letter E from the top of it. When the new page loads, press H to move to the next Heading and, if all goes well, you should see the relevant information together with details of whether you are already a friend of the person and, more importantly, a Link to activate the page pertaining to the individual.

Posting to a Friend’s Wall.

You may wish to post a message to the Facebook Wall of one of your friends rather than a conventional Status Update. To do this:

  1. Having located the friend (see above), press Enter on the Link for the page.
  2. Press the letter "E" repeatedly until you hear the phrase “Write Something dot dot dot”.
  3. Press Control+Shift+P to activate the “Post Message” Edit Field.
  4. Type the post to be included on the Facebook wall.
  5. Press Tab to reach “OK” and press the Space Bar.
  6. Paste the text into the Edit Field with Control+V.
  7. Press Control+Shift+Space to post.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Move to News Feed, Control+Shift+N.
  • Next News Story, F12.
  • Previous News Story, Shift+F12.
  • See more news stories, Control+Shift+M.
  • Notifications, Control+Shift+O.
  • Requests or Friends page, Control+Shift+R.
  • New Status, Control+Shift+S.
  • Post Facebook Update or Comment, Control+Shift+Space Bar.

LeaseySkype.

Introduction.

Skype is a highly popular program used by millions of people worldwide. It allows you to make voice calls free to other users of the program, telephone calls if you have credit on your Skype account, and text messages can be sent or received.

Leasey provides a highly customised interface for people who wish to use Skype. In this Chapter, we will walk you through the special functions which are available to support this application.

Launching Skype.

Skype can be launched from the Leasey Main Menu by activating the item, “Make a Skype Call”.

When the program is launched, focus should be in a list of your Contacts. If it is not, press Control+1 in order to move to it.

The list of Contacts can be moved through by pressing the Up or Down Arrow keys. At the top of the list, you will find a Button which, when activated by pressing the Space Bar, allows you to change the Contacts you view. We will return to this later.

Below this Button, you will find a list of all your Contacts. JAWS will read the person’s name, the Skype username, the status (such as Online), and the Mood Text. You can hear these items individually by pressing Control+Insert+1 through to Control+Insert+4. Press the keystrokes twice quickly to place the individual item into the JAWS Virtual Viewer for closer inspection. Press Escape to exit the Virtual Viewer and return to the Contacts list.

To find a Contact quickly, please type the person’s first name, then press the Space Bar. Focus will automatically be moved to the item in the list matching the name you have typed. If this is not the correct name, (given they are arranged in alphabetical order) pressing Down Arrow after this should allow you to find the name you are looking for fairly quickly. This is a good method for quickly determining if a Skype contact is online.

To call a Contact, please press Enter.

Moving to Recent Events.

You can move to Recent Events at any time by pressing Control+2. The Contacts list can easily be selected once more by pressing Control+1.

Recent Events contain items such as new Contact requests, birthday alerts, missed calls, voice message notifications, and more. Press the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through this list. Should you wish to find more details concerning an event, press ALT+Enter. You can then press the Tab key to move through the Dialog Box or Escape to cancel.

The LeaseySkype Menu.

Pressing the LeaseyApplication Key from within Skype will cause the LeaseySkype menu to appear. The menu will change depending upon whether you are in a list of Contacts or from within a conversation.

Most of the menu items are self-explanatory if you are familiar with the Skype program. However the following options are worthy of note:

  1. Pressing the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+G, (or activating the appropriate option in the LeaseySkype Menu), will add the Skype Contact to LeaseyConnect. The LeaseyConnection form will appear, and you should check carefully to ensure that the person’s name and username are contained within the correct fields. Press the Space Bar on the “OK” Button to save the LeaseyConnection or press Enter at any time.
  2. Call a Phone Number will allow you to type a phone number to dial into the Edit Field which is displayed. Press Enter to make the call. Please remember that this can also be achieved through LeaseyConnect.
  3. Change Skype Contacts View is the same as activating the Button at the top of the Contacts list. It allows you to select from a list the Contacts to display, such as All, Online only, Skype Contacts and Facebook Contacts.
  4. Change Your Status allows you to notify potential callers that you are online, away, busy, etc.
  5. Set Your Mood Text, (which can also be activated by pressing F2), allows you to change the Mood Text. An Edit Field is viewable after a short pause containing the existing Mood Text. Feel free to edit as necessary, then press Enter to save.
  6. Hear Skype Credit Balance, (which can also be activated with F3), will announce this.
  7. Change Your Profile makes it possible for you to change any aspect of your Skype profile, including your phone number and country details. The whole of this Dialog box has been configured so that, when you press Tab to move from one field to the next, JAWS speaks meaningful information.
  8. Move to Active Call will, as is suggested, move to a menu relating to what you can do with the call which is active. This includes ending the call, sending an Instant Message, and so on. When inside the menu, press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through it. This can also be activated by pressing Control+0 from within the Skype main window.

Answering, Disconnecting From or Ignoring a Skype Call.

When a person calls you, press ALT+Page Up to answer it. Pressing ALT+Page Down will disconnect the call. You can press ALT+Page Down while the call ring tone is being heard so as to ignore it or send it to voicemail.

Voice Messages.

If a person has left you a Voice Message, please work through the following sequence:

  1. If you have signed into Skype for the first time, you will be advised that a new message is available to you.
  2. Press Control+2 to focus on the Recent Events.
  3. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the events until you find the one containing the voice message.
  4. Press ALT+Enter to access the conversation.
  5. Press Control+Shift+H to set focus to the "History" window. This contains a list of events relative to the contact whose conversation you have opened.
  6. Press the Down Arrow key to move through the events. You will see two events relating to a "Missed Call". The first will be the notification of the "Missed Call". The second will be notification that an item was sent from the phone number of the user who recorded the voice Message. It is this second entry in which we are interested.
  7. Press Tab and you will hear the term "Play Voice Message". Press Enter to play and the Space Bar to pause.
  8. Press Escape to cancel.

The Skype Dial Pad.

When within a phone conversation, it may be necessary to activate the Dial Pad. This is important if you wish to send tones through to the phone exchange such as for entering digits within automation systems.

To activate or deactivate the Dial Pad, press Control+Shift+D.

The Skype Notifications.

If you wish to hear Skype Notifications, such as when one of your Contacts signs in or out of Skype, when focused on the application press F11 to activate or deactivate the announcements. Please note that this does not affect announcements of incoming calls or Text Chat messages. From within any application, press ALT+Shift+f12 to hear the most recent Skype notification.

In terms of choosing which notifications are announced, this was described in the "Setup" section towards the start of this document.

Skype Text Chat.

It is possible to have a conversation with someone using text rather than speaking to them.

When focused on a Skype Contact, press Control+T. JAWS will say, “Chatting with”, followed by the person’s name.

Focus is then placed in the text chat Edit Field. Simply type your message and press Enter.

A LeaseyApplication Menu is available in a conversation. However, you may wish to use the shortcut keys which include:

  1. F4 to toggle the announcement of names in a chat window. This setting is permanently stored.
  2. F5 to toggle whether date and timestamps are spoken within the conversation. This setting is permanently stored.
  3. ALT+1 through to ALT+0 will announce the 10 most recent items in the History List if you missed them. For example, ALT+1 will repeat the last message spoken. If you have disabled the speaking of names and/or date and time stamps, this behaviour is observed when the keystrokes are pressed.
  4. If more than one conversation window is open, Control+Windows+1 through to Control+Windows+5 will allow you to cause JAWS to remember the conversation. Insert+Space, then figures 1 through to 5, will set focus to an assigned conversation. So if you had assigned Control+Windows+1 to a conversation, press Insert+Space then 1 to move to it.
  5. Control+Shift+H will move focus to the History list, whereupon you can use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through it.
  6. Pressing Control+Shift+E will always set focus back to the text chat edit window.
  7. Pressing Escape will close the conversation window.

If a person sends you a text chat message, and you are not focused within the conversation window at the time, press Control+Windows+Dash. This will cause Leasey to look for the conversation window which is requiring attention and set focus to it.

Using the Emoticons List.

While within a text chat conversation, press the Tab key once from the composition Edit Field to reach the Emoticons List Button. Press Space Bar to activate.

You are now in the list of Emoticons which Leasey has turned into a vertical list. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through it. Alternatively, if you know what you are looking for, (such as a smiley face), please type the first part of the word, then press the Space Bar. Focus should be set to the relevant part of the list.

When you reach the Emoticon you are looking for, please press Enter to insert it into the text chat window. Focus then returns to the text chat window, so you can either then continue typing the message or press Enter to send.

Viewing a Contact’s Profile.

In order to view a profile of one of your Contacts:

  1. From within the list of Contacts, find the name of a person whose profile you wish to vview.
  2. Next, press the Context Menu key, (third key along from the right of the Space Bar).
  3. Press Down Arrow repeatedly until JAWS says, “View Profile”. Please press enter Alternatively, press the shortcut key, "I", instead.
    The profile information should then be placed within the JAWS Virtual Viewer, whereupon you can explore it with the Arrow keys.
  4. Press Escape to close the Profile screen and return to the Contact list.

Profile information is very useful, since you can discover details of the person including date of birth (if the user has submitted this information to Skype), a brief biography and, usefully, the current time in their region. This may make a difference as to whether you choose to call the contact or not.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

In the List of Contacts:

  • Type the First Name of the Contact you Wish to Find, then Press the Space Bar to Search".
  • Switch to Contacts View, Control+1.
  • Switch to Recent Events View, Control+2.
  • Call a Contact, Enter.
  • Chat with a Contact, Control+T.
  • View Details of a Contact, ALT+Enter.
  • Answer a Call, ALT+Page Up Unless Changed in Skype's Options.
  • Disconnect a Call, ALT+Page Down Unless Changed in Skype's Options.
  • Dial a Phone Number, Control+D.
  • Activate and Deactivate the Dial Pad While in a Phone Call, Control+Shift+D.
  • Set Mood Text, F2.
  • Hear Skype Credit Balance, F3.
  • Change Your Profile, Control+I.
  • Move to Active Call, Control+0.
  • Activate and Deactivate Announcement of Skype Notifications, F11.
  • Speak the Last Skype Notification, ALT+Shift+F12. Press This Keystroke From Within Any Program.
  • Hear the First Column in the Contacts List, Control+Insert+1.
  • Hear the Second Column in the Contacts List, Control+Insert+2.
  • Hear the Third Column in the Contacts List, Control+Insert+3.
  • Hear the Fourth Column in the Contacts List, Control+Insert+4.
  • Store a Skype Contact in LeaseyConnect, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+G.
  • Switch to Conversation Needing Attention, Control+Windows+Dash.
  • Move to Skype Home Page, Control+H.

In a Skype Conversation or Facebook News Feed:

  • Choose if Names are Spoken, F4.
  • Choose if Timestamps are Spoken, F5.
  • Hear the 10 Most Recent Text Messages, ALT+1 through to ALT+0. Press Enter to Hear the Most Recent.
  • Set Up to 5 Conversations for Quick Finding, Control+Windows+1 Through to Control+Windows+5. Press Enter to Set the First One.
  • Locate Up to 5 Conversations Previously Stored, Insert+Space then 1 Through to 5. Press Enter to Move to the First One.
  • Move to History List, Control+Shift+H.
  • Move to Chat Window, Control+Shift+E.
  • Close Conversation Window, Escape.
  • Refresh Skype Home Page, Control+Shift+R.

The LeaseyClock.

Introduction.

The LeaseyClock not only tells you the time! It contains very powerful and flexible stopwatch facilities as well as timer functions. It can also be set to play Westminster chimes at varying intervals which are controllable by you.

In this Chapter, we will walk you through all aspects of the LeaseyClock. All of the functions can be activated, deactivated and managed globally, so you can easily work within another program running on the computer and still use the LeaseyClock in whichever way you would like to.

Introducing the LeaseyClock.

The LeaseyClock can be accessed through the Leasey Main Menu by selecting the item “Open the LeaseyClock”. Alternatively, you can press the Leasey Key then control+Shift+C to access it directly. Moreover, all the LeaseyClock functions have shortcut keys associated with them so you can access them without working through the menu system. Please refer to this document or the Leasey Hotkey Help, (Leasey Key then H), to get a full list of the shortcuts.

We will work through all of the functions of the LeaseyClock in the order they appear on the menu. Global keystrokes will also be given. In most cases, the LeaseyClock keystrokes can easily be accessed by holding down the ALT+Control+Windows keys, (usually the three keys to the immediate left of the Space Bar), and while doing so, press any one of the function keys from F1 through to F9.

  • Hear the Current Time, Insert+F12. Simply causes the current time to be announced.
  • Start the Stopwatch, ALT+Control+Windows+F1. Will start the stopwatch counting up. This can run for an indefinite period, weeks if necessary.
  • Stop the Stopwatch, ALT+Control+Windows+F2. Will stop the watch, however if it is restarted again using the option above, the watch is not cleared and continues counting from the time it was stopped.
  • Hear Elapsed Time, ALT+Control+Windows+F3. Speaks the elapsed time for which the stopwatch has been running.
  • Clear the Stopwatch, ALT+Control+Windows+F4. If the stopwatch has been stopped it is cleared. When it is restarted, the count begins at 0.
  • Change the Number of Decimal Places, ALT+Control+Windows+F5. Changes the number of decimal places spoken by the stopwatch. It rotates between 0, 1, 2 or 3 decimal places.
  • Set Countdown timer by entering the number of minutes, ALT+Control+Windows+F6. When prompted, enter a value between 1 and 59 to represent the number of minutes for the countdown timer. Press Enter to begin. When the desired minutes have elapsed, a chime sound will play. Press this keystroke a second time to stop the countdown timer.
  • Set Alarm Time, ALT+Control+Windows+F7. When prompted, enter an alarm time, 2 figures for the hour, then a colon, followed by 2 digits for the minutes. Press Enter to set the alarm. When the alarm time is reached, a tune will play. Please press ALT+Control+Windows+S to stop the alarm sound.
  • Hear How Many Minutes Remain on the Countdown Timer or Alarm, ALT+Control+Windows+F8. When the countdown timer or alarm is running, use this option to hear how many minutes remain .
  • Customise Chime Sounds, ALT+Control+Windows+F9. Leasey can play Westminster chimes throughout the day. This is a very useful method of being able to keep track of time. If you press this keystroke repeatedly, you will cycle through the available options. These are "Chimes will be heard every 15 minutes", "Chimes will be heard every 30 minutes", "Chimes will be heard every hour", or "None" to disable chime sounds. When the option you would like is spoken, it is immediately set and will remain so even if you restart the computer. You can change it at any time by pressing the same keystroke, ALT+Control+Windows+F9.

If you find that the alarm or chime sounds are not at an acceptable volume, press ALT+Control+Windows+Up or Down Arrow to change the level. If an alarm or chime sound is not playing, you will hear a tune instead so you can adjust the volume to your requirements. When the desired level has been reached, and if the tune is playing, press ALT+Control+Windows+S to stop it, although it will automatically be stopped after one minute. If you reach 100 per cent of the volume level, you will be advised of this. If the lowest level at 0 per cent is reached, you will be advised of this, followed by the words, "Not Recommended".

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • LeaseyClock Menu, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+C.
  • Start the Stopwatch, ALT+Control+Windows+f1.
  • Stop the Stopwatch, ALT+Control+Windows+f2.
  • Hear Elapsed Time of the Stopwatch, ALT+Control+Windows+f3".
  • Clear the Stopwatch, ALT+Control+Windows+f4.
  • Clear the Number of Stopwatch Decimal Places, ALT+Control+Windows+f5.
  • Start or Stop the Countdown Timer, ALT+Control+Windows+f6.
  • Start or Stop the Alarm, ALT+Control+Windows+f7.
  • Hear How Many Minutes Remain on the Countdown Timer or Alarm, ALT+Control+Windows+f8.
  • Customise Chime Sounds, ALT+Control+Windows+f9.
  • Increase the Volume of Chimes, ALT+Control+Windows+Up Arrow.
  • Decrease the Volume of Chimes, ALT+Control+Windows+Down Arrow.
  • Stop the Chimes, ALT+Control+Windows+S.

LeaseyTags.

Introduction.

LeaseyTags is an intelligent application which allows you to manage files within Windows Explorer.

For example, if you wanted to select files 1, 3 and 25 in a Windows Explorer list, perhaps for copying, cutting or deleting, this could be difficult. It can be done using the keyboard but there is the potential for mistakes to be made. LeaseyTags makes this and other similar functions simple!

Using LeaseyTags.

LeaseyTags allows you to assign a tag to any file within Windows Explorer. If necessary, this can be from multiple folders. Simply focus upon the file you wish to tag, then press Control+Shift+Space. When you tag a file, you hear a LeaseyTag sound.

To verify which files are tagged, either:

  1. Move through the list of files by pressing Up or Down Arrow keys. As focus moves to a file which is tagged, you hear the LeaseyTag sound. Alternatively, you can use first letter navigation in order to move to a file directly. Again, you will still hear the LeaseyTag sound.
  2. Press Control+Shift+T. Each file which has been tagged is announced. This would be the most appropriate way to verify tagged files from multiple folders.

When all files have been tagged, a number of actions can be performed:

  • Control+C will copy all the LeaseyTagged files to the Windows clipboard ready for pasting elsewhere with Control+V.
  • Control+x will cut all the LeaseyTagged files to the Windows clipboard ready for pasting elsewhere with Control+V.
  • Control+Shift+D will remove a LeaseyTag from the focused file. Press this keystroke twice quickly to delete all LeaseyTags.
  • Delete key or Shift+Delete will delete the tagged files from the computer. A Dialog box will appear, asking if you would like to delete the files. Please press the letter "Y" for yes or "N" for no.
  • Control+Shift+P will add all the tagged files to a LeaseyPlaylist. Please refer to the next chapter relating to LeaseyAudio for a further discussion on playlists.

As an example, if you wanted to copy files 1, 3 and 5 from a folder, and paste them into an alternative location, please follow these steps:

  1. Locate the folder in Windows Explorer containing the files to be copied.
  2. Press the Down Arrow key to focus upon the first file and tag it with Control+Shift+Space.
  3. Move to the next file in the list, (it can be several files down), and again tag it with the same keystroke.
  4. Repeat the procedure for the third file.
  5. Press Control+Shift+T and the file names of all those you have tagged will be spoken back to you.
  6. Press Control+C to copy the tagged files to the Clipboard ready for pasting elsewhere.
  7. Browse to the second folder and press Control+V. If you have copied more than 10 items, you will receive a progress indicator letting you know periodically how many have been copied. You will be advised when the copying is complete. If any files could not be copied for any reason, a screen will appear using the JAWSVirtual Viewer, indicating which files could not be copied. Press Escape to close the window and return to Windows Explorer.

LeaseyTag Confirmation.

When you perform actions on LeaseyTagged files, (such as copying them to the Windows clipboard), you will hear a sound, followed by the word, “Complete”. When this is done, all LeaseyTags are removed from files. This is to ensure that LeaseyTags are not stored for a long period of time.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Tag a File, Control+Shift+Space.
  • Speak LeaseyTags, Control+Shift+T.
  • Delete LeaseyTag, Control+Shift+D. Press Twice Quickly to Delete All LeaseyTags.
  • Copy Tagged Files to the Clipboard, Control+C.
  • Cut Tagged Files to the Clipboard, Control+X.
  • Paste Files Which Have Been Copied, Control+V.
  • Add All Tagged Files to a Playlist, Control+Shift+P.
  • Delete Tagged Files, Delete or Shift+Delete.

LeaseyAudio.

Introduction.

LeaseyAudio allows you to enjoy your music, books and any other audio in exceptionally high quality.

In order to take advantage of the LeaseyAudio playback, particularly the hot keys which can be used from within any application, you will need to install Foobar2000. The developers of Foobar2000 are particularly keen to ensure that the audio output from this application is second-to-none, so undoubtedly this is the player of choice if it is possible to install. Details of how to configure Foobar2000 can be found in the Configuration section of this document.

If Foobar2000 is not installed, you can still use much of what LeaseyAudio has to offer in terms of creating, managing and listening to songs from playlists. Winamp for example can be used to good effect. However, Foobar2000 is the recommended program.

In this Chapter, we will walk you through all aspects of creating a playlist based upon files in your audio library. This will include editing and playing songs from it. We will also describe all the global hot keys which can be used with Foobar2000.

In order to make it easier for you to create playlists, we suggest you include the path to the start point of your audio library in LeaseyManager. However, this is by no means essential, and provided you know how to use Windows Explorer, creating a playlist will not be difficult. This simply gives you a useful starting point for browsing the audio library. You will, however, need to have read and understood the previous Chapter concerning LeaseyTags.

The LeaseyAudio Menu.

The leaseyAudio menu is located on the Leasey Main Menu by selecting the option “Launch LeaseyAudio”. Alternatively, press the Leasey Key followed by the letter “A” to access it directly.

The LeaseyAudio menu contains several items and we will work through them in the order in which they appear.

Create or Change a Playlist.

Activating this option on the LeaseyAudio menu will bring into view an Edit Field. You will be asked for the name of the playlist. Whether this is a new playlist, or an existing one you wish to add to, please type its name and press Enter.

Assuming you have instructed LeaseyManager where your primary audio folder is located, you will be taken to it automatically. If not, please browse to a folder containing audio files within windows Explorer.

If LeaseyBasic is active, a list of folders is presented to you. You cannot press Tab or Shift+Tab to move outside the confines of the list. Pressing Enter will of course enter a folder, while pressing Backspace will return to the previous folder.

As described in the previous Chapter, please assign LeaseyTags to each file you wish to add to the playlist by pressing Control+Shift+Space when focused upon it. To repeat, this can be from multiple folders, however you can always add to a playlist later.

When all the tags are in place, press Control +Shift+P and the playlist will be created very quickly. You will hear the word, “Complete”.

If you wish to add to the current playlist at this stage, you can go ahead and tag more files from different folders and then press Control+Shift+P once again. Leasey remembers which playlist you are creating and will do so unless you change a name by selecting option 1 from the LeaseyAudio menu, “Create or Change a Playlist”.

Work With Your Playlists.

Activating the second option from the LeaseyAudio menu will let you “Work With Your Playlists”. Pressing Enter on this item will present you with a list of playlists you have previously saved. Press Enter on a playlist in order to work with it.

Managing a Playlist.

When within a playlist, four options are available:

  • Listen to the Playlist. Pressing Enter here will begin playback of all the songs in the playlist in sequential order, unless you choose to shuffle its contents, (See Below).
  • Listen to a Song from the Playlist. This option will present you with a list of all files in the playlist. Press Enter on an item to listen to it.
  • Edit the Playlist. This option will bring the playlist into a file for easy text editing. If you wish to rearrange the order of items in the playlist, or delete from it, this is the option you need. Simply cut, copy, paste or delete items to suit your listening preference. Press Control+Enter to save.
  • Delete the Playlist. Pressing Enter here will remove the playlist from the computer.

Listening to Audio.

When listening to any audio content, please hold down all three keys to the left of the Space Bar. These are the ALT, Control and Windows Keys. While doing so, press:

  • P to pause and restart audio playback.
  • Left Arrow skips back through the audio.
  • Right Arrow skips right through the audio.
  • F9 increases the volume level.
  • F10 decreases the volume level.
  • N skips to the next track in the playlist.
  • B skips back a track in the playlist.
  • U shuffles the content of the playlist.
  • N resumes playback in the normal order of play.
  • R repeats the current playlist.

Listening to an Audio CD.

If an audio CD is placed within the CD-ROM drive of your computer, from within any application press ALT+Control+Windows+O. A list of CD drives which are part of your computer will appear.

Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to select the drive in which the CD is located. There may only be one drive. Press Enter to start playing the CD.

When the disc is playing, use any of the playback keys above in order to move through (or listen to) the items.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

    LeaseyAudio Menu, Leasey Key then A.
    Add Tagged Files to Playlist, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+P.
    Save and Close a Playlist After Editing, Control+Enter.

When Using Foobar2000, Use the Following Keystrokes From Anywhere:"

  • Pause and Continue Playback, ALT+Control+Windows+P.
  • Stop Playback, ALT+Control+Windows+S.
  • Skim Forward Through the Audio, ALT+Control+Windows+Right Arrow.
  • Skim Back Through the Audio, ALT+Control+Windows+Left Arrow.
  • Increase Volume Level, ALT+Control+Windows+F12.
  • Decrease Volume Level, ALT+Control+Windows+F11.
  • Skip to the Next Item in Playlist, ALT+Control+Windows+N.
  • Skip Back to the Previous Item in Playlist, ALT+Control+Windows+B.
  • Shuffle Playlist Content, ALT+Control+Windows+U.
  • Resume Normal Order of Play, ALT+Control+Windows+l.
  • Repeat Playlist, ALT+Control+Windows+R.
  • Open an Audio CD, ALT+Control+Windows+O.

LeaseyRadio.

Introduction.

The LeaseyRadio player makes it possible for you to listen to radio stations from around the world, provided they are broadcast on the internet. Thousands of radio stations exist playing a wide variety of music covering many genres. Speech content is also very popular for news, sport and discussion of current affairs.

When compiling our LeaseyRadio directory, we have chosen what we feel are some of the most popular and high quality music radio stations covering ten specific genres. You can listen to any station of your choosing, add it to a list of favourites so as to hear it again, or assign it to one of the ten presets which can be accessed from any application. Listening to your favourite station could not be easier!

Accessing LeaseyRadio.

LeaseyRadio can be accessed from the Leasey Main Menu by selecting the option, “Listen to the Radio”. Alternatively, press the Leasey Key followed by the letter R, to access it directly.

The LeaseyRadio menu contains 14 items:

  • Listen to the Most Recent Station You Were Hearing. As the name suggests, pressing Enter to select this option will begin playing the station you last heard. You will hear the announcement, “Connecting to”, followed by the station name.
  • Next follows the ten categories of radio stations. These are: BBC, classical, country, Dance and Electronic, Oldies, Pop, Praise and Worship, Smooth, Soul/R&B, and Variety.
  • Below the 10 categories you will find an option to add the currently playing station to your LeaseyRadio Favourites. You can store as many favourite stations as you like.
  • The next item in the menu allows you to View your LeaseyRadio Favourites. Pressing Enter here will take you into a list of the stations stored in your Favourites. Press Enter on any one of the station names in order to listen to it. You will hear the announcement, “Connecting to”, followed by the station name.
  • The final choice in the menu is Delete a LeaseyRadio Favourite. Pressing Enter will again take you into a list of stations you have stored as Favourites. However, this time, pressing Enter on a station name will cause it to be removed from the list. If this has been done in error, please don’t worry. You can always relocate the station again from the category in which it was originally found and add it to your favourites once more.

Viewing a Station from the 10 Categories.

If you press Enter on any one of the 10 LeaseyRadio categories, you will be able to view a list of all the stations contained within it. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the stations, or type the first letter of the one you are looking for.

When you find the station you wish to listen to, simply press Enter to begin listening to it. You will hear the announcement, “Connecting to”, followed by the station name.

Listening to a Radio Station.

When listening to a radio station, the following keystrokes can be used from within any application. Wherever you are working on your computer, (assuming Foobar2000 is installed) you can hear the radio and change station at any time.

Hold down all three keys to the left of the space Bar, (that is the ALT Key, Control Key and the Windows Key), and, while doing so, press:

  • F12 to increase the volume.
  • F11 to decrease the volume.
  • P to pause audio playback.
  • S to stop audio playback.
  • T to read the currently playing song title. If Leasey is unable to retrieve a song title you will be advised of this. Note that it is possible to pause or stop audio playback, wait a moment or two, and then press the keystroke to read the title of the song being broadcast on the station. Just because it is not playing does not mean to say that Leasey cannot retrieve the song title. This is useful if you do not like the currently playing song and so you have stopped playback temporarily. Simply read the song title again in a moment or two in order to see if something more to your taste is on the air! Press the keystroke twice quickly to place the song information into the JAWS Virtual Viewer for closer inspection. Press Escape to close the Virtual Viewer and return to the application in which you were previously working.

Assigning a Station to a Preset.

While it is true that you can store as many LeaseyRadio Favourites as you like, there will be stations that you would like to hear more frequently. To this end, you can set up to 10 presets which will allow you to quickly start playing 10 stations of your choice from within any program, without having to work through the menu system.

  1. Choose a station from any one of the 10 LeaseyRadio categories.
  2. When the station begins to play, you may care to reduce the volume slightly or stop the playback by pressing ALT+Control+Windows Key+S. Then you can hear the speech a little more clearly.
  3. Press the Leasey Key then Windows+Dash. The LeaseyRadio Preset Dialog Box appears.
  4. When prompted to do so, please type a value between 1 and 0 to assign the station to a preset between 1 and 10.
  5. Press Enter to save the preset. You will be advised that the station has now been assigned to the chosen preset. Note that if a station has already been previously assigned, a Dialog box will appear, reminding you of the existing station name. Leasey will ask you if you would like to replace the previously stored station with the new one. Press the letter “Y” for yes or “N” for no as appropriate. If you have chosen to replace it, you will be advised that the new station has been assigned to the preset. If "no" was chosen instead, the previously stored station name will be announced as still being assigned to the preset.

To access any of the 10 presets directly, press the Leasey Key followed by Windows+1 through to Windows+0, with Windows+1 representing preset number 1 and Windows+0 representing preset number 10. Simply press any one of the preset keystrokes to begin playing the assigned station. You will hear the announcement, “Connecting to”, followed by the station name.

When a station is assigned to a preset, it is also added to your LeaseyRadio Favourites list, so it can be accessed from there if desired.

Listen to the Most Recent Station You Were Hearing.

While this option can be accessed from the LeaseyRadio menu, (indeed it is the first item), a keystroke also exists to begin playback of this automatically. Press the LeaseyKey followed by ALT+Dash. You will hear the announcement, “Connecting to”, followed by the station name.

What’s In the Leasey Top 10?

The LeaseyRadio application will be constantly updated. We will always be adding new stations to the categories which get updated in the background without you having to do anything special. Whenever we add a new station, you will find it in any one of the 10 categories. You don’t have to be concerned about getting the latest updates, just enjoy hearing the radio and browsing through the stations!

However, we have provided 10 global keystrokes so you can access 10 radio stations we think you may like to listen to. Leasey is clever enough to know which stations people are listening to most, those which are popular. So during one month, we may give you 10 very popular stations. Another month, you may find one station from each of the 10 categories, and so on. Feel free at any time to try each of the LeaseyRadio top 10 keystrokes to hear which stations we have chosen. Remember that, when LeaseyRadio connects to a station, you hear its title as it is being launched.

To access any one of the LeaseyRadio top 10 keystrokes, press the Leasey Key, then ALT+1 through to ALT+0.

Conclusion.

We hope very much you enjoy using the LeaseyRadio player. When doing so, we would ask that you please remember the following:

  • We are not responsible for any of the audio content you may hear on a station. If you find something is not to your liking, please switch to an alternative station which may be more suitable.
  • We are not responsible for the audio quality of the output from radio stations. We have chosen stations which we feel offer maximum quality audio output, however this can fluctuate wildly - not only between stations but from one broadcaster to another. Many internet radio stations are run by volunteers who may not always adopt professional broadcasting standards.
  • If the audio output from a station stops working periodically, it may be that the broadcaster is experiencing problems with streaming content to the internet or there may be a difficulty with your own internet speed or connection. If this occurs, perhaps try choosing another station to listen to, or the same one again at a later time.
  • If no audio output occurs after 10 to 15 seconds following your selection of a station, one of two things may have happened. First, have you turned the volume all the way down? Alternatively, the station may not be broadcasting at the time. All the stations we have chosen claim to broadcast 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. However, internet connectivity problems can occur, and as a result we suggest you try an alternative station to ascertain whether the problem is with the broadcaster or your own internet connection.
  • While our LeaseyRadio directory contains a reasonable number of stations in each category, many stations do exist. If you know of a radio station you would like to be included in the directory, please write to support@leaseycentral.com, and let us have the details. The radio station must broadcast in the English language. We do need please the name of the station, preferably a link to the stream where it can be heard, and confirmation that it broadcasts 24 hours a day, seven days a week. The station should broadcast at 128K or higher. If you are unsure what this means, or whether the station meets that requirement, please do not be concerned. We will make enquiries regarding this.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • LeaseyRadio Menu, Leasey Key then R.
  • LeaseyRadio User Preset 1 Through to 0, Leasey Key then Windows+1 Through to Windows+0.
  • Assign a Station to a LeaseyRadio Preset, Leasey Key then Windows+Dash.
  • Hear Stations 1 Through to 10 in the LeaseyRadio Top 10, Leasey Key then ALT+1 Through to ALT+0.
  • Hear the Most Recent Station, Leasey Key then ALT+Dash.
  • Hear the Current Playing Song Title, ALT+Control+Windows+T.

LeaseySpotify.

Introduction.

Spotify gives you millions of songs at your fingertips. The artists you love, the latest hits, and new discoveries just for you. It allows you to stream songs over the internet and listen to them as if they were stored on your computer. Imagine being let loose in a music store with permission to play anything you want, old and new. You can play any song, any time! There are also hundreds of playlists other people have created to suit any mood or music genre. Why search for songs when someone else has done the work? Whether you want to relax, have music to exercise to or hear the latest hits, Spotify has you covered.

Sometimes only your favourite artist will do. You can play all their music on shuffle, for free.

There are two types of Spotify account, “Free” and “Premium”. Among other considerations, “Spotify Premium” allows you to play all the music you want without the interruption of commercials. If you enjoy listening to music, particularly albums in their entirety, it is worthwhile purchasing a monthly subscription to “Spotify Premium” for this useful addition alone.

Spotify contains a vast number of features. However, because the accessibility for screen-reader users is in its infancy, it is likely that the access will improve over time. Certainly Spotify are making regular updates to the application. We have found that it is possible to achieve the majority of things people would want to do with this wonderful music service.

Leasey makes many of the controls in Spotify accessible. These include the ability to be able to review text you have entered as a search which would otherwise not be possible, correctly reading the title and artist information of songs, allowing you to move to specific areas of Spotify quickly, together with suppressing unwanted speech when various keystrokes are pressed to control playback. You will find that most things a sighted person can do with Spotify will be accessible to you. You are also able to create Playlists containing songs of your choosing, share favourite items with friends, listen to a radio station based upon a specific song, share the track you are listening to on social media, view tour dates, access artist biographies and much more.

While in the past attempts have been made to create accessibility for the Spotify Desktop application, remember that Leasey wants you to get the most from every program. There is a lot more to Spotify than just listening to songs alone. There is a good deal of information about the music and artists on Spotify pages, and Leasey does not prevent you from accessing it.

Using LeaseySpotify and the Leasey Help System.

As usual with Leasey, there are several common factors to using the LeaseySpotify interface.

  • LeaseySpotify can be launched from Leasey’s Main Menu, whereupon the Spotify program will be loaded.
  • Pressing the Leasey Application Menu key while focused within the Spotify program will cause the LeaseySpotify menu to appear from which all the options we will discuss can be selected.
  • The Leasey Help system also contains a list of all the LeaseySpotify functions together with their corresponding shortcut keys should you choose not to use the LeaseySpotify menu. Moreover, as usual pressing Enter on any one of the keystrokes listed will cause the function to be carried out without you having to remember it.

Signing Up for a Spotify Account.

Even if you wish to use “Spotify Free”, this does require the creation of an account. Visiting the website at www.spotify.com will allow you to create one.

There are two ways in which an account can be created. The first is to log in with your Facebook cridentials if you have a Facebook account. If this is selected, then many of your details will be retrieved from your Facebook profile directly. This includes your Facebook Email address and password. You will use the Email address as your username.

The recommended option however is to create an account using your Email address, since you will be able to choose the username and password in order to use Spotify. The password can be something which is memorable to you.

When the account is created on the Spotify website, you can then elect to choose “Spotify Premium”, submitting your credit card information. Indeed the company may give you a trial of “Spotify Premium” at no cost if you would like to evaluate the experience.

You will also need a build of Spotify which does contain accessibility implementation. Details of this were contained earlier in this User Guide within the "Setup" Chapter.

Signing into Spotify.

When Spotify loads, you will be asked for your username and password. With Leasey installed, it is not necessary to enter “Forms Mode”.

  1. Focus is automatically set to the “Username” field. Please type it in and press Tab.
  2. Type the password for your account and press Enter.
  3. Note that if you press Tab rather than Enter, focus will now be set to a Check Box. At the time of writing, it is not possible to toggle this Check Box by pressing the Space Bar and the status is always reported as being “Unchecked”. The purpose of the Check Box is to allow automatic log into Spotify each time it is started. However by default, the Check Box is set to allow automatic log in, so press Tab once more.
  4. You are now on the “Sign In” Button. Press the Space Bar, not Enter, on this Button.
  5. You should now be logged into Spotify. You can check this by pressing Tab. If you hear information such as “Go Back Button” and “Go Forward Button”, you are logged in. You can also press Insert+T which will cause JAWS to announce the account type you have access to, such as “Spotify Free” or “Spotify Premium”. If JAWS announces “Spotify Beta” or “Spotify”, you are not logged in.

Using Spotify.

Having logged into Spotify, we can now begin to find music to listen to!

When working through the rest of the tasks in this Chapter, please pay particular attention to the instructions and carry them out precisely in order that LeaseySpotify will work correctly for you.

By default, Leaseyspotify is in “Control Mode”. This allows for very simple searches to be carried out and is ideal for anyone who is maybe unfamiliar with using a screen-reader to browse the content of web pages.

However, for those who are more adventurous, “Browse Mode” means you can gain a lot more from Spotify. There is one situation where the use of both modes is required simultaneously. In this Chapter, we will walk you through how to use LeaseySpotify with both modes. We will begin by discussing the facilities in “Control Mode”.

Using LeaseySpotify with “Control Mode”.

Searching for Songs.

In order to find a song on Spotify, please follow these steps:

  1. Press Control+Shift+F for the LeaseySpotify “Find” Dialog box. “Find on Spotify” can also be accessed on the LeaseySpotify menu. JAWS says, “Find on Spotify, Edit”.
  2. Type the name of a song you would like to find. You are more likely to quickly locate the song you want by entering the title and artist. For example, if you type the phrase, “Father and Son”, the results are likely to display the recording by Cat Stevens and Boyzone. However, if you type, “Cat Stevens Father and son”, then the Cat Stevens version is likely to be at the top of the results list.
  3. Optionally, edit the text in the usual way, or press Insert+Up Arrow to confirm what you are about to search for.
  4. Press Enter to carry out the search. You are advised to “Please Wait”.
  5. After a pause of a few seconds, the list of search results is located by Leasey with focus at the top of it. Use the Down Arrow key to move through the songs. You will hear the title and artist of the song.

The Results List and What You Can Do With It.

Now you are focused in the results list there are a number of things you can do:

  • Pressing the Up or Down Arrow keys will allow you to move through the songs found. Please do not be tempted to move through the list quickly. Because the accessibility of Spotify has some deficits, Leasey has to retrieve artist information from outside the results list and needs time to do that. To quantify this a little, as soon as you hear JAWS announcing details of the focused song, it is safe to press Down Arrow again. The response time is quite fast, but try not to "skim" through.
  • Press Insert+Up Arrow to repeat song information.
  • Press the Enter key to play any song.
  • Press the Space Bar to pause and restart playback.
  • Press Enter again to start playing from the beginning.

As you hear the song, press Control+Up Arrow or Control+Down Arrow to adjust the volume level. All of the items described so far can be accessed through the LeaseySpotify menu.

If you would like to check the spelling of a song or artist, press Insert+Up Arrow twice quickly. The details will be placed in the JAWS virtual viewer for review character by character or word by word. Press Escape to return to the results list.

Sampling Songs Quickly.

As you move through the search results list, you may wish to quickly preview any of the alternative song versions you encounter. For example, many artists have recorded their well-known hits on more than one occasion, but it may be the original recording you are wanting to find.

As you move through the results list, press Enter on each song. The beginning of the song will be played. You do not need to pause the playback output in order to hear a new song. When you press Enter, the previous output is stopped and the new song begins to play. Using this method of review, it ought to be very easy to find what you are looking for.

What Happens if Focus is Lost?

You may inadvertently move outside the results list, perhaps by pressing Tab or Shift+Tab by mistake. If this happens, please press Control+Shift+R or locate the “Move to Results” option from the LeaseySpotify menu. After a short pause, focus will once again be set to the list of results. Indeed, there is a further reason for using this keystroke which we will work through in the next section.

Locating And Listening To an Album.

Having found a song in the results list, you may want to learn the album from which it is derived. To find this information:

  1. Ensure focus is placed on the song to examine.
  2. Press Tab once. You will reach a Button labelled “Save to Your Music”. We will return to this later.
  3. Press Tab again and you will reach a Link containing the artist of the song.
  4. Press Tab once more and you will under most circumstances reach a Link containing the album name. If this does not occur, it may be that the piece of music which has focus contains multiple artists. If this is the case, you will need to press Tab perhaps one or two more times in order to reach the album title, which is our objective.
  5. When the album name is reached, press Enter. Leasey has been instructed to request that Spotify retrieves the album track listing.
  6. Press Control+Shift+r to move to the search results, or select the “Move to Search Results” option from the LeaseySpotify menu.
  7. After a short pause, focus is set to a list of all the tracks on the album. This is exactly the same kind of list you have previously discovered when searching for a song, so go ahead and use the Up and Down Arrow keys to examine it and press Enter to play.

The order of the items in the list should reflect the album track listing. So, feel free to locate the first track on the album and press Enter to begin playback. You can now listen to the entire album. Alternatively, if you wish to hear all tracks on the album from a specific point, please locate the track starting point and press Enter.

While listening to an album the following keystrokes may be helpful. Please note that the keystrokes listed are not Global, meaning you cannot press them outside of the Spotify window. To set focus to Spotify at any time, press ALT+Windows+F8. All the keystrokes below have corresponding items on the LeaseySpotify application menu which are logically named.

  • Control+Right Arrow skips to the next track.
  • Control+Left Arrow selects the previous track.
  • ALT+Control+Windows+Right Arrow (or Shift+Right Arrow) skips forward through the track being played.
  • ALT+Control+Windows+Left Arrow (or Shift+Left Arrow) skips back through the track being played.
  • Control+R will enable or disable “Repeat” mode. JAWS will advise whether the mode is enabled or disabled.
  • Control+S will enable or disable “Shuffle” mode. JAWS will advise whether the mode is enabled or disabled.
  • Space Bar will pause and restart playback.
  • ALT+Control+Windows+T will speak the name and artist of the currently playing song.

All the above keystrokes apply when listening to albums, Playlists or the music you have saved in the section of Spotify called “Your Music”, detailed later.

Further Tips on Searching.

By now, you should have searched for a few songs and maybe you have listened to some albums. It is time therefore to introduce a few more tips on searching for items.

If you have searched for an individual song, and then begun listening to an album pertaining to it, you may wish to go back to the previous search to locate an alternative version of the song. To do this, press control+Shift+F. Leasey remembers the last song you had searched for which will be spoken automatically, so go ahead and press Enter. After a short pause, focus will return to the original search results.

If having pressed Control+Shift+F you would like to search for a different title, simply type the new search term over the top. You do not need to erase the previous text.

Finding Music by Artist or Album Name.

It is just as easy to find all music by a specific artist or album name as it is to find a song.

Having pressed Control+Shift+F for the LeaseySpotify “Find” Dialog Box, type in the details and press Enter. For example, if you wanted to find music by Diana Krall, type her name into the Edit Field and press Enter. Similarly, if you wanted to hear the compilation album “Now That’s What I Call Music 89”, again, type it in and press Enter.

Whichever is the case, you will shortly be placed within the search results list, either containing all music Spotify has to offer by the artist or tracks on the album selected. Don’t forget in the case of searching for an album, you can always press Tab twice from the search results list to view the album to which it pertains, to ensure it is as you intended. If you wish to return to the search results list, press Shift+Tab twice.

Saving To “Your Music”.

You can add to the “Your Music” section of Spotify, which will allow you to listen to your favourite songs rather than creating a Playlist.

In order to add tracks to “Your Music”:

  1. Find a song you would like to add.
  2. Press Tab once and you will reach the “Save to Your Music Button”.
  3. Press Enter on this Button, not the Space Bar. Pressing the Space Bar commences playback, while Enter causes Leasey to instruct Spotify to add this to “Your Music” instead. After a short pause, you will be back in the list of songs. You can check that the track has been added by pressing Tab twice. You should reach a Button entitled "Remove from Your Music". That is correct confirmation, so press Shift+Tab twice to move back to the results list.

Locating Your Music.

If you press Tab or Shift+Tab in order to move through the Spotify program, you will find there are a great many controls, many of which are Links. You can press Enter on any Link, whereupon you will hear the word, “Ready”, when Leasey has caused the correct section of Spotify to be activated.

Press Tab repeatedly until you reach the Link entitled “Your Music, Songs”, then press Enter. Alternatively, locate the option “Find Your Music” on the LeaseySpotify menu or press Control+Shift+M for Music. When the Music section is focused, you will hear the words, “Music Link”. Press Enter to activate.

Now, press Control+Shift+R in order to move to all the music located under this heading. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the songs and press enter to play.

Removing from “Your Music”.

If having explored “Your Music” you wish to remove a song:

  1. From the results list, locate the song you would like to remove.
  2. Press Tab once to reach the “Remove From Your Music” Button.
  3. Press Enter.
  4. You can now press Control+Shift+R to return to the search results list.

Browsing Categories.

Again is you move through the Spotify program by pressing Tab or Shift+Tab, you may find categories you can enter so as to explore music with which you may not be familiar.

For example, when the “Browse” Link is spoken, press Enter.

Now, press Tab to move through the different categories, such as “Charts”, “Genres and Moods”, etc.

If you press Enter on the “Genres and Moods” Link, you can then press Tab repeatedly to move through them. Press Enter on any one of them. Note that “Genres” can be reached more quickly by selecting “Genres” from the LeaseySpotify menu or by pressing Control+Shift+G.

When you have drilled down through enough levels, eventually a list of tracks will be displayed. You can always press Control+Shift+r to determine whether a list of results is available.

Using LeaseySpotify with “Browse Mode”.

If you are familiar with how to browse the web with a screen-reader, you will find that “Browse Mode” of LeaseySpotify may suit you better, particularly as there are many more things you can do with the application, including viewing playlists people have previously created, viewing information about songs or albums, hearing Spotify Radio, linking Spotify to an alternative mobile device and much more. In this Chapter, we will discuss many of these topics.

To activate and deactivate “Browse Mode”, press F12 by itself. You will hear an appropriate announcement as this key is pressed. There will be times when you wish to exit “Browse Mode” and return to “Control Mode” which will be discussed later.

Note that if you activate “Browse Mode”, then focus on a different program temporarily (such as by pressing ALT+Tab), when you return to Spotify the mode will still be deactivated. In other words, LeaseySpotify will always remember the last mode you were using.

When you enter “Browse Mode”, you will find that the Spotify program resembles a webpage. However, while JAWS users do have access to this using versions 15 or 16 of the screen-reader, as a Leasey user you have some significant advantages:

  • You are able to use “Browse Mode” with JAWS 14, 15 or 16.
  • The information provided in the JAWS virtual Environment for displaying webpage content is significantly enhanced. You will find it is a much more pleasant and accessible experience using LeaseySpotify than would otherwise be the case.

Searching for Songs.

Let us start with a task with which you will already be familiar, which is searching for a song. Working through this procedure should introduce you to the concept of “Browse Mode” and is a good training ground.

  1. Assuming Spotify is in focus, press F12 to activate “Browse Mode”. JAWS confirms that “Browse Mode” is active.
  2. Press Control+Shift+F to find a song.
  3. Type a song title such as “Thinking Out Loud”.
  4. Press Enter.
  5. The search is carried out and in a second or two you should be focused upon the first search result. JAWS will speak the title of the song assuming it exists.
  6. Focus is now in a table of results. While you may be tempted to use the JAWS Table Navigation keys for browsing webpages, please try not to use them. While they might prove useful now, there will come a time when you may be viewing a playlist and JAWS will only display a few items in the table. Playlists can contain hundreds of songs and you may want to see all of them. To this end, a keystroke has been provided, F4, which will set focus to the next result and speak it. Go ahead and press this now.
  7. If having located a song you wish to learn more about it, such as the artist and time length, press Down Arrow once the desired title has been located. If you do not wish to do this, continue to press F4 repeatedly until all the songs have been moved through. You will know that the list has concluded as focus will wrap back to the first one.

Marking a Track for Playback.

If having found a song in “Browse Mode” you wish to play it, you need to first “mark it” for playback. As you browse through a webpage within the JAWS Virtual Buffer, the visual focus does not always correctly track what JAWS is reading. This tracking is essential in order that Spotify knows which song you wish to hear. To mark a track for playback:

  1. Place the cursor on the song title you wish to hear, not the artist which is hyperlinked.
  2. Press the Space Bar. JAWS confirms the song title which will be heard when you press Enter.
  3. Press Enter to begin playback.
  4. If you wish to hear a different item, repeat the above steps to mark a track for playback and then press Enter.

Note that when songs are playing, and you wish to use any of the playback controls listed above, (such as pausing a track, or skipping to the next one), you will need to deactivate “Browse Mode” by pressing F12. If you think about it, some of the keys previously described would conflict with how JAWS “behaves” while in the Buffer. For example, if you press Control+Right Arrow while reading a webpage, this skips to the next word, whereas we want it to skip to the next track instead. So be sure to deactivate “Browse Mode”, then press the keystroke in which you are interested.

As you read the individual song titles in “Browse Mode”, you should bare in mind that the Button to save the song to “Your Music” is immediately above the song title, not underneath. Press Enter to activate.

Browsing Around.

Within this Chapter, we are going to describe some specific strategies you can use to get the most from Spotify using “Browse Mode”. However, you may wish to explore the individual pages yourself, given that it has been made very accessible for you in the most part. You can read any of the text on the pages and activate the Links and Buttons in order to move to different sections of Spotify.

Here are some useful tips when navigating:

  • Press Enter on any Link or Button, not the Space Bar.
  • Use the list of Links, (Insert+F7), for fast navigation through sections.
  • When focused on a new page, press Control+Shift+R (for “Results”), and Leasey will try to set focus to the starting point of the text on the page, bypassing any repeated Links or sections at the top.
  • Press the letter “H” to move through Headings if needed.
  • While every attempt has been made to instruct JAWS to refresh the new page when it is loaded, particularly with older versions of JAWS this is not always achieved. If you have loaded a new page and you feel that the text displayed is not what you expect to see, press Insert+Escape to refresh the Virtual Buffer, then try reading the page again.
  • You can listen to songs continuously in Spotify while safely navigating to other sections. Playback will not stop unless you choose to terminate it.
  • When inside a table, try to remember to press F4 repeatedly to move through the results. This will help if there are more songs than are accommodated in the JAWS Virtual Buffer.
  • To move back to the previous page, press ALT+Left Arrow.
  • To move to the Spotify “Home Page”, press Control+Shift+H.
  • If you wish to search for a word or phrase on the page, press Control+F.

Selecting an Artist.

You will have noticed while browsing the list of results in our song search that the artists are displayed as Hyperlinks. You can press enter on any one of the Links so as to display the artist page.

Having done this, press Control+Shift+R. Leasey sets focus to the first track of the artist or group selected. This is usually under Spotify’s Heading of “Popular”, meaning that they are played by users more frequently. If you want to examine songs under this Heading, press F4 repeatedly.

If on the other hand you wish to move through albums of the artist selected, press H to move through the Headings. Each album is denoted by a new Heading. It is also Hyperlinked, so you can press Enter to bring into view the page for that album. You may also notice on this page other useful information, including tour dates for your country.

When the album page has been selected, press Control+Shift+R to move to the starting point of the album track listing. Press F4 to move through the songs.

As you browse through the track listing, don’t forget:

  • The button to save to “Your Music” is immediately above the song title. Press Enter to activate.
  • If you want to play a song, do mark it first by placing the cursor on the song title, then press the Space Bar. You can then press Enter to play. The album will continue to play from the point you selected.

You will find just above the songs listed on the album details of the number of tracks, the total playing time and, crucially, a Button labelled "Save". Pressing Enter on this Button will save the album to "Your Music" if desired.

Viewing Artist Biographies.

While focused on any of the artist pages, press Control+Shift+B for “Biographies”.

After a short pause, the cursor will be placed on the first line of the biography text, whereupon you can read it in the usual way.

Browsing Categories and Selecting Playlists.

We will now browse through categories and introduce you to the concept of Playlists. As you browse through the categories, you will see a number of albums and Playlists pertaining to them. Playlists are a compilation of tracks a person has prepared, usually to reflect a particular musical style. These can make for good listening and, if you are not tempted to look at the track list, you can get a surprise when you listen to the music and perhaps one of your favourites is played. “Shuffle Mode” is also very appealing when listening to music in a Playlist.

To select a category:

  1. Press Control+Shift+H to move to the Spotify “Home Page”. The “Browse” Link has been activated automatically.
  2. Press Insert+F7 to bring into view the list of Links. From here, you can select items such as “Genres and Moods”, “Charts” or “New Releases”. We will select “Genres and Moods”. Press enter when it has been located.
  3. Press Down Arrow repeatedly and you will move through Links pertaining to each “Genre” or “Mood”, such as “Party” or “Workout”.
  4. Press Enter to select a category.
  5. Press Control+Shift+R to set focus to the start of the items relating to the “Genre” or “Mood” chosen.
  6. Press down Arrow to move through the albums and Playlists. Note that both albums and Playlist sections each begin with a levelled Heading, so if you find albums are located first and you would rather select Playlists, go ahead and press the letter “H” so as to move to “Playlists”, then press Down Arrow.

When viewing the Playlists particularly, you will find:

  • A Link pointing to the Playlist. Press Enter to activate.
  • A good description detailing the music contained within it;
  • The number of public followers it has;
  • A “Follow” Button. If you like a Playlist, be sure to follow it to encourage the developer to add more tracks to it. The more followers of the Playlist, the greater the incentive to update it. Some Playlists are updated weekly.

When you find a Playlist you would like to hear, press Enter on the Link containing its name.

When inside a Playlist, there are a number of things you can do:

  1. Press Control+Home to move to the top of the page.
  2. Press figure 2 to move to the first level 2 Heading. This contains the Playlist title.
  3. Press Down Arrow to read the page. You will first find a “Play” Button. Press Enter to play all the songs from the beginning or in a random order of “Shuffle Mode” is on.
  4. Next comes a “Follow” Button. If you are already following the Playlist, you will hear the word “Following”. Press Enter to unfollow or conversely, if you are not following the Playlist and you would like to do so, press Enter to follow it.
  5. Next comes the name of the Playlist creator, the total number of songs and the running time.
  6. Optionally, you can press Control+Shift+R to set focus to the first track in the Playlist, and press F4 repeatedly to move through the titles.
  7. If browsing through the results, you can play a track by placing the cursor on its name, pressing the Space Bar to mark it, and then press Enter. But in most cases, the purpose of selecting a Playlist is to hear a collection of songs and to enjoy them!

Creating Your Own Playlists and an Introduction to the Context Menu.

For each individual music track you search for, it is possible to activate a Context Menu so as to interact with it. You can add the song to a Playlist, start a radio station playing based on the track, add it to the playing queue, and more. In this section, we will work through how to use the Context Menu.

Before we do this, we need to create a new Playlist.

  1. From any Spotify page, press the letter "B" repeatedly until you reach a Button entitled "New Playlist".
  2. Press Enter on the Button, and an Edit Field will be in focus.
  3. Type the name of the Playlist into the Edit Field and press Enter. We will use the title "Leasey" as our example.
  4. Our Playlist is now created. We will add a song to it. Activate "Control Mode" by pressing F12.
  5. Press Control+Shift+F and type a song title you know to be in Spotify. When this is done, press Enter.
  6. After a short pause, you will be placed within the search results. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys until the song you wish to add is spoken. If necessary, you can preview it by pressing Enter.
  7. When you are satisfied that the song you would like to add is highlighted, press F2.
  8. After a few seconds, you will hear the word "Ready", and, all being well, JAWS should say "Add to Queue". This is the first item on the Context Menu.
  9. We will explore some of the items on the Context Menu shortly. However for the time being, press Down Arrow until you hear "Add to Playlist". Press Enter to activate.
  10. A list of your Playlists is displayed. Press Down Arrow until you hear the name of your Playlist. In our example, this is, "Leasey".
  11. Press Enter, and the song is now in the Playlist.

Note that if you wish to add other songs, you should enable "Control Mode" once again by pressing F12.

To be thorough, we should check that the song is in the Playlist, however when adding multiple songs it is unlikely you will carry out this process. It is worth describing however because at some point, you are going to want to listen to it.

  1. From any Spotify page, press the letter "H" until you hear the word "Playlists". This is a level 3 Heading.
  2. Press Down Arrow, and you will find all your Playlists. You will find all Playlists in a list. Press the Down Arrow key repeatedly to move through the available Playlists. When you reach one you would like to select, you must ensure the cursor is on the first word of the Playlist. You should note that there is a graphical symbol at the start of the line where the Playlist title occurs, and it is important that the cursor is not placed there. So go ahead and press Control+Right Arrow and the first word should be spoken, then press Enter.
  3. Press the letter "H" repeatedly until you reach the name of your Playlist, (in our example "Leasey"), which is a level 2 Heading.
  4. Underneath the Heading is a "Play" Button. Press Enter to listen to the songs in the Playlist.
  5. Underneath the "Play" Button is the "Context Menu" Button. Press Enter to activate the Context Menu for the Playlist.
  6. Press Control+End to move to the bottom of the page.
  7. Press Up Arrow to move through the options on the Context Menu. The options include:
    1. Start Playlist Radio. Starts a radio station based upon the content of the Playlist, containing similar songs to those listed.
    2. Share. Allows the sharing of the Playlist on social media.
    3. Copy Playlist Link. Copies a Link to the clipboard of the Playlist which can be shared with someone else, perhaps in an Email. When the second user activates the Link, the Spotify web player will load in the browser, and will play the songs in the Playlist.
    4. Copy Spotify URI. This is similar to the above option, accept that when the user activates this Link, the Playlist is played in the Spotify client.
    5. Collaborative Playlist. Activating this option means you can then copy the Playlist URI (as above), and send it to a friend. When he or she opens the Playlist in Spotify, songs can be added, with them being available then to you and your friend.
    6. Make Secret or Make Public. This is simple. If made secret, the Playlist is not visible to the public. If Make Public is selected, it will be available to everyone potentially.
    7. Rename. Allows you to rename the Playlist. An Edit Field is made instantly available. Edit the existing name, or type a new one, then press Enter.
    8. Delete. This displays a new window with a "Delete" Button at the bottom of the page. Press Control+End, and you should be focused on the "Delete" Button. Press Enter to remove the Playlist.

Deleting a Song from a Playlist.

If you wish to delete a song from a playlist:

  1. Be sure you are located on the Playlist page as described in the previous section.
  2. Activate Browse Mode by pressing F12, and then press Control+Shift+R for the results list.
  3. Use the Up and Down Arrow keys to move to the song you wish to delete.
  4. When the desired song is focused, press the Delete key.

Context Menu Items Relating to Tracks.

We have already explored the Context Menu relating to tracks, as we used it to add to our Playlist. However, there are other items on the Context Menu which are useful. These are very similar to the options we've just worked through when exploring a Context Menu for the Playlist. However, we have not covered:

  • Add to Queue. If you are listening to a song, and you have a sudden need to hear a piece of music which comes into your mind, you can find the song on Spotify and use this menu item to add to the playing queue. It will be played when the currently playing song finishes.
  • Start Song Radio. This is similar to the above option in relation to a Playlist, except that a radio station will be created based upon the selected song. This is excellent as it introduces you to new music of a similar genre.

Sharing a Track or Playlist With Others.

You may talk about music with your friends and family. They may well be Spotify users and hear songs you might enjoy. Now, they can send you Links to songs or Playlists they may have created and you can listen to them. How cool is that?

As we briefly described earlier, Spotify contains what is known as a "U R I". This is a Link pointing to a music track or Playlist on Spotify. When the Link is activated, the appropriate song or Playlist is automatically available in the application.

Leasey makes it easy for you to open such Links directly, whereupon you can then follow a Playlist or listen to the music track.

When activating either the Context Menu for a track or Playlist, you will see the option "Copy URI". Press Enter on this. It is then available on the Clipboard, which you can verify by pressing the Leasey Key followed by X. It can then be pasted into a tweet, Email or other text edit environment and sent to someone else for listening.

If on the other hand someone sends you a Spotify U R I, as you are using Leasey you can first copy the U R I to the Clipboard, then press Control+Shift+U, or activate the appropriate option on the LeaseySpotify Menu. An Edit Field is available, with a prompt requesting that you paste the U R I there. Please do this, then press Enter. Spotify will load the appropriate item.

If the U R I points to a Playlist, you will be taken to the page relating to it, whereupon it can be played or followed. Please refer to the earlier section concerning viewing a Playlist page.

If you have been sent a URI for a song, it is likely Spotify will take you to the album on which it appears. You can use "Browse Mode" or "Control Mode" to find the song as described earlier. A useful tip is to activate "Control Mode" by pressing F12, then press Control+Shift+R to move to the results.

Now you have the ability to run a Spotify URI easily, ask your friends to share their Playlists or favourite songs with you, and, enjoy the music!

Choose the Device to Play On

You may care to use your mobile device on which to listen to Spotify. If you have a number of Playlists which you are following, you have a large collection of songs in “Your Music”, or you just want to hear songs which can be quickly found using LeaseySpotify, you can hear these on your mobile device. Particularly if you have an external speaker or speakers, this can make for a wonderful listening experience as you can hear your music independent of the computer.

Certainly, the app for Spotify on I O S devices is particularly accessible and indeed using that, it is possible to create Playlists and add tracks to them yourself, then listen to those on the computer if you wish, in a simlar way to that described above.

If you are using Spotify on the computer, and you wish for your mobile device to immediately take over and start playing the music output, follow these steps:

  1. Open the Spotify app on your mobile device and ensure it has an internet connection.
  2. Using the computer, press Control+End to move to the end of any Spotify page.
  3. Press Shift+B to reach the “Choose the Device to Play On” Button.
  4. Press Enter.
  5. Press down Arrow repeatedly and you should see a list of devices detected, including your computer and the name of your mobile device.
  6. Press Enter on the name of your mobile device. It may take a second or two but the audio playback should begin. If it does not, exit “Browse Mode” by pressing F12, then press the Space Bar. All being well, you should hear the music from your mobile device.

If while the mobile device is connected, and you carry out any of the steps described in this Chapter such as playing a song by pressing the Enter key, communication will be sent to your mobile device as this is now the primary source for audio output. This means that all the control of Spotify can be carried out using the computer while you are listening to the music and it is reflected on the mobile device. It’s like magic!

If while browsing any page you press Control+End, you should be able to read the line of text stating that you are listening on a mobile device.

To re-enable your computer as the output source, work through the procedure described above. In summary, select the “Choose the Device to Play On” Button by pressing Enter on it, but this time, select “This Computer” in the list of devices which appears. Assuming a song is playing, playback should cease on the mobile device and you should hear it through the computer’s sound source instead.

Spotify Radio.

LeaseySpotify supports the ability to be able to listen to the SpotifyRadio “Genre Stations”. You can select a radio station pertaining to a genre and Spotify will play many songs matching the category.

  1. From any page, press Insert+F7 to bring into view the list of Links.
  2. Press the letter “R” for “Radio”.
  3. Press Enter.
  4. Press Control+End to move to the end of the page.
  5. Press Shift+H to locate “Genre Stations”.
  6. Press the letter “B” repeatedly in order to move through the genres.
  7. Press Enter to select the one you want. You should now begin to hear the radio station.
  8. Optionally, press ALT+Control+Windows+T to hear the current song title.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Set focus to Spotify from any program, ALT+Windows+F8.
  • Find on Spotify, Control+Shift+F.
  • Move to Results, Control+Shift+R.
  • Next Result from Browse Mode, F4.
  • Previous Result from Browse Mode, Shift+F4.
  • Play Song, Enter.
  • Pause and Restart Song, Space Bar.
  • Volume Up, Control+Up Arrow.
  • Volume Down, Control+Down Arrow.
  • Next Track, Control+Right Arrow.
  • Previous Track, Control+Left Arrow.
  • Fast Forward, ALT+Control+Windows+Right Arrow.
  • Rewind, ALT+Control+Windows+Left Arrow.
  • Toggle Shuffle, Control+S.
  • Toggle Repeat, Control+R.
  • Speak song Title, ALT+Control+Windows+T.
  • Switch Between Browse Mode and Control Mode, F12.
  • Go to Music or Your Saved Songs, Control+Shift+M.
  • Go to Genres, Control+Shift+G.
  • Biographies, Control+Shift+B.
  • List of Publicly Available Playlists, Control+Shift+P.
  • Context Menu for a Song, F2.
  • Paste Spotify U R I, Control+Shift+U.

LeaseyTunes.

What is LeaseyTunes?

Leasey provides full support for the itunes program from Apple. This is known as LeaseyTunes. In addition to allowing a person to copy material to an iPod, iPhone or iPad, iTunes itself is a complete music management system. Indeed iTunes contains its own Store from which items can be purchased or previewed, a music player and a way to transfer music from your existing audio CD collection into digital files stored on your computer. When the music tracks have been converted or purchased, they can be organised into Playlists. Finally, iTunes allows you to listen to or download content from the Internet including Podcasts and radio stations.

Apple have invested a lot of time and commitment in order to ensure that iTunes is accessible. However, there are still areas of the program which could be considered as being inaccessible, and certainly, many keystrokes are required to perform specific tasks. LeaseyTunes provides a special interface and many shortcut keys so that iTunes is a pleasure to use.

With LeaseyTunes you can:

  • Locate frequently used areas of iTunes from a vertical list, ideal if you find it difficult to remember shortcut keys. The menus are divided into categories for easy location.
  • Move to specific areas of the program quickly and easily.
  • Examine the spelling of individual items.
  • Change metadata (or details of songs) in an accessible manner, such as the artist name or song title.
  • Find what you are looking for in the iTunes Store in an intuitive way.
  • Listen to item information (such as the name, artist, time elapsed and time remaining) upon request. Numerical values are converted to minutes and seconds.
  • Provides screen-reader users with terminology and procedures they are used to when working with Microsoft Windows applications.
  • Full Hotkey Help facility allowing you to learn the shortcut keys if required and they can be performed from the help system itself.

This Chapter does not teach you everything about the iTunes program. However, it will give a broad overview of what can be achieved, and we focus to a large extent on the specific support given to users of Leasey with iTunes.

Starting iTunes for the First Time.

Assuming iTunes has been installed onto the computer, we strongly recommend that you consult the Configuration and Setup section of this User Guide so as to ensure your version of the program is optimally configured.

iTunes can be launched from the Leasey Main Menu. The item is entitled Start LeaseyTunes. After a short pause, the iTunes program should launch.

It is worth baring in mind that there are times when iTunes can be processing information concerning the songs you are playing and/or retrieving data from the internet, particularly when you are working within the iTunes Store. Should this happen, your computer and your screen-reader may not be as responsive as you would expect. Do be patient. Just wait a moment, and try working through the task you are trying to achieve again when computer resources maybe in a position to deal with your request. The specification of the computer and your internet connection may also play a part in how the system functions with iTunes.

The LeaseyTunes Application Menu.

Pressing the Application Menu key will bring into view all the items you can control. This makes it very quick and easy to find what you want. As and when you get to learn the items, you can use first letter navigation in order to find what you are looking for.

Terminology

Before we describe how to use iTunes, it is important to understand a little terminology.

Within this User Guide, we will refer to the term, “Item”. An Item can be a song on which you are focused, a movie or maybe a podcast. In most cases, it is a song, however because of the nature of the above, we refer to this as an Item. Such Items are displayed in what we call the “Item List”.

A “Playlist” is a group of songs collected together for listening to one after another. Years ago, you may have made up cassette tapes of your most favourite songs. In the iTunes context, this is known as a Playlist. We will fully describe how to create Playlists later.

Navigating Around.

We strongly recommend that, at least in the first instance, you use the LeaseyTunes Menu to select areas of iTunes you wish to visit, or alternatively, the shortcut keys listed in the Leasey Help System, Leasey Key then H. Pressing Enter on any item from either of these menus will cause focus to be set to your chosen area.

If you prefer, you can navigate through various aspects of iTunes directly using its native keystrokes for systematically moving through elements. In no way does Leasey prevent you from accessing anything you wish within iTunes.

Pressing the F6 key will move through each of the primary areas of iTunes in turn. For example, when examining your music, pressing this key repeatedly will cycle between the Item List, an Edit Field into which details of an item you wish to find can be entered, possibly a Tree View containing a list of Playlists and maybe a Status Area which is visible if iTunes is processing data or playing an item. Shift+F6 is used to move sequentially back through these elements.

Similarly, pressing Tab or Shift+Tab will move through other important items within iTunes. While we will return to these keystrokes later, for day-to-day usage of itunes used with Leasey, they should not be necessary in the most part.

Moving Directly to the Music section of your iTunes Library.

Lets start by learning how we examine the music which is within your iTunes Library, if you have any. During the setup process, iTunes may have given you the option to import music from specific folders if you already have audio files on the computer.

To move to the Music section, press Control+1 or select Music from the LeaseyTunes Menu. Focus will automatically be set to the Item List pertaining to music, and if all has gone well, you should hear the first item announced. Press the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through the available items. Press the Home key to move to the top of the list and the End key to go to the bottom.

Additional Keystrokes.

Let’s introduce some more keystrokes in order that you can move to different components of the iTunes main screen more quickly.

We already know that you can use the LeaseyTunes Menu and Help System menus will allow you to set focus to specific areas, but lets introduce some more keyboard shortcuts you may like to use. These will allow you to work with items more quickly. Every item we will be describing however is available from the menu system.

If you ever need to return to the Item List from wherever you are within iTunes, press Control+Shift+L.

Pressing Control+F will set focus to the Search Edit Field from anywhere on the primary screen unless the Virtual PC Cursor is active, such as when viewing parts of the iTunes Store. In such a situation, please press Control+Shift+F.

Adding Material to your iTunes Library.

It is advisable at this stage to add one or two tracks of music to your iTunes Library in the following way:

Use the iTunes Keyboard shortcut to deploy the Add to Library function, Control+O, or select the item from the LeaseyTunes menu. This reveals a standard Windows application “Open” Dialog Box, whereupon the conventions for locating a file should be used. Once the file is located, press Enter, and the file will be added to iTunes. You can also add entire folders, including any subfolders they might contain, using the Add Folder to Library option, Control+Shift+O. Again, this is available on the LeaseyTunes menu. To reiterate, go ahead and add at least two files to your Library.

Exploring the List of Tracks Added to the iTunes Library.

To view all the tracks in your iTunes Library:

  1. Select Music from the LeaseyTunes Menu or press Control+1. Focus will be set to the Item List.
  2. Use the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through the tracks. JAWS will read each track as you move to it. You may also hear other information, such as the album name, the length of time the track would take to play, music genre and how many times the song has been played.
  3. If you have a large number of tracks in your Library, you may find it helpful to type the initial letter or few letters of the alphabet of the Artist or track name. This is known as first letter navigation.
  4. In addition, pressing Page Down will move down through the list by several songs. Pressing Page Up will move up through the list by several songs.

Searching for specific tracks or Artists.

To search for something specific in your iTunes Library, such as a track title:

  1. Press Control+1 to move to the Music section of the iTunes Library. Alternatively, select it from the LeaseyTunes Menu .
  2. Press Control+F and you will hear JAWS announce the words Search Library, edit.
  3. Type in the search term, such as a track name and press Enter.
  4. After a short pause, focus will be set to the Item List and you should see the results. Pressing the Down Arrow key repeatedly will in time allow you to locate the desired song. You can then press Enter to play it.
    Note that if iTunes does not find the desired song the first time you carry out a search, you should repeat the process and in most instances it should be located correctly.
  5. If only one song is in the search results list, you may need to use the JAWS Say Line command, Insert+Up Arrow, to read the item.

The Interact Command.

The Interact command is available from the LeaseyTunes Menu, or by pressing the shortcut key ALT+Control+Windows+Enter.

If you would like to check the spelling of any item on which you are focused, (or perhaps listen to the information at a slower pace), activate the Interact feature. In this context, when focused on an item it places the details of it into the JAWS Virtual Viewer for closer inspection, perhaps character by character or one word at a time. When you have finished examining this, press Escape to return to the item with which you were previously working.

Obtaining and Modifying Track Information.

It may be helpful to learn more about the music track which has focus, for example the full title, Artist, year of release, track number on the album, the total number of tracks on the album, etc. You can also modify any aspect of a track if iTunes has made an error or the details have been incorrectly entered previously. This can be achieved by focusing upon a music track and pressing Control+I to bring into view the Information Dialog Box.

When the Information Dialog Box is in view, JAWS will set focus to the first logical field which is usually Song Name and this will be announced. Press Tab repeatedly to move through the fields. First, the heading is spoken (such as Song Name), pressing the Tab key once more announces the title of the music track. So in summary, pressing Tab once focuses upon the field label, pressing it a subsequent time causes the value pertaining to the field to be announced.

If you wish to change any aspect of what is displayed, this can be achieved by editing the text in a specific field. When an editable field is available, JAWS will say "Edit". For example, if you wish to change the artist of a song:

  1. press Tab until JAWS says the word Artist.
  2. Press Tab once more and JAWS will speak the name of the artist.
  3. You are now focused in an Edit Field. Use standard navigation techniques, such as Right Arrow or Control+Right Arrow to move through the text. You can edit the text (or type new information) as appropriate.
  4. Press Insert+Up Arrow to verify the text is correct. This is important. Sometimes, iTunes will attempt to complete the artist field particularly if it determines that you have made an error in the spelling, so be sure that what you intend is correctly displayed.
  5. Press Tab when the text is as you want it, which will save the information within iTunes.
  6. Press Enter to close the Dialog Box or keep pressing Tab and repeat the process so as to modify other properties of the track.

Selecting Tracks.

You now need to learn how to select tracks for manipulation.

Selecting an Individual Track

From your music library, press Control+Shift+L so as to focus on the Item List, if you need to.

Use the Up or down Arrow keys to move to the track you wish to select.
Whenever you move to a track, it is automatically selected.

Selecting Tracks in a Continuous Range.

When focused upon a list of tracks, simply hold down the Shift Key and use Up or Down Arrow. JAWS will announce each track as you move to it together with the word selected. You can also press Shift with the Home or End key to select all tracks between the current item and the beginning or end of the Item List.

To verify the details of the tracks which have been selected, press Shift+Insert+Down Arrow.

Selecting All Tracks.

To select all the tracks in a list, simply press Control+A.
Please be careful here! If you are viewing your entire music library, and it contains thousands of songs, this could cause your screen-reader to become unresponsive for a while. This keystroke should only really be used when selecting all items in a Playlist. We will refer extensively to Playlists later.

Deleting Tracks.

When tracks are selected using any one of the above described methods, they can be deleted from your iTunes Library. Here is an example you can follow to delete a track.

  1. From within your music library, press Shift+Control+L and you will focus upon the list of items. Alternatively, select Item List from the LeaseyTunes Menu.
  2. Press Down Arrow until the track you wish to delete is selected.
  3. Press the Delete Key to erase the item.
  4. You will be asked if you would like to remove the selected item. The default button is Yes, so go ahead and press the Space Bar to activate it. The selected track will be deleted. If the track is in your iTunes library folder, you will be asked if you would like to move it to the Recycle Bin. If you do, Tab to “Remove” and press Space Bar.

If you wanted to delete multiple items, you would first use any of the selection methods listed above in order to highlight the tracks for deletion. Then press the Delete Key.

Importing Tracks from your CD Collection into your iTunes Library.

To import tracks from a CD into your iTunes Library, follow these steps:

  1. Place an audio CD into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
  2. Within a few seconds, the CD Lookup Results Dialog Box appears with an “OK” Button in focus. Press the Tab key twice so as to focus upon the list of possible results retrieved from the iTunes database on the internet.
  3. Press Down Arrow until the correct title and artist of the CD is selected.
  4. Press Tab to reach the "OK" Button and press the Space Bar.
  5. By default, you will now be asked whether you would like to import the CD. If you want to import all the tracks, press Y to confirm this. If you would rather import only some of the tracks, type N. If you said “No” or were not asked whether you wanted to import the CD, do the following:
    1. Within a few seconds of inserting the CD into the computer’s CD-ROM drive, the list of songs on the CD should appear automatically.
    2. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the tracks on the CD.
    3. Remember that as you move to a track it is automatically selected for importing; however you can use any of the selection methods previously described to select more than one track. For example, shift+Down Arrow will select tracks in a continuous range.
      Press Shift+F10 (or the Context Menu Key), and Arrow down to the Convert Selection item.
    4. Press Enter to begin the importing process.

While the importing is taking place, press F6 repeatedly to hear the time remaining before the importing of the current track or CD is concluded. Each time you press F6, you will hear different information, such as the current song being imported or the total length of the album. Useful tip. If JAWS announces the title of the song being imported, stop pressing F6 and, each time iTunes moves to a new song on the CD to import, its name will be announced so you can keep track of progress. iTunes is very fast at importing songs, so each title should take approximately six seconds.

When the importing process for all tracks has been completed, a “musical jingle” will be heard.

Rating a Track.

You’ve often seen situations where movies are individually rated. Now, you can rate songs too, with 1 star being applied to songs you do not particularly enjoy and 5 stars to those you love.

Why would you want to rate songs? One good reason is that you can use a Smart Playlist which iTunes can generate based upon songs with a specific rating. We will describe the process of creating a Smart Playlist later in this User Guide.

To rate a song, first find it within the Item List. Then, press Control+R or select the Rate Song item from the LeaseyTunes Menu. You will be taken into a menu through which you can browse with the Up or Down Arrow keys. You will hear JAWS read out the individual rating values. Press Enter to select the one you want.

As you move through the Ratings menu, you may hear the word “Checked” spoken with its value. This indicates that a rating has already been applied to a song. It can easily be changed by pressing Enter on the newly desired rating value in the list.

In a later section of this User Guide, we will be discussing how to change the viewing preferences so that when you move through the items (such as your music tracks), you can hear the individual rating values applied to songs.

The Status Area.

As you move through the various controls within the iTunes primary screen by pressing the Tab Key or F6, you will eventually locate the Status Area. JAWS identifies this by saying “Read Only Edit”.

The Status Area gives additional information relating to your iDevice and iTunes. It is always worth pressing Tab or Shift+Tab to reach the Status Area whenever you are focused within details relating to your iDevice, your Music Library, the iTunes Store or other functions of iTunes. The Status Area will give you information such as the number of tracks available, how much storage space is needed to accommodate them on your computer’s hard disk and how long the items would take to play if they were listened to continuously.

When you reach the Status Area, JAWS will identify that this item is available and will automatically speak the information contained within it. If you wish to review the information within this area more carefully, use the Interact key, ALT+Control+Windows+Enter. You are now able to use the Arrow Keys to move through the information in more detail. When you have finished examining the data, press the Escape Key to return to the Status Area.

Moving Around the iTunes Application.

If you choose to, as previously described you can move through the iTunes application by pressing F6, Shift+F6, Tab and Shift+Tab. While doing this, you may encounter the following controls and terms:
Read Only. As described in the previous section, when you hear the term “Read Only”, this is a static block of text which iTunes displays to convey important information. We have already described how to work with such a situation. In short, press the Interact key if you would like to review it more carefully.
Radio Button. Because you are using LeaseyTunes, the way in which you interact with Radio Buttons almost adopts a traditional approach of Windows navigation. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the Radio Buttons. JAWS will announce each in turn, advise you whether it has been selected and when you reach the top or bottom of the list. To select a Radio Button, press the Space Bar.
Combo Box. Because you are using LeaseyTunes, there is a type of control iTunes would otherwise refer to as a “Button Dropdown”. Leasey however refers to this as a “Combo Box”. When such a control is encountered, simply press Down Arrow to move through the available choices. Press Enter to select the one you want.

Note that it is also possible to use the traditional Menu Bar of iTunes if you wish, (by pressing the ALT key, or when focused on an item, the Context Menu key (or Shift+F10). Particularly when using the Context Menu, you are likely to find a lot of hidden gems which may be useful!

Changing the Viewing and Sorting Preferences.

As you move through your music library, you may have found that too much information is being spoken by JAWS, or you wish to change the order in which the items are displayed. If either of these is true, you will wish to use the iTunes Viewing and Sorting Preferences Dialog Box, activated by pressing Control+J, or through the LeaseyTunes Menu. You will also wish to use the LeaseyTunes “Column Identification” feature, activated by pressing F7.

Note that the Viewing and Sorting preferences is relative to the area of iTunes in focus, so to change such settings for your music library, first activate this by pressing Control+1 prior to activating the Viewing and Sorting Preferences Dialog box with Control+J.

Activating this option using any of the above described methods places focus in a Dialog box, through which you can move by pressing Tab or Shift+Tab.

You are now on the first control, Change View, which JAWS announces. This List Box allows you to change the way in which the display for your music library is shown. Press Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the list. You can choose to select by Songs, Artists, Albums, etc.

Press Tab twice to reach a Combo Box labelled Sort By. This will determine how iTunes will sort the view previously selected. Press Down Arrow to enter the Combo Box and select the item you would like, for example Artist or Title. Press Enter on the desired option to save. Note that you can always determine what has already been selected by repeatedly pressing Down Arrow to listen to each option in turn. If JAWS announces the word Checked in addition to the item name, this is the current sorting criteria. When all the options have been worked through, the menu will wrap back to the top. You cannot get lost in this menu.

Note that this Combo Box can be entered a number of times by simply pressing Down Arrow on it repeatedly. For example, if Artists was selected in the previous step by pressing Enter, you can select whether they are sorted in an ascending or descending order. Press Down Arrow to open the Combo Box, press Down Arrow until Ascending is spoken and press Enter.

Press Tab now to reach the next Combo Box relating to albums. Again, press Down Arrow to open the Combo Box, followed by repeated presses of Down Arrow so as to hear the current selection. You will be notified of this as JAWS will say the word Checked in addition to the item name. Simply press Enter on the item you would like for the sorting preference, such as Album Artist.

Pressing Tab once more sets focus to a Check box entitled Show Artwork. In order to improve computer performance with your screen-reader, you may care to uncheck this box.

The final stage in this particular process is to press Tab one more time, whereupon you will return to the list of views to display, which was the focused item when you entered this Dialog box initially. Press Enter on this List Box to save the settings. If you have made significant changes to the view, (such as to display your library by album), it could be some time before the new display takes effect and the computer and screen-reader may be slightly unresponsive. Do not be alarmed by this. We tested a view containing over 300,000 songs and it did take at least two minutes for the new display to be available.

Having changed our view to our preferred settings, we now need to customise it a little further so we only hear the columns we need to know about as we move through the Item List. To do this:
Press Control+Shift+L so that the Item List is in focus.
Press F7. You are now in a very similar menu to the Combo Boxes we have been working with previously. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the choices. Press Enter to select the one you want. If JAWS announces that an item is Checked, press Enter to deselect it. You can check or uncheck as many columns as necessary. As you check or uncheck an item, you will drop out of the menu, so you will need to press F7 again to move into the list of columns.
A useful tip is to deselect all the columns first. Once this is done, if you move through the Item List with the Up or Down Arrow keys, you will hear that only the song titles are being announced. Now, you can press F7, and add which columns you like by pressing Enter on each one, but you should do this in the order you would like to hear them. For example, we suggest that if you do want to hear details of items which have ratings, or the time of each track, you may like to add these last. In this way, if there are times when you are not interested in these, when moving through the Item List you can press Down Arrow so as to stop speech and move to the next one.

In summary, think about what information you really do want to hear and customise this view accordingly.

Using Itunes As An Audio Player, Playlists And Books from Audible.

Using Itunes To Play Music.

You can use iTunes to play your favourite music, either in ordered play, (the order in which the tracks appear in your Library) or using specially designed Playlists.

Ordered Play.

To play all the tracks in your iTunes Library from the focused position onward:

  1. Select your music library by pressing Control+1.
  2. Press Down Arrow or use first letter navigation to reach the item where you want the playback to begin.
  3. Press Enter to commence playback.

You can also play a particular album or number of tracks by an Artist by typing the appropriate keyword or keywords into the Search Edit Box before locating the first track you want to play. You can in addition shuffle this list of tracks by pressing Control+Shift+S, (which is a toggle keystroke to enable or disable the mode), or by choosing it from the LeaseyTunes Menu.

As the track plays, use the following Keystrokes to manipulate playback.

  • Pause/resume playback, Space Bar.
  • Start playing current track from the beginning, Enter.
  • Increase/decrease volume level, Control+Up or Down Arrow. Very useful as this is independent of the JAWS speech system. Note that through Leasey, JAWS has been instructed to not speak while these keystrokes are being pressed, so you should be able to focus on the volume level.
  • Move forward and back by track, Right and Left Arrow.
  • Speak the track title, artist, time elapsed and remaining time, ALT+Control+Windows+T.
  • Skim forward through the track when it is playing, ALT+Windows+Control+Right Arrow.
  • Skim back through the track when it is playing, ALT+Control+Windows+Left Arrow.
  • Move focus back to playing song, Control+L.

Up Next.

If you are playing songs, you may decide that you want to hear a specific track after the currently playing item. This can be achieved by adding one to the Up Next queue.
First, find a song in your music library that you would like to play. This can be done by browsing the Item List or by searching for it as described previously.]
When it is located, press Control+Shift+A to add it to the Up Next queue. This is also available on the LeaseyTunes Menu.
If you would like to view a list of upcoming songs, press Control+Shift+U. You will now be focused in a list which you can examine by pressing the Up or Down Arrow keys. This list can also be reached using the LeaseyTunes Menu.
Should you wish to return to your music library at any time, press Control+1.

Ticking or Unticking an Item.

If you are listening to the contents of a Playlist (described below), an album, or any part of your music library, you may not wish to hear the songs which are scheduled to play after the current one. If this is the case you can Untick items by pressing Control+Enter on each one. This item can also be selected from the LeaseyTunes Menu. When the action is performed, JAWS will announce if the song is ticked or unticked.

Playlists.

There is one other option you may care to use, and this is a Playlist. Imagine preparing an audio cassette tape or CD of popular tracks for a party you are hosting, or containing suitable music to accompany you when undertaking an exercise routine! Creating a Playlist is based around the same concept.

Tracks from a Playlist can be transferred to your iDevice rather than the contents of your entire iTunes Library, they can be played using iTunes, or burned to a CD.

Creating a New Playlist.

Press Control+N on the Keyboard, type in a title for the new Playlist, and press Enter. Alternatively, you can access this item from the LeaseyTunes Menu.

Importing Tracks Manually Into A Playlist.

Use the following procedure to add tracks manually to an empty Playlist or to an existing Playlist at a later date.

  1. Press Control+1 to move to the Music section of your iTunes Library.
  2. Locate the track you wish to add to the Playlist.
  3. Press ALT+Control+Windows+P to activate the option Add to Playlist, or activate the option from the LeaseyTunes Menu.
  4. You are now in a list of all your playlists. Use the Arrow keys or first letter navigation to locate the playlist you want to add the song to and press Enter. If there is only one playlist that starts with a particular letter, the track is added when you pres that letter, without your needing to press Enter, so do be careful!

Importing Selected Tracks Into A Playlist.

When focused upon the Music section of your iTunes Library:

  1. Press Control+Shift+L to focus upon the list of tracks.
  2. Select a track or tracks in whichever way you prefer.
  3. When all the tracks have been selected, press Control+Shift+N to activate New Playlist from Selection. This can also be activated through the LeaseyTunes Menu.
  4. Give the Playlist a meaningful title by typing it into the Edit Field, and press Enter.

Importing An Album Directly Into A Playlist and Using the Column Browser.

You may want to create a Playlist of an entire album. In order to do this, you could put the album title and/or artist name in the search box so that only the tracks from the desired album are in the Item List. Another option is to activate the Column Browser. The Column Browser allows you to view all tracks in your iTunes Library by Artist, , genre or album title, and it is the album title you need to select to create the Playlist. It is possible during the setup process that iTunes has already created Playlists of all your albums, in which case this section is unnecessary.

Weneed to activate the Column Browser to transfer your chosen album into a Playlist. Don’t worry, you can de-activate this for normal operation if you wish.

Control+Shift+B can be used to activate and deactivate the Column Browser. It is a toggle action. JAWS will confirm whether the Column Browser is available or not. This option can also be activated from the LeaseyTunes Menu.

The first time you activate the Column Browser, you need to ensure that it displays the columns you want. To do this, go to the View menu with ALT+V, and press Enter on the Column Browser submenu. This submenu includes several columns which you can choose to show or hide. Pressing Enter on any of them toggles it between being shown or hidden; if it's checked, it will be shown. Revisit the Column browser submenu as often as needed to check all the columns you wish to appear in the Column Browser.

Once the Column Browser is visible, the layout of the screen changes to reflect the new status.

If you press Control+Shift+L repeatedly, you will cycle between all the lists now on screen, some of which you will not have seen before. These reflect the items previously selected under the View Column Browser menu item, and typically are:
Genres;
Artists;
Album Titles;
Track List of selected album.

When you find a list you wish to examine, press Down Arrow to move through it. For example, when focused upon the Album Titles, press Down Arrow to move through all those pertaining to a particular artist. It is the album Titles section we need for this exercise.

To create a Playlist based upon an album:

  1. Press Control+1 to set focus to the music library.
  2. Press Control+Shift+L until the list of artists is displayed.
  3. Press Down Arrow to reach the Artist you want.
  4. Press Control+Shift+L to move to the list of albums by the chosen Artist.
  5. Press Down Arrow until the chosen album is selected.
  6. Press Control+Shift+N to activate the New Playlist from Selection option. This is also available from the LeaseyTunes Menu.
  7. The Edit Field in focus now contains the album title.
    Press Enter to create the playlist.

Smart Playlists.

iTunes includes a Smart Playlists feature that allows you to create Playlists based on certain search criteria. iTunes automatically updates the Playlist if new material is added to your iTunes Library that fits the search criteria. You could create a Ssmart Playlist of music tracks by your favourite Artist, for example, and any new tracks by the Artist you added to your iTunes Library would be added to this Playlist automatically.

To create a smart Playlist, press ALT+Control+N or choose the option from the LeaseyTunes Menu.

Now press Tab repeatedly to move through the Dialog Box. Most of the options should be self-explanatory, however we will work through the process of creating a Smart Playlist based upon songs we have rated with five stars.

Focus does not land on the first control in the Dialog Box, however it is arguably the most important. When you create a new Smart Playlist, you are creating a new rule for iTunes to obey based upon specific criteria. The Edit Field is the most important control because it is here where you will enter a value, such as an artist name or, in our case, a rating value.

Given that you can move through the Dialog Box by pressing Tab and Shift+Tab, lets explore the controls in the order in which they appear.

  • “Match the Following Rule” is a Check box. Ideally, this should be checked which instructs iTunes to match the criteria.
  • Next is a Combo Box from which you will select the criteria. Artist is the default option, so if you wanted to create a Smart Playlist of all songs in your library by one artist, this is the option you need. You would then type the artist name into the aforementioned Edit Field. We will select “Rating” by pressing the letter "R".
  • The next Combo Box gives a list of parameters, the default one being “equal to”. This is likely to be what you want. If you need to change it however, press the Up or Down Arrow keys.
  • Next comes the Edit Field mentioned previously. In our example, type a figure 5 here to represent a five star rating.
  • Next is the Add Button which would be used if you wanted to add more than one rule to the Smart Playlist, for example, all songs by Roy Orbison with a rating of five.
  • If you press Tab to move further through, you will see that you can limit the items generated to 25, and enable Live Updating. If, in our example, you later give songs a rating of five, they will be automatically added to your new Smart Playlist. Similarly if you had created a Smart Playlist based upon an artist, and new songs were purchased containing material from him or her, those too would be added automatically.
  • Finally, press tab to reach the OK Button and press the Space Bar. You will be asked to give the Smart Playlist a name. Type it in and press Enter. The process is now complete.

Listening to Songs in Your Playlists.

To find all your Playlists, press Control+Shift+P. You will also find this option on the LeaseyTunes Menu. JAWS will say, “Fetching Playlists”.

You will then be presented with a Tree View containing all your Playlists. Use the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through them or first letter navigation.

When you have located the Playlist you would like to listen to, press Control+Shift+L or from the LeaseyTunes Menu , choose Item List.

To begin playback from the start of the new Playlist, press Enter on the first item. You will notice that they are all sequentially numbered.

To begin playing tracks from any point in the Playlist, (not the beginning), from your list use the Up and Down Arrow keys to locate the track which will be the starting point of the playback, and press Enter to begin.

Renaming A Playlist.

To rename a Playlist, find it in the list of Playlists previously described. Then press F2. You will be placed in an Edit Field with the text of the current Playlist title highlighted. Type in a new name for the Playlist and press Enter.

Re-Ordering Tracks Within A Playlist.

By default, the tracks within Playlists are arranged in the order in which you added them. However it is possible to change the order of tracks in a Playlist using four simple steps.

  1. As you move through the Playlist, you will hear the item number first followed by the details of the focused track.
  2. Locate the track in the Playlist you wish to move with the Up or Down Arrow keys and, when the track is located, press Control+X. You can also find the Cut option on the LeaseyTunes Menu. This will mark the track for moving elsewhere. Note that by default, a Dialog Box appears, asking if you are sure you would like to “remove” the item from the Playlist. Do not be concerned by this as we will be pasting it back into the Playlist shortly, however you may like to press Tab until you reach the option not to display such a message again, and press Space Bar to Check it. Then, Tab to “OK” and press the Space Bar. This is a one time process.
  3. Using the Up or Down Arrow keys, move to the part of the Playlist containing the track you would like to appear after the track you are about to move.
  4. Press Control+V to move the track. Again, the Paste option can be found on the LeaseyTunes Menu.

Creating An Audio CD Based Upon A Playlist.

You can burn a CD in audio format containing the tracks in a selected Playlist. This CD can be played using a conventional CD player you may have in your home or the car.

Follow these steps to burn an audio CD based upon a chosen Playlist.

  1. Insert a blank CD into your computer’s CD-ROM drive.
  2. Use Down Arrow (or first letter navigation) to locate the desired Playlist.
  3. Press the Context Menu key or Shift+F10.
  4. Press the Down Arrow key and in time you will reach Burn Playlist to Disc.
    Press Enter on this item.

Activating this option takes you into a very accessible Dialog Box to control all aspects of creating an audio CD and how the resulting content on the CD will sound. One term that might be confusing is “Sound Check”. This option attempts to ensure that all the tracks will play at the same volume level. It is useful if you are burning a CD with tracks from multiple albums. If all the tracks come from the same album, however, it's best to turn Sound check off, as it makes the tracks on the CD play at a needlessly soft volume.

When all the options in the Dialog Box have been set to your liking, press Tab until you reach the “Burn” Button and press the Space Bar to commence the CD burn process.

Deleting A Playlist.

To delete a Playlist, just locate it from within the list of Playlists and press Delete. You will be asked if you would like to delete the Playlist. Press the letter Y to confirm.

Using Books From Audible.

To transfer a book to your iDevice from audible, it must of course first be included within your iTunes Library. Use the Control+O Keystroke to add a file to the Library, locate the file, and pres Enter. Alternatively, it is possible to download a plug-in from the Audible web site (called Audible Download Manager) which, when the book has been downloaded to your computer, will automatically ensure a link to it is placed in your iTunes Library.

To play the book in iTunes, locate, select and play the book as you would play a music track except that you start from the Audiobooks section rather than the Music section of your iTunes Library. This is located by pressing Control+6 or from the LeaseyTunes Menu .

When the book is playing, to move to the next or previous section, press Control+Shift+Right or Left Arrow.

Radio Stations.

Browsing Through and Listening to Radio Stations.

iTunes allows you to browse through a variety of radio stations by genre, and then select a radio station within the category of your choice. You must have an Internet connection to take advantage of this functionality.

To access radio stations:

  1. Press Control+9 or select Internet Radio from the LeaseyTunes Menu .
  2. Focus is automatically set to the list of radio station categories. Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to select one.
  3. When you reach a category you would like to expand to reveal radio stations for the genre, press the Right Arrow key. JAWS will speak the name of the category again. It is suggested that you wait a few seconds until after JAWS has finished speaking this information before you proceed to the next step.
  4. Depending upon your Internet connection speed, within a few seconds the list of radio stations will be expanded. JAWS will announce the name of the category together with the total number of streams therein. Use the Arrow Keys to explore the list. You will hear the name of the radio station and a brief description relating to the content available.
  5. Press Enter to listen to a radio station. There will be a pause while the radio station is located, and some may not work at all due to the time they are broadcasting.
  6. Press Space Bar to stop the radio station playing. The volume can be adjusted independent of the screen-reader in the way you would usually adjust the playback volume, Control+Up Arrow or Control+Down Arrow. If it is available, you can hear information about the track being played by pressing ALT+Control+Windows+T.

To close a list of radio stations:

  1. Press Up or Down Arrow as needed to move to the category you wish to close.
  2. Press the Left Arrow key twice - once to move to the head of the category and then again to close it.

Using The Itunes Store.

Introduction.

As the name suggests, the iTunes Store allows you to purchase music tracks or complete albums and have them downloaded to your computer automatically. You can also buy or rent movies, purchase TV episodes and subscribe to podcasts from the iTunes Store. The files are imported into your iTunes Library. It is possible to browse the iTunes Store without signing into an account and if you wish to do this, please skip the section of this User Guide relating to account setup. If you have registered an iDevice, you have already created an account, so you can skip this section as well. In order to use the iTunes Store, you will need an Internet connection.

General Notes On Account Creation.

The key to your success with the iTunes Store (or when using any iDevice) is to have an Apple ID. In order to create this, you should:

  1. Press Control+Shift+H to visit the iTunes Store, or select the appropriate option from the LeaseyTunes Menu .
  2. Wait a few seconds for a connection to be made to the iTunes Store, whereupon you will hear a “swishing” sound.
  3. Press ALT+S for the Store menu, and from here press Down Arrow until focus is set to the item Create an Apple ID. Press Enter on this menu item.

You are now able to complete the Apple ID in exactly the same way as you would browse any other webpage. In most cases, using the Arrow keys, or pressing Tab repeatedly, will allow you to work through the process. However, on an occasional basis, it may be helpful to disable the JAWS virtual Cursor by pressing Insert+Z, then continue to Tab through. Note that Insert+Z is a toggle action, so when you have completed a page, be sure to enable it again by pressing the same keystroke.

Using The iTunes Store.

In order to browse to the iTunes Store, press Control+Shift+H or select the option from the LeaseyTunes Menu . You will hear the term Browsing to iTunes Store.

After a few seconds, you should hear a “swishing” sound which lets you know that the iTunes Store Home Page is in view. If you press Control+Home at this stage, you should hear the term, iTunes Store. You are now at the top of the iTunes Store Home Page.

When you browse the iTunes Store, it is a little like working with a web page on the internet. All the navigation keys within JAWS which you should be used to when using web pages should function, so you can move through Links and Headings etc. Leasey also provides some additional keystrokes and menu items to make working with the iTunes Store easier, and of course you will also find these on the LeaseyTunes Menu.

Searching For Individual Tracks Or Artists.

The easiest procedure in respect of searching for a track of music would be as follows:

  1. When focused within the iTunes Store, press Control+Shift+F. In this context, Control+F would allow you to find specific text on an iTunes Store page rather than carry out a search for an item within it, so you should not use Control+F now.
  2. When you have typed what you wish to find, press Enter to execute the search. When the search results have been computed, A swishing sound will be played to indicate that the iTunes Store page has been refreshed.
  3. A useful tip is to press Insert+Escape in order to refresh the JAWS virtual environment for viewing an iTunes Store webpage. Indeed, every time you visit a new page in the Store, we suggest you press this keystroke to ensure that the text you are about to read is accurate.

Of course, when reading the pages in the iTunes Store, activating any one of the Hyperlinks can be achieved by pressing Enter whenever JAWS says the word Link. When a Link is activated, you may need to wait a few seconds until you hear a new instance of the swishing sound. This is your indication that a new page is in view.

You can buy or preview tracks using buttons, so pressing B repeatedly to move between the buttons is a good way to get a quick idea what your search results are. Pressing the letter H also helps as this moves from one major division of the iTunes Store to the next, for example from albums to singles. Please read the next section concerning previewing music tracks.

Playing And Purchasing Music Tracks.

There is a sample of each track within the music store so you can determine if what you are purchasing is your desired piece of music. When exploring the web page structure of the Store, you will notice a Preview Button for each track. Press the Space Bar to activate the Button. You will hear a 30-second sample of the music track.

However usefully, Leasey provides a method through which you can quickly and easily skip through the results found in the Store. This is because after each result found, there is a good deal of unnecessary intervening text which can be bypassed using this method. She will also allow you to return to the track you are previewing.

Please work through the following example where we will search for a music track in the Store.

  1. Ensure that the iTunes Store Home Page is in view by pressing Control+Shift+H.
  2. Wait a little while for the swishing sound, and press Control+Home to verify that you are at the top of the iTunes Store Home Page. If necessary, press Insert+Escape to refresh the JAWS virtual environment.
  3. Press Control+Shift+F to find a track in the Store.
    Type the phrase, “Take Me to Church”, or a song title of your choosing.
  4. Press Enter.
  5. Wait for a few seconds until you hear the swishing sound and, again, press Control+Home to move to the top of the page, followed if necessary by Insert+Escape.
  6. Press the letter H repeatedly to move through the Headings. You may encounter the term Albums or Songs. It is Songs we are looking for.
  7. Press F4 to move to the next result. JAWS announces the next result found from the cursor position which if you recall was from the term Songs.
  8. If you wish to preview the item, press the Space Bar. Alternatively, keep pressing F4 until you find what you are looking for. If you are not sure that the result is what you want, press Down Arrow to move through the text for each song. However, the keystroke F4 to move to the next result is a good one, as there is a lot of explanatory text and options below each item, so pressing this key provides a quick method of moving to each result in turn. Pressing Shift+F4 will move to the previous result. These options can also be found on the LeaseyTunes Menu.

Previewing Tracks.

When a track sample is being heard, many of the keystrokes used for listening to audio playback with iTunes will function. Control+Up or Down Arrow for example will change the volume level. ALT+Control+Windows+T will cause information about the track to be spoken.

While listening to a song sample, you can move the cursor elsewhere in the iTunes Store, perhaps to explore different results or read text on the page. Should you wish to return to the original position of the preview, press the Leasey Key then 1.

It is also possible to set a temporary LeaseyPoint on an iTunes Store page. This is temporary because the layout of iTunes Store pages varies considerably, so it is unlikely you would ever want to save it on a permanent basis.

To set a LeaseyPoint, move the cursor to the position you wish to return to and press the Leasey Key followed by Control+1. To return to the position again, press the Leasey Key then 1.

All of the above options can be found on the LeaseyTunes Menu.

Purchasing Tracks.

To purchase a track, assuming the cursor is first focused upon the result found, again from the same web page locate the Button to buy the track which will also advise you of its price. Press Space Bar to activate the Button. A Dialog Box may appear asking if you would like to purchase the item or items. Confirm this by activating the appropriate button. It’s that simple! Once the Space Bar is pressed the track will then be downloaded to your computer and imported into your iTunes Library. Note that if you have not previously signed into the music store you will be given the opportunity to do so prior to the purchase confirmation Dialog Box being displayed. A “musical jingle” will indicate that the song has been downloaded to your computer.

Should you wish to sign into your iTunes account prior to purchasing a music track, you will find that if you press ALT+S, this will take you to the Store menu. Now if you press Down Arrow repeatedly, an option will be available called Sign into My Account. Press Enter, and complete the fields as necessary, pressing the Tab key to move to each one.

Purchasing Albums.

This is very similar to the way in which you would purchase a song. This time however, when you have typed in your search term and pressed Enter, you will be looking for the Heading entitled albums. Once located, you may like to press Down Arrow twice and activate the See All Link by pressing Enter.

press F4 to look for the first album result. If this is what you are looking for, press B to reach the Buy Button, or Enter to activate the link for the album.

Once inside the album, press the letter H to move to the next Heading, (the album title), and then F4 repeatedly to move through each track on it. Alternatively you can select “Next Result” from the LeaseyTunes Menu.

To purchase the album directly from within it, move to the top of the page by pressing Control+Home, then press the letter B to reach the Button containing its price. Pressing the Space Bar will allow it to be purchased.

Should you wish to return to your search results, press ALT+Left Arrow or, from the LeaseyTunes Menu, select the option to move back to the previous page.

Finding Movies.

As well as finding music content in the iTunes Store, you can also rent and purchase movies. If the movie does not have a Button labelled Rent alongside it, it is not possible to rent the movie.

There are many ways to find movies in the itunes Store and here is just one of them.

  1. Into the Search Edit Field activated with Control+Shift+F, type “Harry Potter” and press Enter.
  2. After a short pause, the swishing sound should occur. As usual, move to the top of the page with Control+Home, and possibly press Insert+Escape.
  3. This time, we are looking for the Heading “Films” or “Movies”, so go ahead and press the letter H until it is located.
  4. Press F4 until the desired movie about Harry Potter is located.
  5. Press Enter to activate the link for the movie.
  6. You can now read the page for the movie. Don’t forget if you want to purchase or rent it, you need to press Control+Home to move to the top of the page, and then the letter B repeatedly to locate the correct Button with the price for the movie. JAWS will announce both the rental and purchase prices. Press the Space Bar to activate.

Should you wish to return to your search results, press ALT+Left Arrow or, from the LeaseyTunes Menu, select the option to move back to the previous page.

The Movies Home Page and iTunes Store Buttons.

There is a great deal of information on the Home Page of the iTunes Store for any category, such as Music or movies. For example, if when the iTunes Store is focused you do not type anything into the Search Edit Field but just read the page, you are then presented with the iTunes Store Home Page from which you can select a category if you wish. For example, bringing into view the list of Links with Insert+F7, and then selecting Films (or Movies depending upon your country) by focusing upon it and pressing Enter, will give you a page giving the top 20 most downloaded movies and other useful information.

You can always move back to the Home Page by pressing Control+Shift+H.

Browsing the iTunes Store.

You may have thought until this point that you have been browsing through the iTunes Store. This is not completely the case. iTunes does give you the ability to browse through genre, artists and albums as though you were in a CD store! Here is one way in which this can be done.

  1. Ensure you are focused within the itunes Store.
  2. Press Control+Shift+B to activate the Column Browser.
  3. You will immediately be placed in a list of categories, such as Apps, Music and so on. Press Down Arrow to reach the item you want. We will select Music.
  4. Press Control+Shift+L to move to the next list. You should find a list of music genres through which to browse. Again, select one from the list.
  5. Press Control+Shift+L again to move into either a list of sub-categories or artists.
  6. In summary, keep pressing Shift+Control+L and browsing the various lists. You can drill down as much as you like until you reach an album, or even individual songs which are part of it.
  7. If you find something you wish to purchase, press the Context Menu key or Shift+F10. From here, you can preview a song or, if you press Down Arrow repeatedly, purchase it. The price will be given alongside the purchase information. Press Enter to do this.

What Happens After a Purchase Has Been Made?

A number of things will happen once a purchase has been made.

First of all, your purchase (for example a movie, music track or album) will begin to download.

While the purchased item is downloading, press Control+Shift+3. This will take you into a list of items currently downloading which you can explore with the Up or Down Arrow keys. A musical jingle will indicate that the items have been downloaded. You should now be able to search your music library to find them, or alternatively, from the Playlists area, find the Playlist entitled Purchased which will display your items.

Prior to looking at playlists however or browsing your library, you may care to close iTunes down and restart it, otherwise you could have difficulty exiting the Store.

Podcasts.

Introduction.

Podcasts are radio- and TV-style shows you can download from the Internet. You can download free Podcasts from the iTunes Store.

Podcasts are different from Internet radio stations, which stream live content over the Internet. Each Podcast is divided into a number of episodes. The frequency of episode delivery varies according to the authors or distributors of the Podcast, but each episode resides within its own unique audio file. Podcast episodes are downloaded to iTunes on your computer-and you can add them to your iDevice so that you can play them when you're not connected to the Internet. When you subscribe to a Podcast for the first time, the most recent episode is automatically downloaded.

Subscribing to Podcasts.

It is possible to subscribe to free Podcasts using the iTunes Store. Note that the term “Subscribe” in most cases does not mean you will pay any money to receive the episodes. It merely indicates that you wish to receive them.

If you move into the iTunes Store, you can either:

  1. Press Control+Shift+F to locate the Find Edit Field and type the name of the Podcast.
  2. Press Enter to search, or
  3. Select the Podcasts Link from the list of Links Dialog Box, Insert+F7.
  4. Find the Link and press Enter to activate.
  5. You will now be in the Podcast directory which you can browse through in the usual manner in which a web page would be read.

If you have chosen to search directly for a Podcast, you will find a Heading on the Store page entitled Podcasts. Press the letter H to move to it. A good Podcast to start with would be “FSCast” from Freedom Scientific.

Once the Podcasts Heading has been located, you can browse through each result by pressing F4. When you find one you wish to subscribe to, press Enter on the appropriate Link.

When the new page is loaded, press Control+Home to reach the top of the page, followed by the letter B to reach the “Subscribe” Button. Press Space Bar to activate. Note that a Dialog Box may appear shortly after with a further “Subscribe” Button in focus. Go ahead and press Space Bar on this as well.

Viewing Details of Podcasts.

Press Control+4 in order to move to the Podcasts area or choose the option from the LeaseyTunes Menu .

You will find a list of all the Podcasts to which you have subscribed. When you reach a Podcast, you can find the list of episodes by pressing the keystroke Control+Shift+L, or by selecting Next List from the LeaseyTunes Menu .

You can now press Down Arrow to move through the Podcasts. If you wish to play an episode, press Enter. Press the Space Bar to pause audio playback as usual.

You will also find that activating the Context Menu on each Podcast episode, (or main Podcast title), options exist which you may like to take advantage of. These include the ability to download more episodes, settings to configure how often episodes should be downloaded, to Unsubscribe to a Podcast, and more.

Checking for New Podcast Episodes.

Under most circumstances, iTunes will automatically display new Podcast episodes as and when they are available. Should you wish to refresh or update the list of displayed episodes to check for new updates, press F5. You can also update an individual podcast by locating an episode, pressing the Context Menu key or Shift+F10, and choosing Update Podcast from the Context menu.

Working With Your iDevice.

During 2015, we do intend to significantly improve upon the interaction you receive when using iTunes in conjunction with your iDevice, be it an iPod, iPhone or iPad. However, the following keystrokes we hope will at least ensure that you can access the core components quickly. In addition, we have in this chapter also provided you with some strategies to navigate iTunes screens, notably using Tab or F6.

Pressing Control+Shift+I will locate the iDevice options assuming the item is connected to the computer and is available to iTunes. This is also available on the LeaseyTunes Menu.

When the relevant iTunes section has been activated, press Control+Shift+L to move to the Tree View of iDevice focusable areas. These can be moved through with the Up or Down Arrow keys. Press the Tab key repeatedly when focused on an area of your choosing so as to explore it further. Alternatively, you can quickly skip to the next iTunes Table, as described below.

When focused on an area relative to your iDevice, you may wish to move to the next "iTunes Table". iTunes Tables can contain details of preinstalled apps for example, or apps which can have documents transferred to them. To move to the next iTunes Table, press Control+Shift+t. To move through an iTunes table, (which is announced as a "Tree View"), press the Up or Down Arrow keys.

There are at least two areas of your iDevice which are worthy of important note.

The first item in the focusable areas relating to your iDevice is "Summary". Having located "Summary" with the Up or Down Arrow keys, if you press Tab to move through the options, you will be able to view information about your iDevice, such as its name, the storage space available and perhaps the telephone number it is linked to. On any of these items, you can press ALT+Control+Windows+Enter to interact with it, thereby allowing you to read the details a character or a word at a time. Press Escape to return to the iTunes screen.

The category "Apps" is also very useful. From here, press Control+Shift+T to move to the table of apps stored on the computer. As you press Up or Down Arrow to move through them, you will hear the name of the app, followed by whether it is Checked or Unchecked. The purpose of these Check Boxes is to control the apps which are automatically synchronised to your iDevice. If you uncheck an item by pressing the Space Bar, when the "Sync" Button is pressed, the app will be removed from your iDevice. Conversely, if you know that an app you have purchased on your computer is not currently installed on your iDevice, you can check the box pertaining to it, and again, when the "Sync" Button is pressed, it will be transferred to the device.

When all the relevant apps are checked or unchecked as appropriate, press the Tab key to move to the "Sync" Button and press the Space Bar.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Music, Control+1.
  • Films, Control+2.
  • TV Programmes, Control+3.
  • Podcasts, Control+4.
  • iTunes U, Control+5.
  • Audio Books, Control+6.
  • Apps, Control+7.
  • Tones, Control+8.
  • Internet Radio, Control+9.
  • Playlists, Control+Shift+P.
  • Move To the Next List, Control+Shift+L.
  • Find, Control+F.
  • iTunes Store, Control+Shhift+H.
  • Move to iDevice, Control+Shift+I.
  • Move to Next iTunes Table, Control+Shift+t.
  • Interact With an Item, ALT+Control+Windows+Enter.
  • Item Information, Control+I.
  • Tick or Untick an Item, Control+Enter.
  • Rate This Item, Control+R.
  • Add to Up Next, Control+Shift+A.
  • View Up Next, Control+Shift+U.
  • Add File to Library, Control+O.
  • Add Folder to Library, Control+Shift+O.
  • Show Item in windows Explorer, control+Shift+R.
  • Play Item, Enter.
  • Pause and Restart Item, Space Bar.
  • Return Focus to the Playing Item, Control+L.
  • Volume Up, control+Up Arrow.
  • Volume Down, Control+Down Arrow.
  • Mute or Unmute the Audio, ALT+Control+Down Arrow.
  • Next Track, Control+Right Arrow.
  • Previous Track, Control+Left Arrow.
  • Fast Forward, ALT+Control+Windows+Right Arrow.
  • Rewind, ALT+Control+Windows+Left Arrow.
  • Hear Track Information, Control+Windows+T.
  • Enable or Disable Shuffle, Control+Shift+S.
  • Enable or Disable the Column Browser, Control+Shift+B.
  • Edit Item, F2.
  • Viewing Preferences, Control+J.
  • Column Identification, F7.
  • Create a New Playlist, Control+N.
  • Create a New Playlist From a Selection, Control+Shift+N.
  • Create a New Smart Playlist, ALT+Control+N.
  • Add Selected Items to a Playlist, ALT+Control+Windows+P.
  • Move to Playlists, Control+Shift+P.
  • Cut Item in Playlist, control+X.
  • Paste Item in Playlist, control+V.
  • Browse to the iTunes Store, Control+Shift+H.
  • Find Item in the Store, Control+Shift+F.
  • Next Result, F4.
  • Previous Result, Shift+F4.
  • Find the Song You Are Previewing, Leasey Key then 1.
  • Move to the Previous Store Page, ALT+Left Arrow.
  • Move to the Next Store Page, ALT+Right Arrow.
  • Set a LeaseyPoint On This Page, Leasey Key then Control+1.
  • Move to the LeaseyPoint On This Page, Leasey Key then 1.

Using the Microsoft Outlook 2013 Calendar.

Introduction.

The wide ranging functionality offered within the Outlook Calendar as part of Microsoft’s Office suite allows people to create Appointments, All Day Events and Meeting Requests to suit a range of need both personal and within employment. Leasey will allow you to easily and accurately obtain information regarding scheduled Calendar items using the same Outlook program interface enjoyed by sighted friends and colleagues. Please note that the below functionality is only available in Microsoft Outlook 2013 and 2016.

Leasey is extremely responsive and performs well within a local Calendar (stored on the computer itself), or within an Exchange Server environment (often referred to as a Shared Calendar as potentially other people can view it if permission has been assigned).

The Leasey calendar functionality can be used in the Day, Week or Work Week Views.

An Introduction to Creating Appointments.

Before you learn about the primary functions available as part of Leasey within the next section, you may not be aware how to create Appointments or All Day Events. An All Day Event occupies an entire day or a number of days, while an Appointment lasts for a specific period within the day, for example 2 hours.

The process of creating an appointment is quite straightforward and presents no accessibility challenges. Therefore, Leasey does not add any special functionality in this regard. Nevertheless, we will describe how to create a simple Timed Appointment.

Creating a Simple Appointment.

Please use the following example to create a Timed Appointment to remind you of a dinner you are going to attend at a restaurant on 4 October 2015 between 8 PM and 11 PM.

  1. Having launched Microsoft Outlook 2013, press Control+2 (figure 2 on the main QWERTY Keyboard) to enter the Calendar. JAWS announces that focus is within the calendar, the current view (such as "Day View"), the date which has focus (usually today's date), and any appointments which exist for the day. If JAWS did not say, "Day View", please press ALT+Control+1 to switch to it.
  2. Press Control+G to activate the Microsoft Outlook “Go to Date” Dialog Box.
  3. Type the date you would like to move to, which you can do in the form relative to your regional English language. Microsoft Outlook is quite flexible about the method by which you can enter dates. For example, within the United Kingdom you might enter “4 October 2015” or “04/10/2015”, however within the United States of America you could type “October 4 2015” or “10/04/2015”, etc.
  4. Once the date has been typed, press the Enter Key.
  5. Press Insert+Tab to verify that the desired date has been selected. JAWS speaks the day and date.
  6. Press Control+N to create a new Calendar Item. JAWS informs you that a new Item is being created and presents you with the “Subject” field for it. The “Subject” field should contain a one line summary of the nature of the Item, such as “Dinner at restaurant”.
  7. Once this has been entered, the Tab Key can be used to move from one field to the next. Note that most of the fields are self-explanatory, for example “Start Date” and “Start Time”. Indeed the “Start Date” field will already contain the 4 October 2015 date we previously selected.
  8. For the purposes of this appointment, you need only complete the “Subject”, “Start Time” and “End Time” fields. When the details have been entered, press ALT+S to save the Calendar Appointment and return to the day View Window. The Insert+Tab keystroke can be used to verify this fact and if successfully returned to the Day View Window JAWS will announce the day and date.

Moving Through Days of the Week.

There are various methods for locating a specific day of the week.

  • You can use the Left and Right Arrow Keys to move through the days.
  • Alternatively, Press Control+G to bring into view the Microsoft Outlook “Go To Date” Dialog Box. Type a date in the format appropriate to your country and press Enter. Entry of dates into this Dialog Box was described within the previous section.

However you have chosen to move to a date, JAWS announces (and displays in Braille):

  • The day of the week on which the date falls.
  • The calendar date and month.
  • If no appointments or all day events exist, the term, "No Items".
  • If all day events or appointments exist, you will hear the total number of these.
  • If all day events or appointments exist as described above, the details of these will be announced automatically. Quite how much information you hear will be described in the next paragraph. To stop JAWS announcing the appointment information, move to an alternative day by pressing the Left or Right Arrow keys, or press the Control key.

As you navigate from one day to another and hear your appointments spoken, you may wish to be advised of different information. For example, JAWS may speak the subject of the appointment and its location only. Alternatively, you may wish to hear more in depth information, such as whether a reminder has been set, who organised the item (particularly useful if a meeting request is present), and whether you are marked down as being "Busy" or "Free".

To change the amount of information JAWS speaks in this regard, while focused within the calendar press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+U. This is a toggle action and the announcements are self-explanatory. Your chosen setting is retained, even if you restart the computer.

To repeat the above information at any time, (the date and the number of appointments or events scheduled), press Insert+Tab.

Here are some other keystrokes which may be useful when navigating through the days.

  • Press the Leasey Application Menu Key so as to bring into view a list of common actions you may like to perform while working in the calendar. All of the items discussed below are contained there.
  • Press ALT+Down Arrow to move to the next week and ALT+Up Arrow to move to the previous week.
  • Press ALT+Page Down to move to the next month or ALT+Page Up to move to the previous month.
  • Press Control+Full-Stop (or period) to move to the next appointment. If the next appointment is some days away, this is a useful keystroke for locating it quickly. Press ALT+Comma to move to the previous appointment.

Moving Through Calendar Items.

To reiterate a point from an earlier section, Leasey defines Calendar Items in one of two ways:

  • An All Day Event is a Calendar Item which occupies the entire day or spans a series of days.
  • An Appointment is a Calendar Item occupying a specific period within the day, for example two hours.

If JAWS had advised you that Calendar Items exist for a given day, and you wish to hear more details about them, press Tab. JAWS will announce information pertaining to the Calendar Item which has focus:

  • If an All Day Event has focus occupying one day only, JAWS announces the words “all day”.
  • If an All Day Event has focus occupying several days, JAWS will advise you for how many days the event spans. For example, you will hear "spans 11 days to 21 October". If focus is on the final day of the event, (in our example 21 October), you will also hear the term, "Final Day", so as to alert you to this fact.
  • If a Timed Appointment has focus, JAWS will announce the start and end time of the Appointment, for example, “from 12 PM to 2 PM".
  • The Calendar Item subject is then announced.
  • JAWS will inform you of any other relevant information concerning the Calendar Item, including the Organiser (the person who has created it), the Status (such as “Busy”, “Free” or “Tentative”), and the location (such as a meeting room number or office). If JAWS and Leasey have been instructed to output the subject and location only, clearly much of the above will not be spoken. Please refer to the previous section as to controlling the output in this regard.
  • Finally, if the item has notes attached to it, these will be announced automatically. When creating a Calendar Item or Meeting request, an opportunity exists to type notes into a special field for the purpose. We will describe this in a little more detail later.

To repeat the details of the Calendar Item which has focus, press Insert+Tab.

You can keep pressing Tab to move through all your appointments for the focused day. When the final Calendar Item for a specific date has been spoken, JAWS will advise you that you have reached the final Item and that pressing the Right arrow key once more will place you back within the Day View. It will do this by announcing the term, "End of Items". If you ignore this announcement, you may encounter other controls in the calendar which are unnecessary, so do be careful. You will know this because JAWS will announce the word, "Back", followed by a date. Press Shift+Tab back to the appointment, then press Right Arrow to move to an alternative date.

Note that there is a particular circumstance where JAWS may not be able to obtain information as to the number of all day events or the notes. Leasey needs to very closely interrogate Microsoft Outlook for this information. If your virus checking software is outdated, or you are working in a corporate environment, please do the following if JAWS is not reporting the information described above.

  • Press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+P. This is a toggle action. The option you need is to disable the "Programmatic Access". this means that JAWS will not work with Microsoft Outlook in such an intensive way and will therefore not present to you the full information relating to the number of all day events or notes. You will however still get most of the appointment details.
  • Contact Hartgen Consultancy to discuss making this feature usable in your situation.

Using the JAWS Virtual Viewer.

So far, you have listened to your Calendar Item details and will have noticed there is a great deal of information to absorb. While it is correct that Insert+Tab can be pressed to repeat the Item, it is likely that even the most experienced JAWS users may wish to examine the contents of the Appointment or Event more thoroughly or slowly. In addition, you may wish to copy the Item details to the Windows Clipboard, perhaps for pasting into an alternative source such as an email message.

Leasey provides a convenient method for accomplishing all of these things which involves placing the Calendar Item into the JAWS Virtual Viewer. Once the Item is in the Virtual Viewer, the Arrow Keys or your Braille display can be used to move through it as thoroughly as you wish.

There are two places in which you may care to work with the Virtual viewer:

  • When focused on a day of the week. Press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+V. The details of all appointments and all day events for the day will be placed there. Use the Arrow keys to explore the information. Press Escape to return to the calendar.
  • When focused on a specific appointment, having pressed Tab to reach it first. Press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+V. The details of the appointment will be displayed, together with any notes which may be associated with it. Use the Arrow keys to explore the information. Press Escape to return to the appointment or event.

Do remember that, when you are examining data in the Virtual Viewer, you will be reading the details as you have customised them by pressing the Leasey Key followed by Control+Shift+U. So, if the subject and location only are ordinarily spoken, this same information will be displayed in the Virtual Viewer as well. This truly means that your desired preference is honoured throughout the calendar experience.

Where possible, the Item details in the Virtual viewer have been divided onto separate lines. It is therefore possible to press “Down Arrow” repeatedly for example and, each time this is done, a segment of the Item will be announced. All the details which are normally announced when placing focus upon an Item by pressing Tab are presented within the Virtual Viewer, beginning with the day and date on the first line.

Time Slots.

When creating a Calendar Item, rather than entering a value into the “Start Time” Edit Field, it is possible to pre-select this by means of moving through Time Slots for the focused day as follows:

  1. First, locate the date upon which you wish to create the Appointment.
  2. Press Down Arrow repeatedly in order to move through Time slots for the current day. JAWS will announce a Time slot as you move to it. Each Time Slot occupies a 30 minute segment within the day by default.
  3. When the appropriate Time Slot has been reached, press Control+N to create a new Calendar Item. Pressing Tab repeatedly will show you that the “Start Date” and “Start Time” fields are now populated with the pre-selected values.
  4. If you wish to enter a simple appointment at the designated Time Slot, (containing just the subject only), do not press Control+N. When focused on the Time Slot, type the subject and press Tab to exit and save.

When you are focused on a specific date, you can now press Up or Down Arrow Keys to move through the available Time Slots. When you reach the time for which you set the appointment, the word, "Appointment", is spoken, followed by details of the appointment. Continual presses of down Arrow will cause JAWS to announce the word, "Appointment", until the end time has been reached. This method of navigation is ideal if you wish to ascertain when available time in your day exists.

Moving Through Appointments, Time Order Versus Actual Time.

If you press Tab repeatedly to move through appointments and events, you will notice that they are presented to you in a logical order. As you navigate to a date, then press Tab, you will find that each timed appointment particularly is presented to you in the order at which it occurs. This gives you a good understanding of how your day is structured and is highly recommended.

However, those people who have worked with the Outlook calendar prior to using Leasey may well find the transition of working in this way a little difficult to get used to. Leasey therefore tries to be flexible, and you can disable this feature by pressing the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+T. This is a toggle action, and the setting will be retained, even if you restart the computer.

When this feature is disabled, you can work through the following steps:

  1. Press Tab to move to a scheduled appointment. The appointment for example may be at 1.30 PM.
  2. Press Down Arrow. You are now at the 2 PM Time Slot.
  3. Press Control+N and create the appointment, or alternatively, start typing the subject now.

To repeat, while it can be an advantage to work in this way, our preference is to create appointments using the manner described elsewhere in this Chapter, where the appointment start and end times are entered manually. This ensures that the structure of the day is far easier to understand.

There is a further advantage in using our preference. If focus was at the 1.30 PM appointment, and you felt that you wanted to examine the details of an earlier one, this would require pressing Shift+Tab instead of Tab. A new computer user may well find themselves mystified if the earlier appointment is not sequentially presented in the Tab order.

Working With Alternative Views.

As mentioned previously, it is possible to receive high quality information from Leasey in the Week and Work Week Views.

The "Work Week View" can be accessed by pressing ALT+Control+2 and will display all appointments in the working week.

The Week View will present you with all appointments for a week, including those days which are not configured to be part of a "Work Week as defined in Microsoft Outlook's options" Dialog Box. This can be accessed by pressing ALT+Control+3.

To determine which view is active, when focused in the list of days press Insert+Tab.

When in either of these views, pressing the Left and Right Arrow keys will still move through days of the week, however JAWS will announce only how many items are scheduled for the selected period. Pressing Tab repeatedly will allow you to move through each appointment in turn as was stated above. You will hear the same kind of information as described in the section of this Chapter relating to hearing the details of individual appointments. However, there is one additional item you will hear, and this is the date on which the appointment or event falls. Not hearing this information would present confusion, since it would be unclear as to its scheduling.

When within an appointment or all day event, press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+V to output details of it to the JAWS Virtual Viewer. Press Escape to exit and return to the calendar.

Creating an Appointment with More Detail.

While not directly related to Leasey functionality, it is worth describing the purpose of some of the fields which are available within the "New Appointment" Dialog Box, activated by pressing Control+N. This Dialog Box is moved through by pressing Tab.

  • Location. When in this field, you have a choice. You can type a location, such as "At client's home", or, "Hospital". Alternatively, press Down Arrow to access a list of previously entered locations. When the desired location is selected, press Tab to move to the next field.
  • The Start Date, Start Time, End Date and End Time fields are self-explanatory, but particularly if you are adopting our recommendation of presenting the appointments in a sequential manner, do pay attention to the Start Time and End Time fields. You can either type 12 or 24 hour values into the Time fields, and Microsoft Outlook again is quite flexible about how you do this. You might type "12:00 PM" or "14:00". Alternatively, you can press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the time slots sequentially. Clearly, if you are preparing an all day event, the fields do not need to be completed.
  • All Day Event Check Box. Check this box by pressing the Space Bar if the event occupies the entire day.
  • Notes. This is where you can type as many paragraphs as you wish so as to attach notes to the appointment. Having reached the Notes field, pressing Tab will cause you to insert a Tab character into your notes, so do be careful. You will know if you have done this because JAWS will report the new cursor position in inches or centimetres. To retrace your steps, press Shift+Tab.

Saving, Deleting and Editing an Appointment.

To save an appointment, press ALT+S. To delete an appointment, press Tab to reach it and press Control+D. Both options are available from the Leasey Application Menu.

Should you wish to edit an appointment, locate it first by pressing Tab, then press Enter. If the "Location" field has not been previously completed, the focus is likely to be placed there. But given all fields in this Dialog Box are spoken by JAWS as you press Tab to move from one control to the next, this should not be a problem. When the editing is complete, press ALT+S to save.

Additional Calendar Options.

The Microsoft Outlook program provides a vast array of features, and many of these relate to the scheduling of appointments and events in the calendar. They go way beyond the scope of the Leasey documentation. However, you may like to take a look at the Context Menu, activated by pressing the Context Menu key (usually three keys to the right of the Space Bar), or Shift+F10.

In particular, you may like to visit the option for creating a new recurring appointment. This brings into view a Dialog box where there is a good deal of flexibility, available by pressing the Tab key. Most of the options are self-explanatory and it is quite an accessible Dialog Box. Certainly, creating less complex recurrences is very achievable.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • To move to the Day View, press ALT+Control+1.
  • To move to the Work Week View, press ALT+Control+2.
  • To move to the Week View, press ALT+Control+3.
  • To move through the days of the week, press Left and Right Arrow Keys.
  • To move to a specific date, press Control+G, type the date and press Enter.
  • To move through appointments, press Tab.
  • To hear details of the current day or appointment, press Insert+Tab.
  • To place a day's activity or appointment into the Virtual Viewer, press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+V.
  • To move to the next week, press ALT+Down Arrow.
  • To move to the previous week, press ALT+Up Arrow.
  • To move to the next month, press ALT+Page Down.
  • To move to the previous month, press ALT+Page Up.
  • To move to the next appointment, press Control+Full-Stop or Period.
  • To move to the previous appointment, press Control+Comma.
  • To move through Time slots, press Up or Down Arrow keys.
  • To create a new appointment, start typing at a Time Slot or press Control+N.
  • To save an appointment, press ALT+S.
  • To delete an appointment, focus upon it and press Control+D.
  • To edit an appointment, focus upon it and press Enter.
  • Toggle Enhanced Features, Leasey Key Control+Shift+P.
  • Change Between Hearing Subject and Location Only, or Full Details, Leasey Key Control+Shift+U.
  • Toggle Placing of Appointments in Time Order, Leasey Key Control+Shift+T.

Using the Microsoft Outlook 2016 Calendar.

Introduction.

The wide ranging functionality offered within the Outlook Calendar as part of Microsoft’s Office suite allows people to create Appointments, All Day Events and Meeting Requests to suit a range of need both personal and within employment. Leasey will allow you to easily and accurately obtain information regarding scheduled Calendar items using the same Outlook program interface enjoyed by sighted friends and colleagues.

Leasey is extremely responsive and performs well within a local Calendar (stored on the computer itself), or within an Exchange Server environment (often referred to as a Shared Calendar as potentially other people can view it if permission has been assigned).

Since changes within Outlook 2016 were recently introduced, creating appropriate access to it has been, to say the least, challenging. At the time of writing, if Leasey is not used, there are a number of distinct disadvantages. If you live in a country other than the United States of America, you will not hear the day of the week spoken as you move through the items in the calendar, only the date. This makes planning appointments very difficult. Moreover, a lot of unwanted information is spoken which does not provide a rapid way of moving through appointments and dates. Appointments are not always shown in Braille. Finally, pressing the Tab key too many times can cause a user to move to appointments or events outside the scope of the current day and so he or she can become disorientated.

The Leasey calendar functionality can be used in the Day View only.

An Introduction to Creating Appointments.

Before you learn about the primary functions available as part of Leasey within the next section, you may not be aware how to create Appointments or All Day Events. An All Day Event occupies an entire day or a number of days, while an Appointment lasts for a specific period within the day, for example 2 hours.

The process of creating an appointment or event is quite straightforward and presents no accessibility challenges. Therefore, Leasey does not add any special functionality in this regard. Nevertheless, we will describe how to create a simple Timed Appointment.

Creating a Simple Appointment.

Please use the following example to create a Timed Appointment to remind you of a dinner you are going to attend at a restaurant on 4 October 2017 between 8 PM and 11 PM.

  1. Having launched Microsoft Outlook 2016, press Control+2 (figure 2 on the main QWERTY Keyboard) to enter the Calendar. JAWS announces that focus is within the calendar and the current date.
  2. Please press ALT+Control+1 to ensure the Day View is selected.
  3. Press Control+G to activate the Microsoft Outlook “Go to Date” Dialog Box.
  4. Type the date you would like to move to, which you can do in the form relative to your regional English language. Microsoft Outlook is quite flexible about the method by which you can enter dates. For example, within the United Kingdom you might enter “4 October 2017” or “04/10/2017”, however within the United States of America you could type “October 4 2017” or “10/04/2017”, etc.
  5. Once the date has been typed, press the Enter Key.
  6. Press Insert+Up Arrow to verify that the desired date has been selected. JAWS speaks the day and date.
  7. Press Control+N to create a new Calendar Item. JAWS informs you that a new Item is being created and presents you with the “Subject” field for it. The “Subject” field should contain a one line summary of the nature of the Item, such as “Dinner at restaurant”.
  8. Once this has been entered, the Tab Key can be used to move from one field to the next. Note that most of the fields are self-explanatory, for example “Start Date” and “Start Time”. Indeed the “Start Date” field will already contain the 4 October 2017 date we previously selected.
  9. For the purposes of this appointment, you need only complete the “Subject”, “Start Time” and “End Time” fields. When the details have been entered, press ALT+S to save the Calendar Appointment and return to the day View Window. The Insert+Tab keystroke can be used to verify this fact and if successfully returned to the Day View Window JAWS will announce the day and date.

Moving Through Days of the Week.

There are various methods for locating a specific day of the week.

  • You can use the Left and Right Arrow Keys to move through the days.
  • Alternatively, Press Control+G to bring into view the Microsoft Outlook “Go To Date” Dialog Box. Type a date in the format appropriate to your country and press Enter. Entry of dates into this Dialog Box was described within the previous section.

However you have chosen to move to a date, JAWS announces (and displays in Braille):

  • The day of the week on which the date falls in all countries.
  • The calendar date and month.
  • If no appointments or all day events exist, the term, "No Items".
  • If all day events or appointments exist, you will hear the total number of these.

Here are some other keystrokes which may be useful when navigating through the days.

  • Press ALT+Down Arrow to move to the next week and ALT+Up Arrow to move to the previous week.
  • Press ALT+Page Down to move to the next month or ALT+Page Up to move to the previous month.
  • Press Control+Full-Stop (or period) to move to the next appointment. If the next appointment is some days away, this is a useful keystroke for locating it quickly. Press ALT+Comma to move to the previous appointment.

Moving Through Calendar Items.

To reiterate a point from an earlier section, Leasey defines Calendar Items in one of two ways:

  • An All Day Event is a Calendar Item which occupies the entire day or spans a series of days.
  • An Appointment is a Calendar Item occupying a specific period within the day, for example two hours.

If JAWS had advised you that Calendar Items exist for a given day, and you wish to hear more details about them, press Tab. JAWS will announce information pertaining to the Calendar Item which has focus:

  • If an All Day Event has focus, JAWS announces the words “all day”.
  • If a Timed Appointment has focus, JAWS will announce the start and end time of the Appointment, for example, “from 12 PM to 2 PM".
  • The Calendar Item subject is then announced.
  • JAWS will inform you of any other relevant information concerning the Calendar Item, including the Organiser (the person who has created it), the Status (such as “Busy”, “Free” or “Tentative”), and the location (such as a meeting room number or office).

To repeat the details of the Calendar Item which has focus, press Insert+Up Arrow.

As you navigate through your appointments, by default Leasey only presents you with the information described above. If however you choose to, you can enable more information which is how JAWS would announce the items by default. This toggle keystroke is the Leasey Key, followed by Control+Shift+u.
For example, if this mode is switched on, you might hear, "All Day, Australia Day". If it is switched off, you would hear "Australia Day, 12:00am Thursday, January 26, 2017 to 12:00am Friday, January 27, 2017, Location Australia, Organizer Brian Hartgen, Time Free. 1 of 1.".

You can keep pressing Tab to move through all your appointments for the focused day. When the final Calendar Item for a specific date has been spoken, JAWS will advise you that you have reached the final Item and that pressing the Right arrow key once more will place you back within the Day View. It will do this by announcing the term, "End of Items". If you ignore this announcement and press Tab again, Leasey will prevent you from moving to other appointments or to the calendar view. You can either Shift+Tab back through your appointments or press Right or Left Arrow to move to another day.

Similarly, if you press Shift+Tab enough times, you will reach the start of your appointments, whereupon Leasey will not allow you to move any further.

Time Slots.

When creating a Calendar Item, rather than entering a value into the “Start Time” Edit Field, it is possible to pre-select this by means of moving through Time Slots for the focused day as follows:

  1. First, locate the date upon which you wish to create the Appointment.
  2. Press Down Arrow repeatedly in order to move through Time slots for the current day. JAWS will announce a Time slot as you move to it. Each Time Slot occupies a 30 minute segment within the day by default.
  3. When the appropriate Time Slot has been reached, press Control+N to create a new Calendar Item. Pressing Tab repeatedly will show you that the “Start Date” and “Start Time” fields are now populated with the pre-selected values.
  4. If you wish to enter a simple appointment at the designated Time Slot, (containing just the subject only), do not press Control+N. When focused on the Time Slot, type the subject and press Tab to exit and save.

When you are focused on a specific date, you can now press Up or Down Arrow Keys to move through the available Time Slots. When you reach the time for which you set the appointment, the word, "Appointment", is spoken, followed by details of the appointment. Continual presses of down Arrow will cause JAWS to announce the word, "Appointment", until the end time has been reached. This method of navigation is ideal if you wish to ascertain when available time in your day exists.

Creating an Appointment with More Detail.

While not directly related to Leasey functionality, it is worth describing the purpose of some of the fields which are available within the "New Appointment" Dialog Box, activated by pressing Control+N. This Dialog Box is moved through by pressing Tab.

  • Location. When in this field, you have a choice. You can type a location, such as "At client's home", or, "Hospital". Alternatively, press Down Arrow to access a list of previously entered locations. When the desired location is selected, press Tab to move to the next field.
  • The Start Date, Start Time, End Date and End Time fields are self-explanatory, but particularly if you are adopting our recommendation of presenting the appointments in a sequential manner, do pay attention to the Start Time and End Time fields. You can either type 12 or 24 hour values into the Time fields, and Microsoft Outlook again is quite flexible about how you do this. You might type "12:00 PM" or "14:00". Alternatively, you can press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the time slots sequentially. Clearly, if you are preparing an all day event, the fields do not need to be completed.
  • All Day Event Check Box. Check this box by pressing the Space Bar if the event occupies the entire day.
  • Notes. This is where you can type as many paragraphs as you wish so as to attach notes to the appointment. Having reached the Notes field, pressing Tab will cause you to insert a Tab character into your notes, so do be careful. You will know if you have done this because JAWS will report the new cursor position in inches or centimetres. To retrace your steps, press Shift+Tab.

Saving, Deleting and Editing an Appointment.

To save an appointment, press ALT+S. To delete an appointment, press Tab to reach it and press Control+D. Both options are available from the Leasey Application Menu.

Should you wish to edit an appointment, locate it first by pressing Tab, then press Enter. If the "Location" field has not been previously completed, the focus is likely to be placed there. But given all fields in this Dialog Box are spoken by JAWS as you press Tab to move from one control to the next, this should not be a problem. When the editing is complete, press ALT+S to save.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • To move to the Day View, press ALT+Control+1.
  • To move through the days of the week, press Left and Right Arrow Keys.
  • To move to a specific date, press Control+G, type the date and press Enter.
  • To move through appointments, press Tab.
  • To hear details of the current day or appointment, press Insert+Up Arrow.
  • To move to the next week, press ALT+Down Arrow.
  • To move to the previous week, press ALT+Up Arrow.
  • To move to the next month, press ALT+Page Down.
  • To move to the previous month, press ALT+Page Up.
  • To move to the next appointment, press Control+Full-Stop or Period.
  • To move to the previous appointment, press Control+Comma.
  • To move through Time slots, press Up or Down Arrow keys.
  • To create a new appointment, start typing at a Time Slot or press Control+N.
  • To save an appointment, press ALT+S.
  • To delete an appointment, focus upon it and press Control+D.
  • To edit an appointment, focus upon it and press Enter.
  • Change Between Hearing Subject and Location Only, or Full Details, Leasey Key Control+Shift+U.

LeaseyKindle.

Introduction.

Through its Kindle service, Amazon make it possible for a user to download electronic books, either to one of their proprietary devices, to a portable device such as an Apple product, or to the computer via a dedicated program for the purpose. For blind people, this has the advantage of gaining access to Amazon's huge library of books, consisting of millions of titles, so that the same books can be enjoyed that sighted people are reading. You can find both classics and modern titles in fiction and non-fiction categories.

We have already described in an earlier Chapter how you might search for a Kindle book using the Amazon section of LeaseySearch. Simply enter your chosen title or author, select the Kindle department, and results should be brought back to you. This Chapter is concerned with what happens when a Kindle book is purchased and how you can read it.

Prior to Reading Books.

Before you can read a book with amazon Kindle, you need to download and install the Kindle accessibility Plugin. A Link to download the file is available on the Leasey Central website. The "Setup" section of this User Guide explains the download process and how to link the accessibility product to your Amazon account.

Kindle for PC with Accessibility Plugin is a free, downloadable application that runs on Microsoft Windows. It provides the following accessibility features:
text-to-speech reading, voice-guided menu navigation, large font sizes, high contrast reading mode, keyboard navigation, and accessible shortcuts.

Because this software is an assistive technology product, there are no restrictions on text-to-speech reading. However, there is a very limited choice of voices available for reading the books. Only two voices can be selected: one male and one female.

Starting the Kindle Application.

Kindle can be started from the Leasey Main Menu through the option "Read with Amazon Kindle", or if you are using Leasey Advanced, a Shortcut pointing to it should be located on the Windows desktop.

When the Kindle application is started, JAWS will announce the name of your Kindle library automatically.

The LeaseyKindle Application Menu.

Pressing the Leasey Application Menu Key will present you with a list of options for both locating (and listening to) books. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to find the option you would like, or use first letter navigation to reach it. Press Enter to activate an item.

Your Kindle Library.

As the name suggests, your Kindle library contains all the books you have either purchased or obtained through the Kindle Unlimited service. Kindle Unlimited means that you can read a book for a limited period without having to purchase it, however, not all of Amazon's range of titles is available through this service. The word "Unlimited" means that you can loan as many titles as you wish. It does not refer to the range of books available.

To move directly to your library, press ALT+Control+L. You can move through the titles with the Up or Down Arrow keys. Note there will be some titles contained within the library that you did not purchase. These are freely available books delivered to you as sample titles so you can become familiar with the application. However, if you have previously purchased books, you should notice them listed.

Unless you have specifically requested the book to be transferred to your computer at the purchasing stage, the books are not downloaded to your computer automatically. Just because you can see them in the library does not mean they are downloaded.

There are two ways of downloading a book to the computer. First, be sure you have press Down Arrow to locate the correct book. Then, press Insert+Up Arrow to confirm the desired title is selected.

  1. Press Enter on a book. Under most circumstances this would open the book ready for reading. However, if it is not available on the computer, it will be automatically downloaded. You will know that it has been downloaded. If you press Insert+T to read the title, you should hear the name of the book if it is on the computer and is ready to read.
  2. Press the Context Menu Key, (usually third key along from the right of the Space Bar), or press Shift+F10. Press Up Arrow repeatedly. If the item "Download" is available, press Enter to download the book. If "Remove from Device" is listed, the book is already on the computer, so press Escape to exit the menu and return to the library. Press Enter to open the book.

Reading the Book.

The following keystrokes are available for reading the book.

  • Control+Shift+C. Undoubtedly this is the first keystroke you will want to press. This allows the book to be available in "Continuous Reading Mode" rather than displayed a screen at a time. This is a toggle action. Press the keystroke until you hear the term, "You are in continuous reading mode".
  • Insert+Down Arrow. This will start the book reading.
  • Control Key. This will pause the reading of the book.
  • Control+Shift+V. Changes the voice from male to female and vice-versa.
  • Right and Left Arrow Keys. Move forward and back through the book by sentence. These keys can be used while the book is being read aloud.
  • Shift+equals and Shift+Dash. Increase and decrease the rate of speech.
  • Control+Home. Move to the beginning of the book.
  • Control+G. Go to a page in the book. Type the page number and press Enter.
  • Page Up and Page Down. Move through the book one page at a time.
  • Control+P. Hear the current location in the book.
  • F5. Synchronise for reading on other devices. If you are reading the same book on multiple devices, this is a good keystroke to use. When you open the book on another device, you can continue reading from where you stopped on the computer.

Should you wish to exit the book and return to the library, press Control+Shift+L.

Conclusion.

We very much hope that Amazon will continue to improve this application so as to make it possible for a user to select his or her preferred reading voice for listening to the books. It is also impossible at this point to review text word by word or character by character. However, we hope you enjoy reading the many books as part of the extensive range of titles Amazon have available.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Move to library, ALT+Control+L.
  • Move through books, Up or Down Arrow.
  • Open a book, Enter.
  • Activate "Continuous Reading Mode", Control+Shift+C.
  • Change voice, Control+Shift+V.
  • Read book, Insert+Down Arrow.
  • Stop reading, Control key.
  • Move through the book sentence by sentence, Right and Left Arrow keys.
  • Move through the book by page, Page Up and Down.
  • Go to a page, Control+G.
  • Change the rate of speech, Shift+Equals and Shift+Dash.
  • Synchronise for reading on all devices, F5.
  • Locate additional menu options, Context Menu key or the ALT key.

The HTML Assistant.

Introduction.

Many people are creating text for blogs, web pages and HTML documents. But in order for the presentation to look visually appealing and to enable a high standard of navigation by screen-reading software, it is important to include HTML markup. This enables you to create text at specific Heading levels, create bulleted or numbered lists or even insert tables and pictures.

Remembering the HTML syntax however to include in your text can be tricky. If one important character is not included, chances are that your formatting will not be present when you read the document at a later date, or maybe a link you insert will not function correctly. This is where the HTML Assistant can help.

There are many advantages of the HTML assistant:

  1. You do not need to remember the characters to insert for the HTML code.
  2. There is only one keystroke to remember in order to carry out all the tasks the HTML Assistant is capable of doing.
  3. The HTML Assistant is intelligent enough to know which task you are working on and will always guide you.
  4. In some instances, you can apply the HTML syntax to text you have already composed, although the preference is that you should use it while you are writing the original document. In summary, try to get into the routine of using the HTML Assistant as you write rather than after the event.

What the HTML Assistant Can Do.

To bring into view the HTML Assistant, hold down all three keys to the left of the Space Bar on a standard desktop keyboard, (ALT+Windows+Control), and while doing so, tap the letter H, for HTML.

A list of 15 items appears. When you press Enter on any option, you will be asked at least one question, possibly more.
Remember, this is the only keystroke you need to remember to perform all HTML-related tasks.

The choices presented to you are:

  1. Heading 1 through to Heading 6.
  2. Paragraph.
  3. Link.
  4. Email Link.
  5. Numbered List.
  6. Bulleted List.
  7. Block Quote.
  8. Table.
  9. Image.
  10. Title Including New Document.

Before using any of the options described below, be sure that the cursor is placed in a text composition area where you would like the code to be inserted. This could be a plain text document such as in Microsoft Notepad, or something more elaborate, for example a form field in a blogging platform or web page.

Heading Levels 1 through to 6.

Pressing Enter on any one of these options will ask you for the text you would like to appear on the Heading. Simply type it in and press Enter. The text is inserted surrounded by the necessary HTML code.

If text has been highlighted or selected prior to choosing one of the Heading level options, it is assumed that you would like the text to be the title of the Heading and so you will not be asked for it.

Paragraph.

Pressing Enter on this option will invite you to type the text for the paragraph. Please do so and press Enter. The text is inserted surrounded by the necessary HTML code.

If text has been highlighted or selected prior to choosing this option, it is assumed that you would like the text to comprise the paragraph and so you will not be asked for it.

Creating a Link.

Selecting this option asks for two pieces of information.

You are first asked for the full URL (or web page address) of the Link you wish to create. You should type it and press Enter to move to the next stage. A good example would be http://www.mydomain.com/test.

Leasey Tip: If the URL of the page you wish to point to is a long complicated one, it may be an idea to ensure this is on the windows Clipboard first, prior to invoking the HTML Assistant. In that way, you can paste the URL into the first Edit Field when prompted.

The next question asks for the text you would like to be placed on the Link. A good example might be, "Please activate this link to contact me".
Please type this and press Enter. The text is inserted surrounded by the necessary HTML code.

Creating an Email Link.

Selecting this option asks for two pieces of information.

You are first asked for the Email address to be contained on the Link. You should type it and press Enter to move to the next stage. A good example would be support@hartgenconsultancy.com.

The next question asks for the text you would like to be placed on the Link. A good example might be, "Please Email me".
Please type this and press Enter. The text is inserted surrounded by the necessary HTML code.

Numbered and Bulleted Lists.

This is one of the more complex parts of creating HTML code because not only is it necessary to insert characters to denote and terminate a list, but also it varies depending upon the type of list you wish to create. You would under normal circumstances have to place a tag at the start and end of each list item. Leasey takes care of this for you.

A bulleted list means that a bullet will be placed at the start of each list item. A numbered list means that the figures 1, 2, 3, etc, will be placed at the start of each list item. You will observe in our documentation that we always use numbered lists where step-by-step examples are given, but bulleted lists when highlighting a series of points to consider where you should not follow a particular routine.

Go ahead and select a bulleted or numbered list option. You are asked for the first item to be placed on the list. Type it in and press Enter.

The text is inserted surrounded by the necessary HTML code.

You will also notice that characters have been placed above the text you have just typed, which indicates that a new bulleted or numbered list has begun.

Press the HTML Assistant key again. Rather than taking you back into the list of options with which you will already be familiar, Leasey knows that you are in the middle of creating a list, so she just asks you for the next item to be placed on it. Type it in and press Enter. Repeat the process as many times as necessary so as to complete your list.

You will notice each time you are asked for the next list item, you also hear this prompt:
"Please Type the next Item of the Numbered List, then press Enter. To end the
list, type the word, end."

So, as instructed, when you wish to end the list, into the Edit Field type the word, "end", and press Enter.
Your list is now created and Leasey has terminated it with the necessary tag.

You could encounter a situation where you have already composed text and you would like it to be formatted as a list. In that case you should work through the following procedure:

  1. Select the line of the prepared text you would like to use as the first list item.
  2. Press the HTML Assistant key and choose one of the list types. Press Enter to select.
  3. When asked for the first list item, type the word, "text", instead. Indeed Leasey prompts you to do this if you wish. Press Enter.
  4. You should now see that the text which had been previously selected is now surrounded with HTML code and the tag to commence a list item is also just above the cursor in the document.
  5. Go ahead and select the next line for the list.
  6. Press the HTML Assistant keystroke again. Review the text in the Edit Field, which should consist of the text you had previously selected, then press Enter. Repeat as many times as necessary.
  7. When you wish to terminate the list, press the HTML Assistant keystroke once more, and this time, type the word, "end", then press Enter.

Tables.

A table consists of information presented in rows and columns. Initially, you need to insert column headers. Underneath the column headers you should insert information for each column in the row.
This sequence is repeated until you have included all items you wish to appear in the table.

Choose the Table option from the HTML Assistant and press enter.

When prompted, type the first column header and press Enter. When you press the HTML Assistant key again, Leasey knows that you are creating a table and will ask you for the next column header. Type it in and press Enter.
Repeat as necessary until you have typed all your column headers. When you have completed this task, press the HTML Assistant key, and this time, type the word, "stop". Then press Enter.

You are now asked for the first item to appear at row 2, column 1, of the table. Type it in and press Enter.
Press the HTML Assistant key, and type the data for row 2, column 2, etc.
Keep repeating this process. Leasey is clever enough to know when you are starting a new row of the table and will remind you this is happening as you add more and more items.

When you have completed all the items in the table, press the HTML Assistant key and, when prompted, type the word, "end". Then press Enter.

Creating a Block Quote.

Pressing Enter on this option will invite you to type the text for the Block Quote. This is generally used to emphasise a point or to quote from a particular source. Please type the text and press Enter. The text is inserted surrounded by the necessary HTML code.

If text has been highlighted or selected prior to choosing this option, it is assumed that you would like the text to comprise the block quote and so you will not be asked for it.

Image.

An image presented on a web page can be a logo or maybe a photograph. When you select the Image option from the HTML Assistant, Leasey asks you for four pieces of information. You can move through each step by pressing Enter.

First you are asked for the path to the image on your web server. Usually, images are stored in a separate folder, such as in a folder called "Images", and so you would type, "forward slash images", like this: /images

Next you are asked for the alternative text you would like to be included for the image caption. This is critical for screen-reader users. Type it in and press Enter.

Next, you are asked for two pieces of information concerning the dimensions of the picture. First you are prompted to enter the width of the image and then the height. These values are entered in pixels, however Leasey gives you some guidance in terms of how many pixels equate to 1 inch.

When the dimensions have been entered, Leasey will enter the necessary code into your text and will give a measurement approximation in inches as to the width and height of the image so it is easier to understand.

Leasey Tip: We strongly recommend that when your web page is uploaded containing images, you should ask a sighted person to visually check that the presentation is satisfactory. Hartgen Consultancy are not responsible for the content or presentation of images on web pages. If the image is not as you intend, you might try changing the dimensions.

Title Including New Document.

This option should be selected in a new document containing no text. The purpose of this option is to create a new HTML document or web page with the necessary code so as to establish the page title and body text. You are prompted to enter the title. Please type it in and press Enter. You will note that the cursor is placed at a point in the document prior to the tag which terminates the body text.

This option should only be used when creating web pages outside a blogging platform, content management system, or similar. In most cases, such environments require that you enter the title in a completely different way.

Further Notes on the HTML Assistant.

We hope that you find this first version of the HTML Assistant easy to use. We realise at present there are some limitations. For example, you cannot create a table containing row headers, only those with column headers. Moreover, if you end a table with the command, "end", and you have not completed a row, Leasey needs to warn you of this. These and many other refinements will be contained in future updates.

Here's hoping that we'll see more people creating web pages using HTML!

LeaseyGames.

Introduction.

While many functions of Leasey relate to carrying out tasks which are essential to everyday computing, the product also provides a considerable amount of entertainment. This includes aspects of LeaseySearch, LeaseyAudio, LeaseyRadio and so on. The entertainment value of the product is very much strengthened through the inclusion of the LeaseyGames Module.

Leasey contains many games which can be played either alone, online with other people, or against the computer. The LeaseyGames are divided into three broad categories:

  • Online Games, those played over the internet.
  • Traditional easy-to-play games, where you can take your time in terms of play.
  • Arcade Games, requiring either strategic game play or quick reaction to events.

This Chapter will describe each of the three categories of games together with how to access them and obtain help which is specific to the individual game being played.

Common Factors in LeaseyGames.

All the games contained in the LeaseyGames Module have several common factors associated with them:

  • They can all be accessed from the LeaseyGames menu described below.
  • All games are completely accessible using just a few easy-to-remember keystrokes. Many of the keystrokes you will be familiar with already, such as the Up and Down Arrow keys, the Space Bar, Enter and Escape. While other keyboard commands are introduced depending upon the complexity of the game being played, they are very easy to locate and will not present any challenges. All games have been chosen specifically because of their ease of navigation.
  • While the approach to keyboarding is straightforward, this does not in any way mean that all of the games are easy to play. In line with Leasey's philosophy of learning and building confidence, many of the games will not only make you think, but will also improve both your listening and keyboard coordination skills.
  • Many of the games have been provided for users of Leasey by external sources. There are several exceptions to this:
    • The games Treasure Troll and Truffle Troll, (developed by Hartgen Consultancy in cooperation with Elias Software).
    • Q9 Action Game, developed by Blastbay Studios, for which Hartgen Consultancy now own the rights.
    • My Country Place, developed by Hartgen Consultancy in collaboration with VGStorm.Com.
    • Matchmaker, developed by Hartgen Consultancy in collaboration with Giggajoy Creations.

Further games are actively being developed and will be provided in future updates to Leasey. In addition to the providers already stated, we would like to thank RS Games, NA Soft and Spoonbill Software for their kind generosity in allowing us to bring you an extremely wide range of games as a springboard for future developments.

Before You Begin.

In order to play any games, the LeaseyGames module must be downloaded and installed. We strongly recommend that you refer to the "Setup" chapter of this User Guide and install the LeaseyGames Module according to the instructions given in the appropriate sub-section. Note that if you have previously downloaded the LeaseyGames Module for Leasey version 2, you will need to do so again in order to take advantage of our complete range of games now available.

If the LeaseyGames Module is not installed, when attempting to play a game for the first time you will be advised of this and will be asked if you would like to install it. Again, please refer to the "Setup" Chapter which will describe precisely what to expect in this regard.

We must now spend some time discussing how the games make it possible for you to play them with appropriate speech output. These fall into two specific categories:

  • Where the text is announced by JAWS. No interaction is required on your part to facilitate this.
  • Which are self-voicing. This means that the games were designed to speak using your Microsoft Windows Text to Speech voice. Such voices are often referred to as being "SAPI Compliant". Windows has a number of text to speech voices pre-installed, and these can be individually selected through the Windows Control Panel under the option "Text to Speech Preferences". We would describe these voices as "Adequate". However, many people prefer to purchase additional higher quality voices which you may care to think are more natural and "human sounding". If you require advice or assistance with installation of such voices, please contact us.

We will describe into which of the two above categories each game falls.

Accessing LeaseyGames.

LeaseyGames can be accessed in one of two ways:

  • From Leasey's Main Menu through the option "Play Games". Press Enter to select this item.
  • By pressing the Leasey Key then G, where you will be taken into LeaseyGames directly from any application.

The LeaseyGames Menu.

At the time of writing, there are 44 possible options which can be selected from the LeaseyGames menu. These are arranged in alphabetical order. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys to select a game to play or use first letter navigation to locate the one you want. Press Enter to play one of the games.

When the Enter key is pressed, (and if using Leasey Basic), Leasey will let you know that she is loading the game and to please wait while this takes place. The loading of the game should only take a few seconds.

While we will not describe how to play each game provided, we suggest you read the below sections carefully prior to playing any one of them.

Playing Leasey Games.

Online Games.

Online games are provided via the RS Games client. To access online games, please select the option "RS Games Online". All prompts are announced by JAWS.

RS Games is a revolutionary game client that allows people to
play games against each other through a central server hosted by the organisation. In addition to making available a number of games, (which can be played alongside your friends or against a "bot" or a computer), a social element to the client means you can chat with people or listen to radio stations while you play.

The most important aspect of the RS Games client is the menu. Menus are used when choosing from several options. For example, each game has a main menu, with options such as "New Game", "Join Game" and "List Games". You might also use menus to choose from a hand of cards or answer "Yes" or "No" to a prompt.

To select an item from a menu, use the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through the options, and press Enter to select. Further keyboard commands are specific to each game, and are referred to in the individual documentation for it.

Logging In.

Prior to playing any of the games, you will need to create an RS Games account. If you don't yet have an account, you should choose "Create a New Account" from the main menu. You will be asked to enter your desired username, together with an email address. The email address you supply must be valid, since a temporary password will be sent to it. We strongly recommend you change your password to something you can remember. You can do this by choosing the "change password" option from the main menu.

If you already have an account, choose the first option in the menu, "Login with an Existing Account", and enter your username and password.

Auto Login.

When you login to the server for the first time, you will be asked if you'd like to enable auto-login. This feature allows the game to remember your login information so you do not have to type it in each time you play. If you'd like to enable this feature, choose "yes". Once it is enabled, an option will appear
in the main login menu. For example, if your username is BobCat, you will see an option entitled "Login as BobCat". Simply choose that option and you will be automatically logged in.

When within the main menu, moving through the options will allow you to view all the games provided. Press Enter to select a game to play. If the game sounds have not been downloaded to your computer, the RS Games client will do this and advise you that it is taking place. This should only take a few seconds.

Other important keystrokes to note are:

  • To exit a game, a menu or the RS Games client at any time, press the Escape key.
  • To view game documentation, press the Leasey Key then H. Please note that an internet connection is required to access game documentation.

Spoonbill Software Games.

Leasey includes a large number of SpoonBill Software games, all of which are self-voicing, meaning that the output is generated by your default Windows Text to Speech Voice, (see above). Keys usually associated with Leasey, such as to access the Leasey Main Menu, cannot be pressed when accessing these games.

The catalogue of Spoonbill Software games included is as follows:

  • Aces Up
  • Battleship
  • BG2048
  • Boggle
  • Brainiac
  • Chess
  • Code Breaker
  • Cribbage
  • Cribbage Solitaire
  • Crossword
  • Draw Dominoes
  • Elevens
  • Fifteen
  • Fives Dominoes
  • Freecell
  • Hearts
  • Klondike
  • Lap
  • Mastermind
  • Mine Sweeper
  • Nomination Whist
  • Penguin
  • Poker Solitaire
  • Pyramid Solitaire
  • Scorpion Solitaire
  • Scrabble
  • Simon
  • Spider Solitaire
  • Sudoku
  • Tri-Peaks Solitaire
  • Uno
  • Word Builder
  • Word Jumble
  • Word Solitaire
  • Word Target
  • Word Yahtzee
  • Yahtzee

As game play progresses, you will be advised which keystrokes to use when appropriate. However, in order to close a game at any time, press the letter Q. To access help for the game being played, press F1. When you do this, JAWS will reload and you will be taken to a page where you can read help for it. Use standard text reading commands in order to work through the help. Press ALT+F4 to return to the game.

The above games in this category can be played at what we might describe as a "leisurely pace", meaning that you can take your time. To this end, Leasey Advanced users can switch to an alternative program and return to the game later, perhaps to process Email or carry out any one of a number of other activities. To do this, launch your chosen program from the Start Menu or Desktop, press ALT+Tab, or press Insert+F10 to access a list of running applications.

Park Boss.

The aim of Park Boss is to build an amusement park from the ground up. As the boss everything regarding your park is under your control. The rides you add, the staff you employ and how much you pay them, the types of meals you serve, how much to charge for them, the advertising, dealing with situations which arise and balancing the need to keep your visitors happy with making money. Remember that unless you make money you can’t build new attractions.

There is no end to the game. You can keep playing and building as long as you like. There are over 70 attractions you can build along with 15 different zones which can be setup. Every so often you’ll get an offer to by the park. This is equivalent to selling up and taking the money. When you do sell then you invest all the funds in to purchasing new land and you start all over again.

The output from Park Boss is delivered as a mix of human narrated audio and speech emanating from your default Windows Text to Speech voice. Keys usually associated with Leasey, such as to access the Leasey Main Menu, cannot be pressed when accessing this game.

Almost all of the game play is delivered through menus. Use the Up or Down Arrow keys and Enter to select a choice. Pressing Escape will save the current setting and moves back a level in the game play.

Spoken assistance is required throughout the game so there is little need for the provision of help information. However, the following may assist you:

  • The Control key silences speech.
  • F1 announces the week number and what day it is. Weeks start on a Monday. Park state is assessed at the beginning of the week so expect emails and your customers view of the park to change at that time.
  • F2 reports your current bank balance.
  • F3 brings into view your Email window, which can also be accessed from the office. Use the Delete key to remove emails you’ve dealt with, press Escape to leave your inbox.
  • F4 pauses the game. Pressing f4 again or Escape resumes game play. By pausing the game you stop time but cannot interact with Park Boss.

Treasure Troll: a Simple Arcade Game for Beginner and Intermediate Gamers.

As stated previously, Treasure Troll is part of a series of games developed exclusively for Leasey. Treasure Troll combines quality and fully orchestrated music (which changes depending upon how effective you are at game play), original sound effects and vocal production. The music emanates from the Elias engine. Used in specialist and mainstream gaming products, through Elias the music is just as dynamic and flexible as the corresponding composition would have been in a movie. Simple yet challenging, as with all the Leasey Games the interface is easy to use with few keystrokes to remember.

The output from Treasure Troll is delivered as a mix of human narrated audio and speech emanating from your default Windows Text to Speech voice. Keys usually associated with Leasey, such as to access the Leasey Main Menu, cannot be pressed when accessing this game.

Story.

You are a troll who, while walking through a forest, finds the ground suddenly disappearing beneath your feet. You fall into a cave where a vast golden treasury is guarded by a hoard of sleeping fairies. Fairies and trolls are on notoriously bad terms and if they find you in their cave, stealing their treasure, the consequences for you are likely to be painful! Can you play through ten levels of increasing difficulty, and steal the treasure from under their noses without waking them?

Main menu.

The game begins with a main menu. Use your Up or Down arrow keys to navigate through it. To choose an option, press Enter. At the end of each game you will be automatically returned to the main menu.

Game play.

This game is purely sound driven with no graphics, so you must use the sound effects and audio environments within the game to move from place to place and to avoid enemies and obstacles.
For this you will need either a pair of stereo headphones or speakers that are positioned so that it is possible to hear what comes from the left and right, as this plays a crucial role in the game's navigation.

The game takes place inside the fairies' cave. Listen to the ambience and you will hear quiet breathing in the far left and far right of your stereo field. This will tell you where the walls are. You begin in the center of the cave, moving right or left with your arrow keys. You may repeatedly tap the Arrow keys to walk or hold them down continuously to run.

Treasure.

Every few seconds you will hear treasure. It will appear in a random place and begin sliding along the floor until it hits a wall, when it will disappear. The treasure is represented by the sound of coins. You must collect it before it reaches the wall. To do this, walk or run until the treasure is centered in your sound field then press the Space Bar to pick it up. You will hear a chime when a treasure is successfully collected and a soft thud if it has hit the wall.

Hazards.

You must not bump into the walls. If you do, the fairies will awaken and the consequences will cost you a life, you only have three to begin with. Walls can be avoided by listening to the breathing and by getting a feel for the game space.

Every now and then boulders will fal from the ceiling. These will fall more often and faster as you progress. You must take care they don't hit you, or the noise you make will awaken the fairies which will result in you losing a life.

We all know that caves harbour bats. now and then a hungry bat will fly down from the roof. The bats come more often and get faster as you progress. These bats are inteligent and will come after you. You must take care they dont' land on you because if they bite you will be frozen for five seconds, which will make you miss treasure. If you miss too many treasures you will get frustrated and make too much noise which will awaken the fairies, resulting in you losing a life.

Bonuses.

From time to time bonuses will fall from the ceiling, making a distinctive sound. You need to catch them before they shatter. Center them in your sound field and press the Space Bar to collect them. The bonuses are as follows:

  • Sleep spell: gives you fifteen seconds in which the fairies will not notice any noise you make. When the Sleep Spell is in progress, you will hear a ticking clock sound. When the time has elapsed, this is represented by an alarm clock sound.
  • Extra Life: Very useful, especially if you manage to collect severall of these.
  • 500 extra points: a useful addition to any score.

Scoring.

You are given your score at the end of each level and at the conclusion of the game. There is also a menu option to view your top ten best scores so you can keep a record of how well you are doing!

The scoring system is based upon many factors, for example the time taken to collect treasure, how quickly you collect bonuses, whether you hit a wall, whether a bat bites you, and so on. While you may eventually be successful in beating all 10 levels, you can improve your game play by developing your quick reactions and dodging skills so as to improve your overall score!

Keystrokes.

  • Hold down the Left or Right Arrow to move.
  • Space Bar collects an item.
  • Letter P pauses and resumes game play.
  • Letter T speaks the remaining number of treasures that must be picked up in the current level.
  • Letter L speaks remaining lives.
  • Page Up and Page down will adjust the music volume.
  • Enter key will skip introductory cut scenes and other audio.
  • Escape will go back a level in menus or will cancel the current game round.
  • ALT+F4 pressed at any time will exit the game.

Truffle Troll: The Tantalisingly Tasty New Game from Elias Software and LeaseyGames!

As with Treasure Troll (referred to Above), The output from Truffle Troll is delivered as a mix of human narrated audio and speech emanating from your default Windows Text to Speech voice. Keys usually associated with Leasey, such as to access the Leasey Main Menu, cannot be pressed when accessing this game.

Story.

Have you met our bumbling but lovable troll, who, at the end of our last game, was catapulted out of the fairies' cave with a heap of stolen treasure with which he went on a huge spending spree? One of the things he bought was an ice cream parlour.

Unfortunately, though trolls might be good at making ice cream, they're not terribly good at keeping staff, so now he has to run it all by himself. He must run to the freezer, collect bowls of ice cream on his tray, then run back and deliver orders. Unfortunately his customers aren't the most patient people in the world, so he needs to be quick or the customers will get angry and start wrecking the place. Over five minutes the action gets faster, more flavours are ordered and there's less time before the customers get irate. Can you deliver enough orders to make a profit? Can you also manage to serve the luxurious rum truffle ice creams for premium prices?

Main menu.

The game begins with a main menu. Use your Up or Down arrow keys to navigate through it. To choose an option, press Enter. At the end of each game you will be automatically returned to the main menu. Please note that there are two modes of game play: "Easy" and "Expert". The differences are described below.

Game play.

This game is purely sound driven with no graphics, so you must use the sound effects and audio environments within the game to move from place to place and to locate your customers.
For this you will need either a pair of stereo headphones or speakers that are positioned so that it is possible to hear what comes from the left and right, as this plays a crucial role in the game's navigation.

The game takes place inside the ice cream parlour. When the game begins, you are advised which flavours of ice cream can be sold. More flavours are added as the game progresses. As your ice cream parlour grows in popularity, the more flavours people will wish to buy!

The freezer containing your current stock of ice creams is located on the extreme right. You will hear a sound when you reach the freezer door. In order to open or close it, press Enter. With the freezer door open, use the Up and Down Arrow keys to move through the available stock, and press the Left and Right Arrow keys to adjust the quantity of those items you wish to carry on the tray. The more bowls of ice cream you carry, the greater the chance of you being able to serve your customers quickly. However:

  • Within "Easy" level, only ten bowls of ice cream can be accommodated on the tray at any time. It is possible to run to your customers and serve them in this mode, however you will need to frequently return to the freezer so as to replenish your items on the tray.
  • In "Expert" mode, your tray can hold an unlimited number of items. But be careful! If you are carrying too many bowls of ice cream and you are running, you may drop the tray, causing bowls to be smashed, profits lost, and many angry customers!

As the game progresses, each customer will ask you for a choice of icecream. You need to be fast as more and more customers will enter the store. In order to serve a customer, use the Left or Right Arrow keys to locate him or her in the centre of the stereo field and press the Space Bar. Hold down the Left and Right Arrow keys to run, tap each key to walk.

Should you wish to check your stock levels, press the letter S. To hear the time remaining in the game, press the letter T.

Game Objective and Scoring.

The objective of the game is to make as much profit as possible. At the end of each game, you are told how much money was made in sales, whether costs were incurred in replacing broken furniture your angry customers had damaged, and, (when appropriate), whether icecream bowls needed to be replaced due to them being dropped. Money is deducted to replace furniture or bowls. Hopefully, you will hear how much profit has been made overall. There is also a menu option to view your top ten best scores so you can keep a record of how well you are doing!

Keystrokes.

  • Hold down the Left or Right Arrow to run, tap each key to walk.
  • Enter opens and closes the freezer door.
  • With the freezer door open, Up and Down Arrows Move through available stock in the freezer.
  • With the freezer door open, Left and Right Arrows change the quantity of bowls to be carried on the tray.
  • Space Bar serves a customer.
  • Letter P pauses and resumes game play.
  • Letter T speaks the remaining time within game play.
  • Letter S speaks the current stock.
  • Page Up and Page down will adjust the music volume.
  • Home and End will vary the rate of speech.
  • Enter key will skip introductory cut scenes and other audio.
  • Escape will go back a level in menus or will cancel the current game round.
  • ALT+F4 pressed at any time will exit the game.

Q9 Action Game.

Finger numbing action, stunning audio imagery and a touch of morbid comedy is combined in this game, promising hours of thrilling and challenging game play.

The game features pristine sound effects and original orchestral music, carefully combined to create a truly unique gaming experience. Fight your way through four virtual worlds filled to the brim with all kinds of murderous monsters, treacherous traps and other surprises, and finally attempt to defeat the boss who is patiently waiting for you at the very end.

This game is what is called a "side-scroller" which means you control Q9's direction by using the Arrow keys on your keyboard; moving him left and right to navigate through the levels.
This game is purely sound driven with no graphics, so you must use the sound effects and audio environments within the game to move from place to place and to avoid enemies and obstacles.
For this you will need either a pair of stereo headphones or speakers that are positioned so that it is possible to hear what comes from the left and right, as this plays a crucial role in the game's navigation.

The output from Q9 is delivered as a mix of human narrated audio and speech emanating from your default Windows Text to Speech voice. Keys usually associated with Leasey, such as to access the Leasey Main Menu, cannot be pressed when accessing this game.

Story.

You assume the role of the little alien Q9 who has had the misfortune to crash on Earth, managing to lose his spaceship somewhere in the process. Now it's your job to guide him through numerous dangers and exciting adventures so that he can, with some luck, find his spaceship in order to return home again.

The Main Menu.

The game begins with a main menu. Use your Up or Down arrow keys to navigate through it. To choose an option, press Enter. At the end of each game you will be automatically returned to the main menu.

How to Play.

To move Q9 left and right, hold down the respective arrow keys, i.e. Left arrow moves Q9 to the left and Right arrow moves him to the right.

To run, first hold down the Ctrl key along with either one of the directional arrows. If you change direction by pressing the opposite arrow key to the one you are holding, you will quickly change direction without taking a step. This is a good way of spinning around when you need to attack something quickly, without wasting time.

To jump, press the up arrow. Holding this key down results in continuous jumping and pressing an arrow key whilst in the air enables you to move faster or slower, depending on the speed at which you press the arrow keys. You have to press the arrow keys in quick succession to move, rather than holding the key down.
You can use this key combination to avoid falling into the pits and jumping over certain enemies.

Q9 is armed with a number of weapons from the start. The default weapon is a Large wooden club which is always available and can be used an unlimited number of times. However, using the club forces you to be close to the enemy you are attacking and does less damage than your other weapons.

You also have a slingshot equipped with rocks - use this to hit enemies from a greater distance. Be careful though as the slingshot has a limited amount of ammunition (you will need to pick up rocks along the way).

Finally, you have a weapon with a difference; the Deus Shield. This weapon acts as both attack and defense by protecting Q9 for a short time and also by hitting enemies with their own attacks twice as hard. Obviously your Deus Shields are limited, but like the rocks, you have the opportunity to collect more as you move through the worlds.

You are automatically equipped with the club from the beginning.

To change weapon, use the number keys 1, 2 and 3.
1 is the Large wooden club, 2 is the slingshot and 3 is the Deus Shield. There is also a fourth weapon somewhere, but we shall conveniently forget to mention how to access it...

You may also press the ALT key to quickly switch between the weapons, which is good when you are hard pressed in a battle and need to activate a Deus Shield at lightning speed for example.

To hear how much ammunition you have left for a particular weapon, select it either with one of the number keys or the ALT key and then press "A".

During the game you will run across (literally in some cases!) pits here and there. You'll have to jump over these unless you want to see poor little Q9 hurtle down hundreds of feet to his death! These pits are represented by a howling wind (you can of course learn this sound in the "Learn Game Sounds" menu). Around the edge of each cliff are two small, muddy patches which will help you clear the gap. To do this, it is best if you approach the mud slowly and walk onto the second patch and jump from here.
Remember! You have to press the arrow key quickly whilst airborne for you to cover enough distance and avoid falling.
The distance between each cliff increases depending on which difficulty level you are playing, so if you are on Easy the pits will be smaller while on Insane, well good luck!

Every so often you'll hear a constant "blip" sound which you should run after wildly as these are bonus items. To get your bonus just run to the place you hear the "blip" and once the sound is in the centre, you should get your bonus item. The various bonus items you can get are:

  • Extra strength
  • Extra lives
  • Extra points
  • More rocks for the slingshot
  • Deus Shields.

If you're not fast enough the bonus items will hit the ground and shatter, so run run run! How quickly they fall depends on the difficulty level set.

As you are running along, you will eventually find yourself faced with a strange something that makes a peculiar humming sound that rises and falls in pitch. This, without a doubt, is a fortune field. Tread carefully around these as they may have quite drastic results. Whenever you step on a fortune field it will either take away, or give you 50 strength. This means that you can either be extremely lucky, or find yourself a tad closer to the grave... You may simply jump over these if you are not feeling brave enough. The fortune field will have exactly the same effect on any enemy that runs over it, though of course they will also jump over the fields at times.

Once Q9 reaches the end of a level safely he will come across the Level Portal which transports him to the next level or world.
All you need to do to move on in the game is move so that the portal sound is centralized in your headphones/speakers and wish Q9 good luck in the next stage of his quest!

Worlds & Levels.

There are 4 worlds which Q9 must complete before he can go home and these are as follows:

  • The Jungle World
  • The Cave World
  • The Mountain World
  • The Death World.

Every time you transport to the next world you will encounter 1 or more new enemies. The only exception is the aptly named "Death World" which features every enemy from every level! (excluding the gorillas) All of the worlds, however, contain pits and bonus items and of course, the Level Portal at the end.

In each world there are 3 levels which gradually increase in difficulty. For example, the 1st level of the Jungle World is the easiest while the 3rd level of the Mountain World is a nightmare and the entirety of the Death World is, let's just say - very very difficult!

When you lose a life you will be taken back to the beginning of the level at which you died, and once you run out of lives you have to start all over again.

Between Levels 2 and 3 in each world, there is a rather nice bonus level which gives you the chance to try and pick up as many bonus items as possible in a roughly 30 second time limit.
These bonus levels are located near waterfalls, as you will hear, and when the allocated time is over, Q9 falls through the water and down into the next level.

NOTE: Navigation is slightly different in the bonus levels. All you have to do is run left and right by tapping the arrow keys (no Ctrl this time) as fast as you can and collect the falling bonus items. There is no speed limit, so try and press those buttons with lightning speed! Each keystroke moves you 1 step.

Enemies.

What would an action game be without enemies? There's certainly a nasty bunch ready to make Q9's life difficult in this game, so make sure you learn how to recognize them in the "Learn Game Sounds" menu.

Below is a list of the enemies you're going to encounter and a brief description of what they do:

  • Gorillas - You'll find these grumpy apes in both the Jungle and Cave worlds. They may be pretty stupid, but they like nothing more than bashing little aliens on the head, so be careful! They don't inflict too much damage, (apart from a headache) and they are relatively slow when attacking.
  • Leopards - These only inhabit the Jungle World and the Death World. Being faster and smarter than the gorillas, you may find them a bit more difficult to kill. Keep on your toes, as leopards love to dodge Q9's attacks and then strike for a tasty morsel of alien meat.
  • Rhinoceros - Keep an eye, or an ear out for these stampeding creatures as they'll quite easily flatten you where you stand if you don't jump quickly over them! There is no way to kill the Rhinos, just jump and if you should run into the front end of one, just hope you have some lives left! Luckily, these are only found in the Jungle and Death Worlds.
  • Bats - Ugh! These squeaking, irritating little things can be found flapping around in the Cave World and the Death World. Whilst Q9 stays on the ground the Bats just fly around his head and are a general annoyance, but if you jump into the air they might give you a nasty bite. To kill them, jump up and quickly strike out (preferably with your club), otherwise they can distract you so you might not hear the wind howling around the pits...
  • Bears - In the Cave World, Mountain World and Death World, you're better off keeping your distance from these as they are very hard to kill and do a huge amount of damage in a few strikes. Stay away and take them down with your slingshot or activate a Deus Shield and let them do the attacking for you!
  • Wolves - Found in the Mountain World and the Death World, wolves attack in a pack, hitting you from in front and behind and running around to avoid your attacks. When they attack you, they take a medium amount of your strength away, making them even more of a nuisance to kill, but you didn't think this would be easy, did you?
  • Boars - Easily one of the most dangerous animals you'll meet throughout your quest, however they are also quite vulnerable. In the Mountain World and Death World, these enraged pigs will run at you much like the Rhinoceros, and like the Rhinos, Q9 can simply skip over these, or, if you're feeling particularly sadistic or angry, you can kill them with one blow!
  • Mini Demons - Look out! In the death world, these devilish little fiends are more than happy to sneak up on you to steal a large chunk of your health and then quite conveniently teleport somewhere else as soon as you try to defend yourself. They are not very strong but they do a fair amount of damage per hit and so should certainly not be dealt with casually...

Saving.

The game automatically saves itself whenever you complete a level. This means that you are able to resume from the last level that you arrived at, with exactly the same number of lives and rocks and other properties as when you left off. The saved game file is automatically deleted when you complete the game, as well as when you lose your last life.

Survival Mode.

In survival mode you start with twice your usual resources (which is to say 200 strength, 100 rocks for the slingshot and 4 Deus Shields). However, you only have one life and you cannot get any extra ones by grabbing bonus objects. This means that you have to make your way through the adventure in a slightly more realistic manner. If you die once, then you are dead and that's the end of it. Good luck!

Keystrokes.

  • Left arrow key moves Q9 to the left.
  • Right arrow key moves Q9 to the right.
  • Hold down Ctrl with either of the above keys to run in each direction.
  • Up arrow makes Q9 jump.
    When airborne, you can press the Left and Right arrow keys to move in that direction, and there is no speed limit unlike when you're on the ground.
  • Space Bar press to use your currently selected weapon.
  • Number keys 1, 2, 3 and 4 switch between your weapons.
  • ALT switches between your weapons in order.
  • Letter P pauses the game. Press again to return to the game.
  • Letter S tells you how many points you have on the current level.
  • Letter T tells you how much strength you have remaining.
  • Letter L tells you how many lives you have left.
  • Letter A tells you how much ammunition is left for your selected weapon.
  • Page Up and Page Down adjusts the background music volume.
  • Escape exits the active game and takes you to the Main Menu.
  • Enter skips introductory, cut scenes and some other messages throughout the game.
  • ALT+F4 closes the game.

My Country Place, the Ultimate Farm Simulation Game.

Overview.

My Country Place is a farming sim game. You are responsible for a farm consisting of twenty plots of land and a large house. You can lay your farm out in any way you like, raise a large variety of crops, buy animals, build farm buildings, buy farm machinery to improve crop yields, and furnish your house with the best that money can buy. Each year there will be tasks to perform together with new challenges to meet. You will see your farm grow and improve as you play.

This game is purely sound driven with no graphics, so you must use the sound effects and audio environments within the game to assist in moving from one location to another. The output from My Country Place is delivered using speech emanating from your default Windows Text to Speech voice. You will need either a pair of stereo headphones or speakers that are positioned
so that it is possible to hear what comes from the left and right, as this plays a crucial role in the game's navigation.
Keys usually associated with Leasey, such as to access the Leasey Main Menu, cannot be pressed when accessing this game.

Please note that the game events do not correspond exactly to a farm's conventional calendar.

Story.

You have lived most of your life in the big city but have always dreamed of getting away from the heat and noise, escaping to the country. You’re not afraid of hard work and you think a house and a plot of land would just suit you. Suddenly you receive a windfall. This, together with the money you’ve saved enables you to buy a good piece of land and a sound, sprawling old ranch house. You even have $100,000 over to give you a start. You clear away your old life, pack the bare essentials and head off for your country place.

The Main Menu.

When you first launch the game you will enter the Main Menu in which there are four options.

  • “New Farm” will enable you to create a new farm containing no crops or animals.
  • “Load Farm” will load a previously saved farm. Please note that there is only one saved game possible, so starting a new farm will destroy the existing one.
  • “Configure your text to speech settings” will be discussed in the next section.
  • “Exit” will terminate the game.

As with all List Boxes within the game, the Main Menu is navigated by pressing the Up or Down Arrow keys.

Configuring Text to Speech Settings.

Before you begin your first farm you may like to configure your text to speech settings. Do this by pressing Enter on the appropriate item in the main menu. This will bring into view a List Box.

To change the voice, press the Up or Down Arrow keys. Doing so will cycle between all of the Text to Speech voices installed on the computer. Selecting a voice will cause sample text to be spoken using the selected Text to Speech engine.

To adjust the rate of speech, press the Left and Right Arrow keys.

To adjust the volume press the letters V to increase and Shift+V to decrease the level.

To adjust the pitch of speech, press the Left Bracket to decrease and the Right Bracket to increase. Typically, these keys are situated to the immediate right of the letter P on a standard QWERTY keyboard.

Press Enter at any time to save the settings.

Before Setting up a new farm.

Before beginning to set up your farm you may need to give it some thought, as when the game begins you have only a limited time to get your first crop sewn. Failure to do this on time means you will have a year with your fields lying fallow. Bills still have to be paid whether you are making money or not, so fallow fields are not a good thing. So consider the following.

Do you want your farm to be arable or mixed? If you intend to buy animals you will need to build a barn to house them, plus a grazing pasture so that they can eat grass for most of the year. You will also need to purchase some fodder for them or they will starve before you can get them out to graze. Fodder is not cheap, but buying too little can have disastrous consequences very fast. You can check fodder at any time by pressing letter F.

Decide which crops you want to plant. Fruit costs more money to plant and maintain but fetches more. If you’re going to have animals you need to grow at least four fodder crops, these are all the grains plus sugar beet, clover and hay. Do you need to have clover and hay or is one better than the other? Fresh flowers and salad vegetables both grow in greenhouses. They are both expensive but is one better than the other? Are you going to have one or both greenhouses?

Here is a list of crops and their planting costs. Please note other costs will be incurred during the year.

  • Apples: $1,500.
  • Barley: $1,000.
  • Black-eyed peas: $500.
  • Cherries: $1,500.
  • Clover: $750.
  • Corn: $1,000.
  • Fresh flowers: $3,000.
  • Grapes: $3,000.
  • Hay: $500.
  • Lemons: $2,000.
  • Mixed Vegetable Market Garden: $1,000.
  • Oats: $1,000.
  • Oranges: $2,000.
  • Peaches: $1,500.
  • Peanuts: $500.
  • Pomegranates: $2,000.
  • Potatoes: $500.
  • Rapeseed: $500.
  • Salad Vegetables: $3,000.
  • Strawberies: $1,500.
  • Sunflowers: $500.
  • Sugar Beets: $1,000.
  • Watermelons: $1,500.
  • Wheat: $1,000.
  • Grazing Pasture. $500.

You may only plant one field of any type of crop on your farm.

There are three kinds of animals you can buy. They are:

  • Cow: $5,000.
  • Angora Goat: $3,000.
  • Sheep: $2,000.

You are allowed to buy five of each type of animal.

You also have a chicken field containing five chickens. This is a great way to make money in spare moments as will be discussed later.

Setting Up a Farm.

To start a new farm, use your Up and Down Arrow keys to focus on New Farm in the Main Menu and press Enter. After the introductory scene has been played, you will be asked to name your farm. Type in a name and press Enter. You will immediately hear music and your farm’s ambience. To adjust the music volume, use the Page Up and Page Down keys. The game can be paused and resumed at any time by pressing the letter P.

Layout.

You are standing on the farm’s main thoroughfare. Behind you is the front door to your house, you can hear it, that buzzing type of sound. To your left is a rustling hedge with ten openings in it which lead into ten fields. Across the path to your right is a similar rustling hedge with openings into ten large fields.

The fields are arranged vertically. It is important to note that the bottom lefthand field for example is considered to be “the first field on the left”. It will be useful to know this information when you begin to plan your farm and for later exploration.

If you walked straight up the middle of the farm you would come into the chicken field. We’ll have time to explore later, right now we have work to do.

The Management Menus.

To access the Management Menus you can press F1 from anywhere on the farm. These menus give you access to planting, building, buying, selling and more.

There are several points to bare in mind when navigating the Management Menus.

Pressing Enter on any item from the Management Main Menu will take you into a sub-menu relative to the item you have chosen. For example, if you select the first item relating to planting crops, the sub-menu for this will appear. Pressing the Escape key will return you to the Management Main Menu, a Leasey concept with which you should already be familiar. You will be advised that you are back in this menu. Pressing Escape once more will return focus to the farm, which is not confirmed through speech output.

Planting crops.

Crops can only be planted from the beginning of September to the beginning of November. To check the date at any time, press letter Y. To plant crops, press F1 to bring up the Management Main Menu”, focus on “Plant Crops” and press Enter. You will find an alphabetical list of crops together with their planting costs and which type of field it requires. It is not possible to use first letter navigation in this menu, so please press the Up or Down Arrow keys instead.

Some crops, for example fruits and greenhouses, can only be planted on large fields. Press Enter on a crop you would like to plant and you will be asked where you would like to plant it, together with a list of available fields. Use your Up and Down arrow keys to find the one you would like and press Enter.

Managing Buildings.

If you are planning on raising animals on your new farm, one of the first things you will need is a barn. Make sure you have left a field free for it. To build a building, press F1 to open the “Management Main Menu”, focus on “Build a Building” and press Enter. Here you will see a list of buildings together with their costs. Find the one you want to build and press Enter. You will be asked where you would like to place it. If there is more than one space free you can use your Up and Down Arrow keys to cycle through them till you find the one you want, then press Enter.

As your farm grows richer you may want to build more buildings to improve the yield of your farm. Fruit juice brings in much more money than the raw fruit, the dairy comes with all kinds of exciting upgrades for you to buy and if you make enough to build the winery well, who doesn’t like a nice glass of wine? You’ll really see your profit margins spiral!

Of course it may happen that you fall on hard times or want to change things around. You may need to put building land back out to crops again. If you need to tear down a building simply open up the “management Menu” by pressing F1 and press Enter on “Tear Down Building”. You will be asked which building you wish to tear down. The appropriate building can be selected with the Up and Down Arrow keys and press Enter to select. You will get back a small per centage of the price you paid to build it and your field will be usable for crops again.

The Farm Year.

The new farm year always begins in September. In game time a day runs for about 6 seconds, so a year lasts about 36 minutes. This gives you ample time to perform farm tasks, explore, make improvements, buy upgrades for your house and grab some spare cash by playing mini games.

Throughout the year you need to perform set tasks to care for your crops and animals. Failure to do anyone of a number of things can result in your crops or animals dying. You also need to keep a close eye on your cash. Check how much is in the bank from anywhere on the farm by pressing letter C. You have money going out all year: household bills, crop maintenance, etc, if you have cows and goats you may have income during the year but your main income is at harvest time. You need to manage your money so that you have enough to pay for everything through the year as well as your new crop planting. You start with $100,000. You are permitted an overdraught of $20,000 but this has to be repaid within three months or your farm will go bankrupt.

Basic Orientation.

When you begin playing for the first time, your farm house will be behind you, (slightly to the right), and the chicken field some distance ahead.

If you press the Left Arrow once or twice, you are likely to hear the sound of the hedge. The hedge is your guide for navigating to different farm locations.

When located at the hedge, press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move through the farm. Periodically, you will hear the sound of an opening, indicating that a field can be examined. Press the Left Arrow key to determine the field’s existence, and if appropriate, any crop or building which may be situated within it.

You are now inside the field. Press the Right Arrow key, and the word, “Farm”, will be announced, indicating that you are once again located on the main farm thoroughfare rather than the field previously entered.

A corresponding number of fields are located on the righthand side of the farm, which can be reached by pressing the Right Arrow key several times. You will know that you are on the righthand side as you will once again hear the sound of the hedge.

Naturally, when navigating through the fields with the Up and Down Arrow keys in this situation, you would press the Right Arrow key when focused on an opening, so as to determine the field and anything which may be found there. The Left Arrow key will, in this scenario, return you to the farm.

Tip: When wishing to interact with a field as discussed in later sections, you only need to take one or two steps into it. Taking further steps could result in you losing orientation on the farm.

SMS Text Messages.

As you walk your farm you’re always accompanied by your trusty cell phone. This is a very good thing as you will receive periodic SMS reminders which let you know what needs to be done next.

To access your SMS messages, press F5. Your messages will appear in a list with the most recent first. Press Enter to open and read a message. Press the Delete key to delete it. Press Escape to exit the SMS list. Press F6 to hear the most recent SMS message.

The Context Menu.

We now need to introduce you to the Context Menu. As the name suggests, the Context Menu is context sensitive, and will provide you with a list of choices you can make relative to where you are located.

To access the Context Menu, press the Space Bar. All tasks which you can perform with the Context Menu are discussed in the next few sections.

Fertilization.

The first task of the year is fertilization. All the crops need fertilising or they will die. You need to walk to each field in turn. Once there, press the Space Bar to bring up the Context Menu. You will be asked if you’d like to perform the task, simply press Enter and you will hear a sound to let you know the task is going ahead.

Animals Out to Grass.

In the spring your animals, if you have them, can be turned out to grass. Do this by walking to the barn, entering it and pressing the Space Bar to bring up its Context Menu, finding the item “Take Animals Out to Graze” and pressing Enter. It’s a good idea to check how much fodder is left in the barn at this stage too.

Spraying and pruning.

From March to May the crops are sprayed and pruned, but not all in one go. Watch your phone so that you know which ones have to be done next. Perform each task by entering a field and pressing the Space Bar to bring up the Context Menu. If you enter a field where nothing needs doing that particular month, and press the Space Bar, no menu will appear. If you’re unsure you’ve done everything, walking the farm and checking each field in this way sets the mind at rest.

Watering.

It’s a hot summer and some of the crops need water. Keep a close eye on your phone so that you know which ones need doing. Enter the relevant field and press Space Bar to bring into view the Context Menu. Take particular care with the grapes during the summer if you have them.

Dipping Sheep and Goats.

In July the sheep and goats have to be dipped or they will get scab and the wool will be lost. Worse, you will incur a hefty vet’s bill. When you receive the SMS text message, go to the grazing pasture, press the Space Bar to bring up the Context Menu, find “Manage Animals” and press Enter.

Harvest.

It’s harvest time, hurray! Go to each field in turn, press the Space Bar and reap the reward for your hard work. Once the crop is harvested you’ll be asked if you’d like to replant the same crop in that field. If you’d like to change things around simply press Down Arrow to the option “No”, and press Enter. You will then have an empty field to plant or build on as you like.

Don’t forget, the grazing pasture is a part of your harvest if you have sheep and goats, so walk into it, press the Space Bar and select “Manage Animals”. Wool fetches a good price.

Placing Fodder.

Before you go to market it’s a good idea, if you have animals, to make sure they have plenty to eat for the winter. Go to the barn and press the Space Bar to activate the Context Menu. The first item you’ll hear is “Place Fodder”, together with how many pounds of fodder you have. Press Enter on this and you will be given a list of fodder to select from, together with how many pounds you have of each. You need to work out how much your animals are going to eat during the winter, check on it closely and buy more if you have underestimated.

Visiting the Market.

There are a few things to remember when visiting the market.

Firstly, prices vary, so if your top crops are getting bottom prices you might want to wait a few minutes and try again.

Secondly, crops go bad. You can’t leave them for more than two months before selling or you won’t have anything to sell. If something is about to go off you will hear a warning, a series of peremptory tones which sound every five seconds or so. When you hear this, immediately press F1 to open the “Management Menu” and press Enter on the item “Visit the Market”. You will be asked what you would like to sell, together with a list of available crops and the prices they are fetching. Press Enter on the one you’d like to sell. You will be asked for confirmation. Press Enter and you will hear a cash register ring to confirm the sale has been made.

If you have cows and goats or have chicken eggs to sell you will grow used to visiting the market roughly once a month. These three things are good to have and can really help with the bills.

Fetching In the Animals.

Before the farm shuts down for the winter the animals must be brought safely into the barn. You will receive an SMS message mid-November telling you that it is time. Go to the grazing pasture, press the Space Bar to open the Context Menu, and press Enter on “Bring Animals into the Barn”. Be sure to check during the winter that they have enough fodder. If the fodder runs out they will immediately starve.

Exploring the House.

Before we discuss the benefits of purchasing upgrades for your house, lets learn how to explore it.

As previously stated, you can hear the door of the house as you navigate with the Down Arrow key, since it is located at the opposite end of the farm to the chicken field.

Be sure that the sound of the front door is located in the centre of the stereo field and simply press the Down Arrow key to walk through it.

You are now in the main hallway and you will note that the sound of the music has changed. As you would expect from a hall, at either side of you are rooms which can be entered. On the left can be found the Master Bedroom, Bedroom 2, and the Bathroom. On the righthand side is located Bedroom 3 and the Living Room. Entering the Living Room does reveal further rooms which will be explored later.

The concept of walking into each room can be explained in the following way. Use the Arrow keys until you hear the loudest part of the door’s entry point on either the left or right. This may take some practice. When it is located, press the corresponding Left or Right Arrow key to locate the door and walk through it with the Up or Down Arrow keys.

For example:

  1. Press the Down Arrow key from the farm thoroughfare to enter the house.
  2. Press the Left Arrow key so that you walk a step or two to the left.
  3. Press the Down Arrow key repeatedly, and in time, you will hear the door which indicates the Master Bedroom. This is the room we wish to enter.
  4. When the opening of the door is in view, indicated by listening for the loudest indication of the door, press Left Arrow repeatedly to locate and walk through it.

If you explore the Living Room, you will find that it contains the Sun Room straight in front of you, located by pressing Up Arrow, and the Dining Room behind you and to the right. You need to walk through the Dining Room in order to reach the kitchen area.

As described in the next section, you will certainly want to spend money upgrading your house to include the best luxuries money can buy. When you do buy the items, you will want to find out what they look or sound like.

Locate the item you have bought with the Arrow keys. It will be denoted by either an ambience or beep sound if it is furniture. Ensure it is located in the centre of the stereo field and press Enter to read its description.

Buying Upgrades.

The winter is a time for taking stock, exploring and, if you have the money, buying upgrades. If you open the “Management Menu” by pressing F1 you will see two kinds of upgrade, “Farm Upgrades” and “House Upgrades”.

For your farm you can buy machinery such as a tractor, a sheller harvester, a combine, an oil press and, once you have it, all kinds of nice things for your dairy. Each upgrade affects a different crop and will dramatically improve its yield. Some upgrades affect more than one crop. There’s even an upgrade for the animals.

The house upgrades are arranged by room. Nothing is cheap, but then you are not planning on moving anywhere, so you want everything for your home to be the very best you can get. Once you have it you can explore the house, find where it is within the room, it may have its own special sound, and each and every item has its own unique description.

Mini games.

“My Country Place” comes with four mini games. One of these is a way to make extra money in your spare moments while the other three come up randomly as part of the annual challenge.

The Challenges.

As we know, things don’t always run smoothly and once a year, in August, there is a crisis. You will receive an SMS message informing you that there is a problem and telling you which field is in danger. When you enter the field you will be plunged into a fun mini game. Instructions on how to play will be automatically given to you. If you win, the crop will be saved. If you lose, you fail and the crop will die. No crop is safe so take care!

The Chickens.

At the back of your farm is a field containing five chickens. When you enter this field they will run around you then bounce away. They lay eggs which you can collect and sell, they fetch $15 per egg, but it’s not so easy! The eggs make a bleeping sound and they are not all pitched the same. The bleep gets lower when the egg is behind you. You must get the eggs in the center of the stereo field and then walk over them to collect them, whereupon you will hear an “egg cracking” sound. It is likely that you will need to use all four Arrow keys to achieve this. And there’s one thing more. You can only find these eggs while they’re warm. After a while they go cold and you can’t hear them anymore. Practice makes perfect, however, and the quiet winter’s a great time to make a good stash of egg money before it’s time to start the year’s tasks again.

Saving the Game.

The game is automatically saved every time you exit. Just press ALT+F4 and the game will close. When you wish to reopen the game, select “Load Farm” on the Main Menu. You should hear the message “Welcome to …” and your farm name. You will be placed at the exact location where you were when you exited the game. For example, if you exited in the chicken field, that is where you will be when you restart. If you are not quite sure of game time, simply press letter Y to check the date.

Backing Up and Restoring a Farm.

We hope that you are going to spend many hours building up your farm, gaining profit, and purchasing items for your new home. It could well be therefore that you will want to take a backup of your farm and restore it if software needs to be reinstalled for any reason. You also may wish to copy your farm for playing the game on another machine without having to start again. This section will show you how you can do these things.

In order to backup a farm:

  1. Be sure that the “My Country Place” game is not running, even in the background.
  2. Using Windows (or File) Explorer, browse to the folder in which you wish to place the backup. This could be an alternative drive, (such as a USB storage device), a folder using Dropbox, or elsewhere. Be sure you are located inside the folder by pressing Enter on it.
  3. Press the Leasey Key, then ALT+B. An Edit Field will be presented to you containing the path of the potential backup. This can be amended if you change your mind or if it is inaccurate in any way. When the Enter key is pressed, you will be advised that the backup is taking place and it should take less than a second.

To restore the backup, perhaps to an alternative location:

  1. Be sure that the “My Country Place” game is not running, even in the background.
  2. Using Windows (or File) Explorer, browse to the folder where the backup of the farm was previously stored. This could be an alternative drive, (such as a USB storage device), a folder using Dropbox, or elsewhere. Be sure you are located inside the folder by pressing Enter on it.
  3. Press the Leasey Key then ALT+R. The farm will be copied to the correct location for Leasey to use.

Keystrokes.
  • Arrow keys: Navigate game board and menus.
  • Page up and Down: adjust music volume.
  • P: Pause and resume game.
  • F1: Open the Management Menu.
  • F5: Open SMS Text Message list.
  • F6: Hear most recent SMS Text Message.
  • Delete: delete SMS Text Message.
  • Escape: Exit SMS Text Message list or menu.
  • Space Bar: Open the Context Menu.
  • Enter: Skips introductory cut scene, reads text descriptions of house items and is used in the mini games.
  • C: check cash.
  • F: Check Fodder.
  • Y: Check Date.
  • Alt F4: Exit and save game.
  • Leasey Key then ALT+B: Backup farm.
  • Leasey Key then ALT+R: Restore farm.

Matchmaker, the Perfect Tile Matching Puzzle Game.

Overview.

Matchmaker is a simple matching tile puzzle game which takes its inspiration from a multitude of matching games, among them Candy Crush, Pudding Pop, BeJeweled etc. It is meant to be fun, relaxing and unstressful.

Where our game differs from most is that it is infinitely customisable. Instead of playing on one size of board with one set of tiles, or only a limited choice, you can customise the board to be as large or as small as you like, you can also customise the levels to be as simple or as challenging as needed, plus there are a large number of tile sets, with more being frequently added.

This game is purely sound driven with no graphics, so you must use the sound effects and audio environments within the game to assist in moving from one location to another. The output from Matchmaker is delivered using speech emanating from the JAWS screen-reader.

The Puzzle.

The puzzle consists of a board laid out with tiles. Each tile contains a value according to which set you are playing with, it might be fruits, gems, colours, numbers etc. You need to match a line of three or more tiles to clear them from the board. You may make lines of tiles vertically or horizontally but not diagonally. As tiles are cleared, tiles from the row or column above slide down to fill the empty places on the board and new tiles are added at the top, you will never see an empty space on the board. The more tiles you clear, the more points you score, you also earn bonus points for making more than one match at a time. When you have cleared a certain number of tiles you complete a level and can move up to the next, which scores higher, but the number of tiles you need to clear each level usually increases. The object of the puzzle is to make as many matches and score as many points as possible before all the matches run out.

The main menu.

When you first open Matchmaker you will be placed in the main menu. This contains three options:

  • Play: Takes you into a new game or your saved game.
  • Configure: Takes you into the customisation options.
  • Exit: Leaves the game.

Configuring speech.

To make any changes to your speech configuration, select “Configure" from the Main Menu, then select “Configure speech Verbosity”. We recommend initially however that the settings in this menu are left at their default values at least while you are becoming used to playing the game, although you will almost certainly want to change one of the options as and when you become more accomplished.

Pressing Enter on this option allows you to configure whether you would like JAWS to announce cleared tiles, announce clearing score, announce multi-match bonus scores and announce total score. Pressing Enter on any item in this menu will cause a further sub-menu to appear, containing the options "On" and "Off". Press Enter to select an item, whereupon you will be returned to the "Speech and Verbosity" configuration menu.

Configuring the game.

Matchmaker comes preconfigured and ready for you to play with an eight by eight board and the fruit set of tiles. You may, however, want to customise the game further. It is worth noting that changing any of the settings overwrites all the game configuration settings you have, so do make sure to go through the game configuration thoroughly or Matchmaker will not play properly.

Configure Board.

First you need to decide what size of board you would like to play on. Follow these steps.

  1. Select “Configure” from the Main Menu, then “Configure Game”. You will be warned your saved settings will be overwritten.
  2. Select “Configure Board Size” and press Enter.
  3. You will be asked to select board length. Enter a number between five and twenty and press Enter.
  4. You will be asked to select board width. Enter a number between five and twenty and press Enter.
  5. You will be asked to select object variants to scatter on the board. You will be prompted to enter a number between 5 and the maximum number of values your list contains. Press Enter to complete.

Your board is now configured, you will be returned to the configuration menu. Note, a square board, for example length 10, width 10, object variants 10 is easier to play on than an irregular board.

Configuring Board Values.

You’re still in the “Configure Game” menu. You now need to decide which set of tiles you want to play with. To do so, follow these steps.

  1. Select “CONFIGURE BOARD VALUES” and press Enter.
  2. Depending on how you have configured your board you will see the number of tile sets which are available for you to play with. Some sets have only a small number of tiles, some are a full set of twenty tiles. You will only see the ones which are available to you.
  3. Choose the set of tiles you want and press Enter.
  4. You will be returned to the “Game Configuration” menu.

Configuring Round.

Next you need to configure how many tiles need to be cleared before a level is complete. To do this, follow these steps.

  1. Select “CONFIGURE ROUND” and press Enter.
  2. Select “CONFIGURE MINIMUM CLEARED TILES TO PROCEED TO NEXT LEVEL”, and press Enter.
    This takes you into a choice of numbers of tiles to clear between 20 and 100. Press Down Arrow to reach the one you want and press Enter.
  3. Select “CONFIGURE SUBSEQUENT DIFFICULTY FACTOR”, and press Enter.
  4. This takes you into a list of choices between no change and 100. Press Down Arrow to the choice you want and press Enter.
  5. You will be returned to the “Game Configuration” menu.

Configuring the Timer.

You do not need to configure the timer unless you are planning to play a timed game. If you would like to configure the timer, follow these steps.

  1. Select “CONFIGURE TIMER” and press Enter.
  2. You will be asked to choose how long you are allowed before tiles are taken away from your score.
  3. You will then see a list of time choices. Press Down Arrow to reach the one you want and press Enter.
  4. You will be returned to the “Game Configuration” menu.

Important! On completing Configuration.

Important! On completing game configuration, tap the Escape key once to exit the “Game Configuration” menu. You will find yourself in the main “Configuration Menu”. Press Up Arrow to reach the ”Save Settings” option and press Enter. You will then be returned to the “Main Menu”. If this last part is not completed your settings will not be saved and you will have to begin again.

Playing The Game.

To begin playing matchmaker, select “Play” from the “Main Menu” and press Enter. You will be asked to select a difficulty level. There are three difficulties, but as game play is the same whichever level you work with we will discuss the levels in a later section.

When the game starts you are placed at the top lefthand corner of your board which is laid out with tiles. You can now move around the board using all four Arrow keys, exploring either in horizontal rows or vertical collumns. When you see two tiles of the same value together, for example two apples, that is the start of a potential match. Explore till you find a third apple. It does not have to be on the same row or in the same column, it can come from anywhere. When you find a match, select it using your Space Bar. You will hear a symbol sound to tell you it has been selected.

Now, navigate back to where you saw the pair of tiles and move to where you want to put the third one to make a line of three either vertically or horizontally. There will be a different tile already there. Press your Space Bar to swap that tile for the one that will make a match. You will hear a tambourine sound if the swap is valid and the game will tell you if the match has been made and how many tiles have been cleared. A swap is only valid if it will make a line of three or more matching tiles. If you have made an invalid swap you will hear a double buzz sound, your tile will be de-selected and you will need to try that match again.

If, at any time, you wish to cancel a swap, you can do so by pressing the Delete key. If you would like to check how many tiles you have cleared, press T. To find out your score, press S. To check what level you are on, press L. To adjust the volume of the music, press page up or page down. To adjust the volume of the sound effects, press control page up and control page down.

Strategy and Bonuses.

If, by the sliding down of tiles and the swapping of others, you manage to find several matches with one swap, you will earn bonus points. The more matches you make with one swap, the more bonus points you will earn. Also if you can visualise in your head what your board looks like you may be able to employ strategy to manage your swaps so that large numbers of matches can be made at one time.

Saving The Game.

You can always exit the game quickly by pressing ALT+F4. If you exit this way your game will be saved. You can also tap Escape from inside the game to return to the “Main Menu”. If you do this your game will be terminated and you will be warned to this effect.

Difficulty levels.

Beginner: In this difficulty there are always moves to make, tiles may be added in pairs or triplets. If you always save your game you can go on playing it for as long as you want to.

Normal. The standard game, the tiles are added at random and finding matches, particularly on the larger boards, is not quite so easy. It is possible to run out of matches.

Timed Game. The most difficult. You play against the clock. Make matches as quick as you can, because every few seconds items are removed from the board. The less tiles there are, the less matches you can find.

Keystrokes.

  • Four Arrow Keys: Navigating the board and menus.
  • Enter key: Select menu items.
  • Space Bar: Select and swap tiles.
  • Delete: Cancel Swap.
  • T: check cleared number of tiles.
  • S: Check Score.
  • L: Check level.
  • Page Up and Page Down: Adjust music volume.
  • Control+Page Up and Control+Page Down: Adjust Sound Effects volume.
  • ALT+F4 or Escape: Save and Exit.

Conclusion.

We very much hope you have lots of fun playing LeaseyGames. If you would like to make any comment or suggestions concerning games, or you are a game developer who would like your product to be hosted on the LeaseyGames platform, please send your enquiry to games@hartgen.org

Additional Utilities

There are several additional utilities which do not fall into other categories but which nevertheless are worth documenting here. All of them are going to provide you with an enhanced level of accessibility to applications.

Miscellaneous

Pressing the Leasey Key then U will cycle between the various options concerning how JAWS announces punctuation. The options are none, some, most and all.

Pressing Control+Windows+Shift+Up or Down arrow keys will increase or decrease the computer's system volume. This is ideal especially if you have purchased a new laptop computer and have no idea how to change the volume settings.

Pressing the Leasey Key then ALT+D will report the status of your Dropbox activity if it exists. Pressing the Leasey Key then Control+D will open the Dropbox Preferences, while the Leasey Key then ALT+D will launch the Dropbox folder. When entering the Dropbox Preferences Dialog Box for full customisation of this service, you will find that this is now much more accessible than it otherwise would have been. Press Tab to move from one field to another, or Control+Tab to move through Tabbed Pages.

Pressing the Insert Key with figure 2 on the main QWERTY keyboard will cycle through the JAWS "Typing Echo" modes. Unlike JAWS default behaviour, the setting is permanently stored.

If you wish to hear useful information about the document or webpage, (such as the number of characters, words or lines), press the "Speak Information" keyboard shortcut, Leasey Key then I. Important notes:

  • If text is selected prior to pressing the above keyboard command, the number of items reported relates to the selected text.
  • If focused on a webpage and you execute this keystroke, in addition to other useful information you will hear whether the JAWS forms Mode is active or not.

Pressing ALT+Control+Windows+Page Up will increase the JAWS speech rate. Pressing ALT+Control+Windows+Page Down will decrease the JAWS speech rate. Both settings are permanently stored.

Windows Explorer File or Folder Properties.

Anyone familiar with windows Explorer will know that it is possible to access the properties of a file or folder. Properties include details of the size of the item, together with when it was last updated. If focused on a folder, the number of files contained within it is displayed there.

JAWS provides no easy way to read the information in the properties Dialog box. Leasey however allows you to access it.

  1. When focused on a file or folder in Windows Explorer, press ALT+Enter to bring into view the Properties Dialog Box.
  2. Press ALT+Enter once and you will hear the size of the folder or file together with the last modification date.
  3. Press ALT+Enter twice quickly to place the above information into the JAWS Virtual viewer, together with how many files are contained within the folder, assuming a folder was selected prior to invoking the Properties Dialog box.
  4. If you are reading the information in the Virtual viewer, as prompted on the final line, press Escape to return to the Properties Dialog Box.
  5. Press Escape to exit the Properties Dialog Box.

Talking Communities Web Conferencing.

Many people use the Talking Communities Web Conferencing software so as to participate in conferences and live events. Indeed, Hartgen Consultancy hosts online training classes on a regular basis using this facility.

While it is true that JAWS scripts are available for the Talking Communities software, Leasey provides one additional feature which is likely to assist you. This relates to the name of the person who is speaking or who has control of the microphone.

Pressing Control+Shift+T at any time will speak (or output to Braille) the name of the person speaking.

Pressing Control+Shift+V will cycle through a number of special verbosity options relating to the name of the person speaking, as follows:

  • No announcements will be spoken or displayed in Braille.
  • The name of the user who is talking will be spoken. Whenever a new user takes control of the microphone, his or her name is announced. However when the microphone is available, this is not spoken.
  • The name of the person who is talking, and whether the microphone is available, will both be spoken.
  • The name of the person who is talking, and whether the microphone is available, will both be displayed in Braille only.

You can press the Control+Shift+V keystroke as many times as necessary so as to cycle through these options so as to select a suitable one. The setting is retained, even if you restart the computer, until you change it again.

Converting a Scanned PDF to a Text File.

Have you ever had a PDF file which is a scanned image of a document? You will know if you have such a file because, when you launch it and try to read its contents, JAWS will say, "Document is empty".

JAWS versions 16 and 17 provide a facility where the document can be scanned and the results are delivered back to you within the Results Viewer, a webpage-like environment allowing you to read the text. To carry out such a scan, with the file loaded press Insert+Space, then D. After a short pause, you should be able to read the results of the scan.

If you would like a text file containing the contents of the file, with the scanned document in focus press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+F. When prompted, type in the full path where you would like the file saved and press Enter. The full path may look like, "c:\temp\phone information.txt", although you do not need to include the ".txt" extension. The file should now be present on the machine with the required output.

Leasey Keystrokes for this Section.

  • Change System Volume, Control+Windows+Shift+Up or Down Arrow.
  • Speak Dropbox Status, Leasey Key then ALT+D.
  • Open Dropbox Folder, Leasey Key then Windows+D.
  • Move to Dropbox options, Leasey Key then Control+D.
  • When within the Dropbox Preferences Dialog Box, press Tab to move through fields, Control+Tab to select a page.
  • Cycle Between the Levels of Punctuation Spoken, Leasey Key then P.
  • Speak Information about the Document or Webpage, (Such as the Number of Words and Lines), Leasey Key then I.
  • Speak the number of Words in the Document or Webpage, Leasey Key then W.
  • Change the Typing Echo, Insert+2.
  • Increase the Rate of JAWS Speech, ALT+Control+Windows+Page Up.
  • Decrease the Rate of JAWS Speech, ALT+Control+Windows+Page Down.
  • Access file or folder properties information in Windows Explorer, ALT+Enter. Press twice quickly to display the information in the JAWS Virtual Viewer.
  • When within the Talking Communities conferencing software, press Control+Shift+T to hear the name of the person speaking.
  • When within the Talking Communities conferencing software, press Control+Shift+V to cycle through the verbosity options for the automatic speaking of the name of the person currently speaking.
  • Convert Scanned PDF File to Text, Leasey Key then Control+Shift+F.

The LeaseyBackup and Restore Manager.

Introduction.

The LeaseyBackup and Restore Manager is extremely powerful and allows you to backup and restore Leasey settings using a number of sources. In this chapter we will walk you through them.

Using the LeaseyBackup and Restore Manager.

At any time, you can press the Leasey Key then Control+Shift+B to enter the LeaseyBackup and Restore Manager. There are five choices.

Inherit Settings From an Alternative JAWS Version.

This utility has already been discussed in the section of this documentation relating to installing Leasey into alternative JAWS versions other than the original product.

Backup Leasey settings to drive C.

This option will take a backup of all your Leasey settings and place them on the C drive of your computer in a folder entitled "LeaseyData". It can be used alongside the next option to restore settings at a later date.

Restore Leasey settings from drive C.

When JAWS has been repaired, simply reinstall Leasey and then use this utility to ensure that all your Leasey settings were available to you.

Backup Leasey settings to an external drive or Folder.

If you wish to install Leasey onto two computers, or you would like to keep a backup copy of all your Leasey settings on an external drive or in a folder, you would use this option together with the next one in the Manager.

If this option is selected, you are asked for the drive letter where the external source is located. This could be a network location or perhaps a USB Flash Drive. Simply type the letter by itself, such as "I", to represent drive "I". Then press Enter.

If you prefer, you can also specify the full path of a folder, such as "e:\my files".

A backup copy is made of all your Leasey settings, and this includes any word processed documents you have stored using the LeaseyWord menu.

Restore Leasey settings from an external drive or Folder.

Assuming you have made a backup of your settings using the above option, this will copy all the relevant settings and documents into their respective folders

If you were installing Leasey onto a second computer, and you wish to have all your settings available, you would:

  1. Install JAWS onto the second computer.
  2. Install Leasey as directed in the relevant section of this User Guide.
  3. When the computer is restarted, Leasey will be activated.
  4. Ensure the external source or drive is connected to the computer.
  5. Press the Leasey key then Control+Shift+B.
  6. Select the option "Restore Leasey settings from an external drive". Press Enter.
  7. Type the drive letter, such as "I" by itself, and press Enter.
  8. If you prefer, you can also specify the full path of a folder, such as "e:\my files".
  9. After a short pause, all your Leasey settings will be available. You will be advised when the process is complete.
Share: